文档内容
阅读理解1
即刻题库 www.jike.vip
1 、 不定项选择题
For the executive producer of a network nightly news programme, the workday often
begins at midnight as mine did during seven years with ABC’s evening newscast.
The first order of business was a call to the assignment desk for a pre-
bedtime?rundownof latest developments.
The assignment desk operates 24 hours a day, staffed by editors who move
crews, correspondents and equipment to the scene of events. Assignment-desk
editors ate logistics experts; they have to know plane schedules, satellite availability,
and whom to get in touch with at local stations and overseas broadcasting systems.
They are required to assess stories as they break on the wire services—sometimes
even before they do - and to decide how much effort to make to cover those stories.
When the United States was going to appeal to arms against Iraq, the number of
correspondents and crews was constantly evaluated. Based on reports from the field
and also upon the skilled judgments of desk editors in New York City, the right
number of personnel was kept on the alert. The rest were allowed to continue
working throughout the world, in America and Iraq ready to move but not tied down
by false alarms.
The studio staff of ABC’s “World News Tonight” assembles at 9 a.m. to
prepare for the 6:30 “air” p.m. deadline. Overnight dispatches from outlying
bureaus and press services are read. There are phone conversations with the
broadcast’s staff producers in domestic bureaus and with the London bureau
senior producer, who coordinates overseas coverage. A pattern emerges for the
day’s news, a pattern outlined in the executive producer’s first lineup. The lineup
tells the staff what stories are scheduled; what the priorities are for processing film of
editing tape; what scripts need to be written; what commercials ate scheduled; how
long stories should run and in what order. Without a lineup, there would be chaos.
Each story’s relative value in dollars and cents must be continually assessed by
the executive producer. Cutting back satellite booking to save money might mean
that an explanation delivered by an anchor person will replace actual photos of an
event. A decline in live coverage could send viewers away and drive ratings down, but
there is not enough money to do everything. So decisions must be made and made
rapidly—because delay can mean a missed connection for shipping tape or access to
a satellite blocked by a competitor.
The broadcasts themselves require pacing and style. The audience has to be
allowed to breathe between periods of intense excitement. A vivid pictorial report
followed by less exacting materials allows the viewer to reflect on information that
has just flashed by. Frequent switches from one anchor to another or from one film
or tape report to another create a sense of forward movement. Ideally, leading andlags to stories are worked out with field correspondents, enabling them to fit their
reports into the programme’s narrative flow so the audience’s attention does not
wander and more substance is absorbed.
Scripts are constantly rewritten to blend well with incoming pictures. Good copy
is crisp, informative. Our rule: the fewer words the better. If a picture can do the
work, let it.
What does the word “rundown” (Line 3, Para. 1) possibly mean?
A ： The rehearsal of tomorrow’s programme.
B ： A working report or summary to his superior or head.
C ： An explanation of the programme.
D ： Preparation for the programme.
正确答案： B
解析：
词义推断题。监制人工作的第一项就是要听一个最近工作进展情况的汇报。选项B正确。
2 、 不定项选择题
Got milk? If you do, take a moment to ponder the true oddness of being able to drink
milk after you’re a baby.
No other species but humans can. And most humans can’t either.
The long lists of food allergies some people claim to have can make it seem as if
they’re just finicky eaters trying to rationalize likes and dislikes. Not so. Eggs,
peanuts, tree nuts, fish, shellfish soy and gluten all can wreak havoc on the immune
system of allergic individuals, even causing a deadly reaction called anaphylaxis.
But those allergic reactions are relatively rare, affecting an estimated 4% of
adults.
Milk’s different.
There are people who have true milk allergies that can cause deadly reactions.
But most people who have bad reactions to milk aren’t actually allergic to it, in that
it’s not their immune system that’s responding to the milk. Instead, people who
are lactose intolerant can’t digest the main sugar—lactose—found in milk. In
normal humans, the enzyme that does so—lactase—stops being produced when the
person is between two and five years old. The undigested sugars end up in the colon,
where they begin to ferment, producing gas that can cause cramping, bloating,
nausea, flatulence and diarrhea.
If you’re American or European it’s hard to realize this, but being able to
digest milk as an adult is one weird genetic adaptation.
It’s not normal. Somewhat less than 40% of people in the world retain the
ability to digest lactose after childhood. The numbers are often given as close to 0%
of Native Americans, 5% of Asians, 25% of African and Caribbean peoples, 50% of
Mediterranean peoples and 90% of northern Europeans. Sweden has one of the
world’s highest percentages of lactase tolerant people.
Being able to digest milk is so strange that scientists say we shouldn’t really call
lactose intolerance a disease, because that presumes it’s abnormal, instead, they
call it lactase persistence, indicating what’s really weird is the ability to continue todrink milk.
There’s been a lot of research over the past decade looking at the genetic
mutation that allows this subset of humanity to stay milk drinkers into adulthood.
A long-held theory was that the mutation showed up first in Northern Europe,
where people got less vitamin D from the sun and therefore did better if they could
also get the crucial hormone (it’s not really a vitamin at all) from milk.
But now a group at University College London has shown that the mutation
actually appeared about 7,500 years ago in dairy farmers who lived in a region
between the central Balkans and central Europe, in what was known as the Funnel
Beaker culture.
The paper was published this week in PLOS Computational Biology.
The researchers used a computer to model the spread of lactase persistence,
dairy farming, other food gathering practices and genes in Europe.
Today, the highest proportion of people with lactase persistence live in
Northwest Europe, especially the Netherlands, Ireland and Scandinavia. But the
computer model suggests that dairy farmers carrying this gene variant probably
originated in central Europe and then spread more widely and rapidly than non-
dairying groups.
Author Mark Thomas of University College London’s dept of Genetics, Evolution
and Environment says, “In Europe, a single genetic change...is strongly associated
with lactase persistence and appears to have people with it a big survival
advantage.”
The European mutation is different from several lactase persistence genes
associated with small populations of African peoples who historically have been
cattle herders.
Researchers at the University of Mary land identified one such mutation among
Nilo-Saharan-speaking peoples in Kenya and Tanzania. That mutation seems to have
arisen between 2,700 to 6,800 years ago. Two other mutations have been found
among the Beja people of northeastern Sudan and tribes of the same language family
in northern Kenya.
What is the relationship between “lactase” and “lactose” according to the
passage?
A ： Lactase is indispensable to decomposing lactose.
B ： They both can act as a kind of enzyme.
C ： Lactase is the physical form of lactose.
D ： Lactase can be used to synthesize lactose.
正确答案： A
解析：
由第六段可知，“lactose”是一种乳糖，“lactase”是人体内消化乳糖的酶，当人在2
至5岁之间“lactase”停止分泌的时候，正常人则不能消化“lactose”。由此推
断，lactase是分解lactose所必需的，A项正确。
3 、 不定项选择题
Nobody ever went into academic circles to make a fast fortune. Professors, especially
those in medical-and technology-related fields, typically earn a fraction of what theircolleagues in industry do. But suddenly, big money is starting to flow into the ivory
tower, as university administrators make up to the commercial potential of academic
research. And the institutions are wrestling with a whole new set of issues.
The profits are impressive: the Association of University Technology Managers
surveyed 132 universities and found that they earned a combined $576 million from
patent royalties in 1998, a number that promises to keep rising dramatically. Schools
like Columbia University in New York have aggressively marketed their inventions to
corporations, particularly pharmaceutical and high-tech companies.
Now Columbia is going retail—on the Web. It plans to go beyond the typical
“dot. edu” model, free sites listing courses and professors’ research interests.
Instead, it will offer the expertise of its faculty on a new for-profit site which will be
spun off as an independent company. The site will provide free access to educational
and research content, say administrators, as well as advanced features that are
already available to Columbia students, such as a simulation of the construction and
architecture of a French cathedral and interactive 3-D models of organic chemicals.
Free pages will feed into profit-generating areas, such as online courses and
seminars, and related books and tapes. Columbia executive vice president Michael
Crow imagines “millions of visitors” to the new site, including retirees and students
willing to pay to tap into this educational resource. “We can offer the best of
what’s thought and written and researched,” says Ann Kirschner, who heads the
project. Columbia also is anxious not be beaten by some of the other for-profit
“knowledge sites,” such as About.com and Hungry Minds. “If they capture this
space,” says Crow, “they’ll begin to cherry-pick our best faculty.”
Profits from the sale of patents typically have been divided between the
researcher, the department and the university, and Web profits would work the same
way, so many faculty members are delighted. But others find the trend worrisome: is
a professor who stands to profit from his or her research as credible as one who
doesn’t? Will universities provide more support to researchers working in profitable
fields than to scholars toiling in more musty areas?
“If there’s the perception that we might be making money from our efforts,
the authority of the university could be diminished,” worries Herve Varenne, a
cultural anthropology professor at Columbia’s education school. Says Kirschner:
“we would never compromise the integrity of the university.” Whether the new site
can add to the growing profits from patents remains to be seen, but one thing is
clear. It’s going to take the best minds on camps to find a new balance between
profit and purity.
Which of the following will those worrying about the trend support?
A ： Professors working in profitable fields are less reliable.
B ： More support should be given to musty areas other than profit-generating ones.
C ： Professors in technology-related fields should earn more than their counterparts
do in industry.
D ： People working in pharmaceutical and high-tech companies should earn the
biggest money.
正确答案： B
解析：
推断题。文章第四段讲到了一些人的担心，其中提到他们担心“相对于mustya reas而言，学校会不会更支持那些profitable fields的项目呢？”由此我们可推知，在他们看来学校
应多支持musty areas。故选项B正确。
4 、 不定项选择题
Got milk? If you do, take a moment to ponder the true oddness of being able to drink
milk after you’re a baby.
No other species but humans can. And most humans can’t either.
The long lists of food allergies some people claim to have can make it seem as if
they’re just finicky eaters trying to rationalize likes and dislikes. Not so. Eggs,
peanuts, tree nuts, fish, shellfish soy and gluten all can wreak havoc on the immune
system of allergic individuals, even causing a deadly reaction called anaphylaxis.
But those allergic reactions are relatively rare, affecting an estimated 4% of
adults.
Milk’s different.
There are people who have true milk allergies that can cause deadly reactions.
But most people who have bad reactions to milk aren’t actually allergic to it, in that
it’s not their immune system that’s responding to the milk. Instead, people who
are lactose intolerant can’t digest the main sugar—lactose—found in milk. In
normal humans, the enzyme that does so—lactase—stops being produced when the
person is between two and five years old. The undigested sugars end up in the colon,
where they begin to ferment, producing gas that can cause cramping, bloating,
nausea, flatulence and diarrhea.
If you’re American or European it’s hard to realize this, but being able to
digest milk as an adult is one weird genetic adaptation.
It’s not normal. Somewhat less than 40% of people in the world retain the
ability to digest lactose after childhood. The numbers are often given as close to 0%
of Native Americans, 5% of Asians, 25% of African and Caribbean peoples, 50% of
Mediterranean peoples and 90% of northern Europeans. Sweden has one of the
world’s highest percentages of lactase tolerant people.
Being able to digest milk is so strange that scientists say we shouldn’t really call
lactose intolerance a disease, because that presumes it’s abnormal, instead, they
call it lactase persistence, indicating what’s really weird is the ability to continue to
drink milk.
There’s been a lot of research over the past decade looking at the genetic
mutation that allows this subset of humanity to stay milk drinkers into adulthood.
A long-held theory was that the mutation showed up first in Northern Europe,
where people got less vitamin D from the sun and therefore did better if they could
also get the crucial hormone (it’s not really a vitamin at all) from milk.
But now a group at University College London has shown that the mutation
actually appeared about 7,500 years ago in dairy farmers who lived in a region
between the central Balkans and central Europe, in what was known as the Funnel
Beaker culture.
The paper was published this week in PLOS Computational Biology.
The researchers used a computer to model the spread of lactase persistence,
dairy farming, other food gathering practices and genes in Europe.
Today, the highest proportion of people with lactase persistence live in
Northwest Europe, especially the Netherlands, Ireland and Scandinavia. But the
computer model suggests that dairy farmers carrying this gene variant probablyoriginated in central Europe and then spread more widely and rapidly than non-
dairying groups.
Author Mark Thomas of University College London’s dept of Genetics, Evolution
and Environment says, “In Europe, a single genetic change...is strongly associated
with lactase persistence and appears to have people with it a big survival
advantage.”
The European mutation is different from several lactase persistence genes
associated with small populations of African peoples who historically have been
cattle herders.
Researchers at the University of Mary land identified one such mutation among
Nilo-Saharan-speaking peoples in Kenya and Tanzania. That mutation seems to have
arisen between 2,700 to 6,800 years ago. Two other mutations have been found
among the Beja people of northeastern Sudan and tribes of the same language family
in northern Kenya.
According to the third sentence of Paragraph 3, which of the following items is
INCORRECT?
A ： naphylaxis may cause people to die.
B ： Eggs can damage all the allergic individuals’ immune system.
C ： One who is allergic to gluten can not eat com.
D ： Tuna may cause a person who is allergic to fish to die.
正确答案： B
解析：
第三段最后一句指出，鸡蛋等食物可能对过敏体质的人造成严重破坏，并没有说人人都
是如此。B项错误。
5 、 不定项选择题
Some believe that in the age of identikit computer games, mass entertainment and
conformity on the supermarket shelves, truly inspired thinking has gone out of the
window. But, there are others who hold the view that there is still plenty of scope for
innovation, lateral thought and creative solutions. Despite the standardization of
modern life, there is an unabated appetite for great ideas, visionary thinking and
inspired debate. In the first of a series of monthly debates on contemporary issues,
we ask two original thinkers to discuss the nature of creativity. Here is the first one.
Yes. Absolutely. Since I started working as an inventor 10 or 12 years ago, I’ve
seen a big change in attitudes to creativity and invention. Back then, there was hardly
any support for inventors, apart from the national organization the Institute of
Patentees and Inventors. Today, there are lots of little inventors’ clubs popping up
all over the place, my last count was 19 nationally and growing. These non-profit
clubs, run by inventors for inventors, are an indication that people are once again
interested in invention.
I’ve been a project leader, a croupier, an IT consultant and I’ve written a
motor mandrel. I spent my teens under a 1950s two-tone Riley RME ear, learning toput it together. Back in the Sixties, kids like me were always out doing things, making
go-karts, riding bicycles or exploring. We learned to overcome challenges and solve
problems. We weren’t just sitting at a PlayStation, like many kids do today.
But I think, and hope, things are shifting back. There’s a lot more internl in
design and creativity and such talents are getting a much higher profile in the media.
It’s evident with TV programmes such as Channe14’s?Scrapheap Challenge?or
BBC2’s?The Apprentice and Dragon’s Den, where people are given a task to solve
or face the challenge of selling their idea to a panel.
And. thankfully, the image of the mad scientist with electrified hair working in
the garden shed is long gone—although, there are still a few exceptions!
That’s not to say there aren’t problems. With the decline in manufacturing we
are losing the ability to know how to make things. There’s a real skills gap
developing. In my opinion, the Government does little or nothing to help innovation
at the lone-inventor or small or medium enterprise level. I would love to see more
money spent on teaching our school kids how to be inventive. But, despite
everything, if you have a good idea and real determination, you can still do very well.
My own specialist area is packaging closures—almost every product needs it. I
got the idea for Squeezeopen after looking at an old tin of boot polish when my
mother complained she couldn’t get the lid off. If you can do something cheaper,
better, and you are 100 percent committed, there is a chance it will be a success.
I see a fantastic amount of innovation and opportunities out there. People
don’t realise how much is going on. New materials are coming out all the time and
the space programme and scientific research are producing a variety of spin-offs.
Innovation doesn’t have to be high-tech: creativity and inventing is about finding
the right solution to a problem, whatever it is. There’s a lot of talent out there and,
thankfully, some of the more progressive companies are suddenly realizing they
don’t want to miss out—it’s an exciting time.
Which of the following is the suggestion of the interviewer to the problem?
A ： The government should spend more money helping innovation.
B ： The kids should cultivate their love of science and invention.
C ： More inventors’ clubs should be set up.
D ： Invention courses are necessary to children.
正确答案： A
解析：
第六段倒数第二局提到“I would love to see more money spent on teaching our
school kids how to be inventive.”可见，这个人期望政府在教育孩子创新发明方面加大
投资，所以选A。
6 、 不定项选择题
It can be argued that much consumer dissatisfaction with marketing strategies arises
from an inability to aim advertising at only the likely buyers of a given product. There
are three groups of consumers who are affected by the marketing process. First,
there is the market segment—people who need the commodity in question. Second,
there is the program target—people in the market segment with the “best fit”characteristics for a specific product. Lots of people may need trousers, but only a
few qualify as likely buyers of very expensive designer trousers. Finally, there is the
program audience—all people who are actually exposed to the marketing program
without regard to whether they need or want the product
These three groups are rarely identical. An exception occurs in cases where
customers for a particular industrial product may be few and easily identifiable. Such
customers, all sharing a particular need, are likely to form a meaningful target, for
example, all companies with a particular application of the product in question, such
as high-speed fillers of bottles at breweries. In such circumstances, direct selling
(marketing that reaches only the program target) is likely to be economically justified,
and highly specialized trade media exist to expose members of the program
target—and only members of the program target—to the marketing program.
Most consumer-goods markets are significantly different. Typically, there are
many rather than few potential customers. Each represents a relatively small
percentage of potential sales. Rarely do members of a particular market segment
group themselves neatly into a meaningful program target. There are substantial
differences among consumers with similar demographic characteristics. Even with all
the past decade’s advances in information technology, direct selling of consumer
goods is rare, and mass marketing—a marketing approach that aims at a wide
audience—remains the only economically feasible mode. Unfortunately, there are
few media that allow the marketer to direct a marketing program exclusively to the
program target. Inevitably, people get exposed to a great deal of marketing for
products in which they have no interest and so they become annoyed.
The author mentions “trousers” in paragraph 1 most likely in order to _____.
A ： make a comparison between the program target and the program audience
B ： emphasize the similarities between the market segment and the program target
C ： provide an example of the way three groups of consumers are affected by a
marketing program
D ： clarify the distinction between the market segment and the program target
正确答案： D
解析：
“Lots of people may need trousers,”指的是“market segment”；“a few qualify
as likely buyers of very expensive designer trousers.”指的是“program target”。
7 、 不定项选择题
The age at which young children begin to make moral discriminations about harmful
actions committed against themselves or others has been the focus of recent
research into the moral development of children. Until recently, child psychologists
supported pioneer developmentalist Jean Piaget in his hypothesis that because of
their immaturity, children under age seven do not take into account the intentions of
a person committing accidental or deliberate harm, but rather simply assign
punishment for transgressions on the basis of the magnitude of the negative
consequences caused. According to Piaget, children under age seven occupy the first
stage of moral development, which is characterized by moral absolutism (rules madeby authorities must be obeyed) and imminent justice (if rules are broken, punishment
will be meted out). Until young children mature, their moral judgments are based
entirely on the effect rather than the cause of a transgression. However, in recent
research, Keasey found that six-year-old children not only distinguish between
accidental and intentional harm, but also judge intentional harm as naughtier,
regardless of the amount of damage produced. Both of these findings seem to
indicate that children, at an earlier age than Piaget claimed, advance into the second
stage of moral development, moral autonomy, in which they accept social rules but
view them as more arbitrary than do children in the first stage.
Keasey’s research raises two key questions for developmental psychologists
about children under age seven: do they recognize justifications for harmful actions,
and do they make distinctions between harmful acts that are preventable and those
acts that have unforeseen harmful consequences? Studies indicate that justifications
excusing harmful actions might include?public?duty, self-defense, and provocation.
For example, Nesdale and Rule concluded that children were capable of considering
whether or not an aggressor’s action was justified by public duty: five year olds
reacted very differently to “Bonnie wrecks Arm’s pretend house” depending on
whether Bonnie did it “so somebody won’t fall over it” or because Bonnie wanted
“to make Ann feel bad”. Thus, a child of five begins to understand that certain
harmful actions, though intentional, can be justified; the constraints of moral
absolutism no longer solely guide their judgments.
Psychologists have determined that during kindergarten children learn to make
subtle distinctions involving harm. Darley observed that among-acts involving
unintentional harm, six-year-old children just entering kindergarten could not
differentiate between foreseeable, and thus preventable, harm and unforeseeable
harm for which the perpetrator cannot be blamed. Seven months later, however,
Darley found that these same children could make both distinctions, thus
demonstrating that they had become morally autonomous.
According to the passage, Piaget and Keasey would not have agreed on which of the
following points?
A ： The kinds of excuses children give for harmful acts they commit
B ： The age at which children begin to discriminate between intentional and
unintentional harm
C ： The intentions children have in perpetrating harm
D ： The circumstances under which children punish harmful acts
正确答案： B
解析：
由第一段Piaget…under age seven do not take into account the intentions和Keasey…
six-year-old children distinguish…可知，两人对儿童形成辨别能力的年龄持不同观点。
8 、 不定项选择题
The world is going through the biggest wave of mergers and acquisitions ever
witnessed. The process sweeps from hyperactive America to Europe and reaches the
emerging countries with unsurpassed might. Many in these countries are looking atthis process and worrying: “Won’t the wave of business concentration turn into an
uncontrollable anti-competitive force?”
There’s no question that the big are getting bigger and more powerful.
Multinational corporations accounted for less than 20% of international trade in
1982. Today the figure is more than 25% and growing rapidly. International affiliates
account for a fast-growing segment of production in economies that open up and
welcome foreign investment. In Argentina, for instance, after the reforms of the early
1990s, multinationals went from 43% to almost 70% of the industrial production of
the 200 largest firms. This phenomenon has created serious concerns over the role of
smaller economic firms, of national businessmen and over the ultimate stability, of
the world economy.
I believe that the most important forces behind the massive M&A wave are the
same that underlie the globalization process: falling transportation, and
communication costs, lower trade and investment barriers and enlarged markets that
require enlarged operations capable of meeting customers’ demands. All these are
beneficial, not detrimental to consumers. As productivity grows, the world’s wealth
increases.
Examples of benefits or costs of the current concentration-wave are scanty. Yet it
is hard to imagine that the merge of a few oil firms today could recreate the same
threats to competition that were feared nearly a century ago in the U.S., when the
Standard Oil trust was broken up. The mergers of telecom companies, such as World
Corn, hardly seem to bring higher prices for consumers or a reduction in the pace of
technical progress. On the contrary, the price of communications is coming down
fast. In cars, too, concentration is increasing—witness Daimler and Chrysler, Renault
and Nissan—but it does not appear that consumers am being hurt.
Yet the fact remains that the merger movement must be watched. A few weeks
ago, Alan Greenspan warned against the megamergers in the banking industry. Who
is going to supervise, regulate and operate, as lender of last resort with the gigantic
banks that are being created? won’t multinationals shift production from one place
to another when a nation gets too strict about infringements to fair corn petition?
And should one country take upon itself the role of “defending competition” on
issues that affect many other nations, as in the U.S.
Toward the new business wave, the writer’s attitude can be said to be _____.
A ： optimistic
B ： objective
C ： pessimistic
D ： biased
正确答案： B
解析：
从全文内容看，作者分析了这种商业浪潮的利弊，这种全面分析体现了作者评述的客观
性。
9 、 不定项选择题
“When more and more people are thrown out of work, unemployment results,”Calvin Coolidge once observed. As the U. S. economy crumbles, Coolidge’s silly
maxim might appear to be as apt as ever: the number of unemployment insurance
claims is rising, and overall joblessness is creeping upward. But in today’s vast and
complex labor market, things aren’t always what they seem. More and more people
are indeed losing their jobs but not necessarily because the economy appears to be
in recession. And old-fashioned unemployment isn’t the inevitable result of job loss.
New work, at less pay, often is.
Call it new-wave unemployment: structural changes in the economy are
overlapping the business downturn, giving joblessness a grim new twist. Small
wonder that the U. S. unemployment rate is rising. Now at 5.7 percent, it is widely
expected to edge toward 7 percent by the end of next year. But statistics alone can’t
fully capture a complex reality. The unemployment rate has been held down by slow
growth in the labor force—the number of people working or looking for work—since
few people sense attractive job opportunities in a weak economy. In addition, many
more people are losing their jobs than are actually ending up unemployed. Faced
with hungry mouths to feed, thousands of women, for example, are taking two or
more part-time positions or agreeing to shave the hours they work in service-sector
jobs. For better and for worse, work in America clearly isn’t what it used to be. Now
unemployment isn’t, either.
Like sour old wine in new bottles, this downturn blends a little of the old and the
new reflecting a decade’s worth of change in the dynamic U. S. economy. Yet, in
many respects the decline is following the classic pattern, with new layoffs
concentrated among blue-collar workers in the most “cyclical” industries, whose
ups and downs track the economy most closely.
As the downturn attracts attention on workers’ ill fortunes, some analysts
predict that political upheaval may lie ahead. Real wages for the average U. S. worker
peaked in 1973 and have been falling almost ever since. As a result, a growing group
of downwardly mobile Americans could soon begin pressing policymakers to help
produce better-paying jobs. Just how loud the outcry becomes will depend partly on
the course of the recession. But in the long run, there’s little doubt that the bleak
outlook for jobs and joblessness is “politically, socially and psychologically
dynamite”.
According to the passage, the unemployment rate has been kept under limits
because _____.
A ： the number of the people in the work force slowly increases
B ： very few people really lose their original jobs
C ： less and less people are out finding new jobs
D ： the government has taken strong measures to control the unemployment rate
正确答案： A
解析：
由文章第二段第五句，“The unemployment rate…a weak economy.”，可知，失业
率保持在一个较低的水平是由于人力资源的缓慢增加而导致的。工作的人数的增加少，
相对失业的人也较少。A选项正是此意。B，C，D选项无关。10 、 不定项选择题
Hormones in the Body Up to the beginning of the twentieth century, the nervous
system was thought to control all communication within the body and the resulting
integration of behavior. Scientists had determined that nerves ran, essentially, on
electrical impulses. These impulses were thought to be the engine for thought,
emotion, movement, and internal processes such as digestion. However, experiments
by William Bayliss and Ernest Starling on the chemical secretin, which is produced in
the small intestine when food enters the stomach, eventually challenged that view.
From the small intestine, secretin travels through the bloodstream to the pancreas.
There, it stimulates the release of digestive chemicals. In this fashion, the intestinal
cells that produce secretin ultimately regulate the production of different chemicals
in a different organ, the pancreas.
Such a coordination of processes had been thought to require control by the
nervous system; Bayliss and Starling showed that it could occur through chemicals
alone. This discovery spurred Starting to coin the term hormone to refer to secretin,
taking it from the Greek word hormon, meaning “to excite” or “to set in
motion.” A hormone is a chemical produced by one tissue to make things happen
elsewhere.
As more hormones were discovered, they were categorized, primarily according
to the process by which they operated on the body. Some glands (which make up the
endocrine system) secrete hormones directly into the bloodstream. Such glands
include the thyroid and the pituitary. The exocrine system consists of organs and
glands that produce substances that are used outside the bloodstream, primarily for
digestion. The pancreas is one such organ, although it secretes some chemicals into
the blood and thus is also part of the endocrine system.
Much has been learned about hormones since their discovery. Some play such
key roles in regulating bodily processes or behavior that their absence would cause
immediate death. The most abundant hormones have effects that are less obviously
urgent but can be more far-reaching and difficult to track: They modify moods and
affect human behavior, even some behavior we normally think of as voluntary.
Hormonal systems are very intricate. Even minute amounts of the right chemicals can
suppress appetite, calm aggression, and change the attitude of a parent toward a
child. Certain hormones accelerate the development of the body, regulating growth
and form; others may even define an individual’s personality characteristics. The
quantities and proportions of hormones produce change with age, so scientists have
given a great deal of study to shifts in the endocrine system over time in the hopes of
alleviating ailments associated with aging.
In fact, some hormone therapies are already very common. A combination of
estrogen and progesterone has been prescribed for decades to women who want to
reduce mood swings, sudden changes in body temperature, and other discomforts
caused by lower natural levels of those hormones as they enter middle age. Known
as hormone replacement therapy (HRT), the treatment was also believed to prevent
weakening of the bones. At least one study has linked HRT with a heightened risk of
heart disease and certain types of cancer. HRT may also increase the likelihood that
blood clots—dangerous because they could travel through the bloodstream and
block major blood vessels—will form. Some proponents of HRT have tempered their
enthusiasm in the face of this new evidence, recommending it only to patients whose
symptoms interfere with their abilities to live normal lives.
Human growth hormone may also be given to patients who are secreting
abnormally low amounts on their own. Because of the complicated effects growthhormone has on the body, such treatments are generally restricted to children who
would be pathologically small in stature without it. Growth hormone affects not just
physical size but also the digestion of food and the aging process. Researchers and
family physicians tend to agree that it is foolhardy to dispense it in cases in which the
risks are not clearly outweighed by the benefits.
Which of the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the
highlighted sentence in the passage?
A ： Most moods and actions are not voluntary because they are actually produced
by the production of hormones in the body.
B ： ecause the effects of hormones are difficult to measure, scientists remain
unsure how far-reaching their effects on moods and actions are.
C ： When the body is not producing enough hormones, urgent treatment may be
necessary to avoid psychological damage.
D ： The influence of many hormones is not easy to measure, but they can affect
both people’s psychology and actions extensively.
正确答案： D
解析：
原文高亮处的意思是：最普遍的荷尔蒙的影响力是不显著的，但是却很深远而且难以追
踪：他们可以改变情绪，影响人类的行为，甚至会影响通常看来是自发的那些行为。A
选项将句意的重点放在了情绪和行为上，但文中的句子的重点则是荷尔蒙及其作用，因
此A选项错误。B选项中提到的科学家现在还不肯定荷尔蒙的影响的深远程度属于无关信
息。C选项中的urgent treatment属于无关信息。D选项的意思是：荷尔蒙的影响难以衡
量，但是它们可以影响人类的心理和行动。正确。
11 、 不定项选择题
It’s nothing new that English use is on the rise around the world, especially in
business circles. This also happens in France, the headquarters of the global battle
against American cultural hegemony. If French guys are giving in to English,
something really big must be going on. And something big is going on.
Partly, it’s that American hegemony. Didier Benchimol, CEO of a French e-
commerce software company, feels compelled to speak English perfectly because the
Internet software business is dominated by Americans. He and other French
businessmen also have to speak, English because they want to get their message out
to American investors, possessors of the world’s deepest pockets.
The triumph of English in France and elsewhere in Europe, however, may rest on
something more enduring. As they become entwined with each other politically and
economically, Europeans need a way to talk to one another and to the rest of the
world. And for a number of reasons, they’ve decided upon English as their common
tongue.
So when German chemical and pharmaceutical company Hoechst merged with
French competitor Rhone-Poulenc last year, the companies chose the vaguely
Latinate Aventis as the new company name—and settled on English as the
company’s common language. When monetary policymakers from around Europe
began meeting at the European Central Bank in Frankfurt last year to set interestrates for the new Euroland, they held their deliberations in English. Even the
European Commission, with 11 official languages and a traditionally French-spiriting
bureaucracy, effectively switched over to English as its working language last year.
How did this happen? One school attributes English’s great success to the sheer
weight of its merit. It’s a Germanic language, brought to Britain around the fifth
century A.D. During the four centuries of French-speaking rule that followed Norman
Conquest of 1066, the language morphed into something else entirely. French words
were added wholesale, and most of the complications of Germanic grammar were
shed while few of the complications of French were added. The result is a language
with a huge vocabulary and a simple grammar that can express most things more
efficiently than either of its parents. What’s more, English has remained
ungoverned and open to change—foreign words, coinages, and grammatical
shifts—in a way that French, ruled by the purist Académie Francaise, has not.
So it’s a swell language, especially for business. But the rise of English over the
past few centuries clearly owes at least as much to history and economies as to the
language’s ability to economically express the concept win-win. What happened is
that the competition—first Latin, then French, then, briefly, German—faded with the
waning of the political, economic, and military fortunes of, respectively, the Catholic
Church, France, and Germany. All along, English was increasing in importance: Britain
was the birthplace of the Industrial Revolution, and London the world’s most
important financial center, which made English a key language for business.
England’s colonies around the world also made it the language with the most global
reach. And as that former colony the U.S. rose to the status of the world’s
preeminent political, economic, military, and cultural power, English became the
obvious second language to learn.
In the 1990s more and more Europeans found themselves forced to use English.
The last generation of business and government leaders who hadn’t studied English
in school was leaving the stage. The European Community was adding new members
and evolving from a paper-shuffling club into a serious regional government that
would need a single common language if it were ever to get anything done.
Meanwhile, economic barriers between European nations have been disappearing,
meaning that more and more companies are beginning to look at the whole
continent as their domestic market. And then the Internet came along.
The Net had two big impacts. One was that it was an exciting, potentially
lucrative new industry that had its roots in the U.S., so if you wanted to get in on it,
you had to speak some English. The other was that by surfing the Web, Europeans
who had previously encountered English only in school and in pop songs were now
coming into contact with it daily.
None of this means English has taken over European life. According to the
European Union, 47% of Western Europeans (including the British and Irish) speak
English well enough to carry on a conversation. That’s a lot more than those who
can speak German (32%) or French (28%), but it still means more Europeans don’t
speak the language. If you want to sell shampoo or cell phones, you have to do it in
French or German or Spanish or Greek. Even the U.S. and British media companies
that stand to benefit most from the spread of English have been hedging their
bets—CNN broadcasts in Spanish; the?Financial Times?has recently launched a daily
German-language edition.
But just look at who speaks English: 77% of Western European college student,
69% of managers, and 65% of those aged 15 to 24. In the secondary schools of the
European Union’s non-English-speaking countries, 91% of students study English,
all of which means that the transition to English as the language of Europeanbusiness hasn’t been all that traumatic, and it’s only going to get easier in the
future.
In the author’s opinion, what really underlies the rising status of English in France
and Europe is _____.
A ： merican dominance in the Internet software business
B ： a practical need for effective communication among Europeans
C ： Europeans’ eagerness to do business with American businessmen
D ： the recent trend for foreign companies to merge with each other
正确答案： B
解析：
第三段第二句提到“…Europeans need a way to talk to one another and to the rest of
the world.”欧洲人需要一种方式进行彼此间及与其他国家的交流。所以B正确。
12 、 不定项选择题
Children as young as four will study Shakespeare in a project being launched today
by the Royal Shakespeare Company.
The RSC is holding its first national conference for primary school teachers to
encourage them to use the Bard’s plays imaginatively in the classroom from
reception classes onwards. The conference will be told that they should learn how
Shakespearian characters like Puck in?A Midsummer Night’s Dream?are “jolly
characters” and how to write about them.
At present, the national curriculum does not require pupils to approach
Shakespeare until secondary school. All it says is that pupils should study “texts
drawn from a variety of cultures and traditions” and “myths, legends and
traditional stories”.
However, educationists at the RSC believe children will gain a better appreciation
of Shakespeare if they are introduced to him at a much younger age. “Even very
young children can enjoy Shakespeare’s plays,” said Mary Johnson, head of the
learning department. “It is just a question of pitching it for the age group. Even
reception classes and key stage one pupils (five-to-seven-year-olds) can enjoy his
stories. For instance, if you build up Puck as a character who skips, children of that
age can enjoy the character. They can be inspired by Puck and they could even start
writing about him at that age.”
It is the RSC’s belief that building the Bard up as a fun playwright in primary
school could counter some of the negative images conjured up about teaching
Shakespeare in secondary schools. Then, pupils have to concentrate on scenes from
the plays to answer questions for compulsory English national-curriculum tests for
14-year-olds. Critics of the tests have complained that pupils no longer have the time
to study or read the whole play—and therefore lose interest in Shakespeare.
However, Ms. Johnson is encouraging teachers to present 20-minute versions of
the plays—a classroom version of the?Reduced Shakespeare Company’s Complete
Works of Shakespeare (Abridged)?which told his 37 plays in 97 minutes—to give
pupils a flavour of the whole drama.
The RSC’s venture coincides with a call for schools to allow pupils to be more
creative in writing about Shakespeare. Professor Kate McLuskie, the new director ofthe University of Birmingham’s Shakespeare Institute - also based in
Stratford—said it was time to get away from the idea that there was “a right
answer” to any question about Shakespeare. Her first foray into the world of
Shakespeare was to berate him as a misogynist in a 1985 essay but she now insists
this should not be interpreted as a criticism of his works—although she admits: “I
probably wouldn’t have written it quite the same way if I had been writing it now.
What we should be doing is making sure that someone is getting something out of
Shakespeare,” she said. “People are very scared about getting the right answer. I
know it’s difficult but I don’t care if they come up with a right answer that I can
agree with about Shakespeare.”
What’s Puck’s characteristic according to your understanding of the passage?
A ： Rude, rush and impolite.
B ： Happy, interesting and full of fun.
C ： Dull, absurd and ridiculous.
D ： Shrewd, cunning and tricky.
正确答案： B
解析：
细节题。文中第二段第二句提到，这次会议将会让学校的老师知道莎士比亚塑造的人物，
如《第十二夜》中的Puck，都是一些有趣的人物，并让他们知道该如何描述这些人物。
可见，文章认为Puck这个人物是有趣的。所以选B项。
13 、 不定项选择题
A closer observer of the small screen once called it a “vast wasteland of violence,
sadism and murder, private eyes, gangsters and more violence - and cartoons.” That
is how Newton Minow, a US television regulator, described it in 1961.
Since than television language has become more colourful, violence more
explicit and sex more prevalent.?Lady Chatterley’s Lover has moved from the
banned book shelf to a classic BBC serial.
Concern over such changing standards has shaped our view of television—and
masked its broader influence in developing countries.
To illustrate its effects, Kenny cites the case of Brazil. When television there
began to show a steady diet of local soaps in the 1970s, Brazilian women typically
had five or more children and were trapped in poverty. As the popularity of the soaps
grew, birth rates fell
According to researchers, 72% of the leading female characters in the main
soaps had no children and only 7% had more than one. One study calculated that
such soaps had the same effect on fertility rates as keeping girls in school for five
years more than normal.
It is not just birth rates that are affected. Kenny notes: “Kids who watch TV out
of school, according to a World Bank survey of young people in the shanty towns of
Fortaleza in Brazil, are considerably less likely to consume drugs.”
Television appears to have more power to reduce youth drug use than the
strictures of an educated mother and Brazilian soaps presenting educated urban
woman running their own businesses are thought to be compelling role models.Television can also improve health, In Ghana a soap opera line that warned
mothers they were feeding their children “more than just rice” if they did not wash
their hands after defecating was followed by a seemingly permanent improvement in
personal hygiene.
Why do such changes happen? Simple, says Kenny: soap operas, whether local
versions of Ugly Betty or vintage imports of Baywatch, open up new horizons.
“Some hours could he better spout planting trees, helping old ladies across the road
or playing cricket,” he said. “But watching TV exposes people to new ideas and
different people. With that will come greater opportunity, growing equality and a
better understanding of the world. Not bad.”
What is the meaning of “mask” in the third paragraph?
A ： suggest
B ： cover
C ： discover
D ： reveal
正确答案： B
解析：
mask是“掩盖，掩饰”的意思。第三段意思为：这种变化的标准影响了人们对电视的看
法，而且掩盖了其对于发展中国家的更广泛的影响。
14 、 不定项选择题
I live in the land of Disney, Hollywood and year-round sun. You may think people in
such a glamorous, fun-filled p lace are happier than others. If so, you have some
mistaken ideas about the nature of happiness.
Many intelligent people still equate happiness with fun. The truth is that fun and
happiness have little or nothing in common. Fun is what we experience during an act.
Happiness is what we experience after an act. It is a deeper more abiding emotion.
Going to an amusement park or ball game, watching a movie or television, are
fun activities that help us relax, temporarily forget our problems and maybe even
laugh. But they do not bring happiness, because their positive effects end when the
fun ends.
I have often thought that if Hollywood stars have a role to play, it is to teach us
that happiness has nothing to do with fan. These rich, beautiful individuals have
constant access to glamorous parties, fancy cars, expensive homes, everything that
spells “happiness”. But in memoir after memoir, celebrities reveal the unhappiness
hidden beneath all their fun: depression, alcoholism, drug addiction, broken
marriages, troubled children and profound loneliness.
Ask a bachelor why he resists marriage even though he finds dating to be less
and less satisfying. If he’s honest, he will tell you that he is afraid of making a
commitment. For commitment is in tact quite painful. The single life is filled with fun,
adventure and excitement. Marriage has such moments, but they are not its most
distinguishing features.
Similarly, couples that choose not to have children are deciding in favor of
painless fun over painful happiness. They can dine out ever they want and sleep as
late as they want. Couples with infant children are lucky to get a whole night’s sleepor a three-day vacation. I don’t know any parent who would choose the word fun to
describe raising children.
Understanding and accepting that true happiness has nothing to do with fun is
one of the most liberating realizations we can ever come to. It liberates time: now we
can devote more hours to activities that can genuinely increase our happiness. It
liberates money: buying that new car or those fancy clothes that will do nothing to
increase our happiness now seems pointless. And it liberates us from envy: we now
understand that all those rich and glamorous people we were so sure are happy
because they are always having so much fun actually may not be happy at all.
In the author’s opinion, marriage _____.
A ： affords greater fun
B ： leads to raising children
C ： indicates commitment
D ： ends in pain
正确答案： C
解析：
由文章第五段前两句知：当一个单身汉发现约会越来越无聊时，他却仍然拒绝婚姻。如
果他是一个诚实的人，他会告诉你那是因为他害怕做出承诺。即，在作者眼里婚姻意味
着承诺。
15 、 不定项选择题
When the television is good, nothing—not the theater, not the magazines, or
newspapers—nothing is better. But when television is bad, nothing is worse. I invite
you to sit down in front of your television set when your station goes on the air and
stay there without a book, magazine, newspaper, or anything else to distract you and
keep your eyes glued to that set until the station signs off. I can assure you that you
will observe a vast wasteland. You will see a procession of game shows, violence,
audience-participation shows, formula comedies about totally unbelievable families,
blood and thunder, Mayhem, more violence, sadism, murder, Western badmen,
Western goodmen, private eyes, Gangsters, still more violence, and cartoons. And
endlessly, commercials that stream and cajole and offend. And most of all, boredom.
True, you will see a few things you will enjoy. But they will be very, very few. And if
you think I exaggerate, try it.
Is there no room on television to teach, to inform, to uplift, to stretch, to enlarge
the capacities of our children? Is there no room for programs to deepen the
children’s understanding of children in other lands? Is there no room for a
children’s news show explaining something about the world for them at their level
of understanding? Is there no room for reading the great literature of the past,
teaching them the great traditions of freedom? There are some fine children’s
shows, but they are drowned out in the massive doses of cartoons, violence, and
more violence. Must these be your trademarks? Search your conscience and see
whether you cannot offer more to your young beneficiaries whose future you guard
so many hours each and every day.There are many people in this great country, and you must serve all of us. You
will get no argument from me if you say that, given a choice between a Western and a
symphony, more people will watch the Western. I like Westerns and private eyes,
too—but a steady diet for the whole country is obviously not in the public interest.
We all know that people would more often prefer to be entertained than stimulated
or informed. But your obligations are not satisfied if you look only to popularity as a
test of what to broadcast. Yon are not only in show business: you are free to
communicate ideas as well as to give relaxation. You must provide a wide range of
choices, more diversity, more alternatives. It is not enough to cater to the nation’s
whims—you must also serve the nation’s needs. The people own the air. They own
it as much in prime evening time as they do at six o’clock in the morning. For every
hour that the people give you--you own them something. I intend to see that your
debt is paid with service.
Concerning programs for children, it may be inferred that the author believes that
such programs should _____.
A ： include no cartoons at all
B ： include ones which provide culture
C ： be presented only in the morning
D ： be presented without commercials
正确答案： B
解析：
第二段，作者谈到了自己对儿童节目的见解，文中指出节目应该“提高孩子能
力”，“加深对其他国家儿童的了解”，“向他们解释世界”，以及“教授伟大的文学
作品和自由传统等知识”，这些涉及到文化教育范畴，选项B正确。
16 、 不定项选择题
What is the charm of necklaces? Why would anyone put something extra around her
neck and then invest it with special significance? A necklace doesn’t afford warmth
in cold weather, like a scarf, or protection in combat, like chain mail; it only
decorates. We might say it borrows meaning from what it surrounds and sets off: the
head with its supremely important material contents, and the face, that register of
the soul. When photograph reduces the reality it represents, they mention not only
the passage from three dimensions to two, but also the selection of a?point du
vue?favors the top of the body rather than the bottom and the front rather than the
back. The face is the jewel in the crown of the body, and so we give it a setting.
When people are intensely concerned with something that is obviously
impractical, anthropologists take note, for lovely useless things often express archaic
to exist in contemporary American houses already heated by gas and electricity, yet
most people want one and it is still the focus of the living room. This desire testifies, I
think, to the hundreds of thousands of years during which we Homo sapiens huddled
around a cave fire. We watch ourselves, rather anxiously, vanish backward down
those lone temporary corridors, as my daughter gazes at her infinitely multiplied
small self in the mutually opposed mirrors of the beauty salon, and wonders, is it
me? Our fireplaces and necklaces and tombstones say it is, they are.In American culture, an interest in necklaces seems to be rather gender specific.
Many men to whom I mention the enterprise feign polite interest and then change
the subject, though I know some who admire, construct, and wear necklaces,
including the distinguished scientist and poet to whom this essay is dedicated. Most
women, by contrast, become mildly or wildly enthusiastic. A doctor in Blois brought
out her entire collection of costume jewelry for me, exhibited the most splendid
pieces with an account of where and when they were purchased, and then explain
them all with the help of a large glossy book on the history of costume jewelry, with
dozens of pictures. A former student of mine who had moved to California mailed me
six plastic boxes full of beads gleaned from a warehouse managed by an eccentric
friend who just their settings; a feature bead painted with a naked lady; crystal
roundels of truly exceptional shine; and tiny silver hematite seed beads. Beads lend
themselves to exchange, Beads travel. And clearly these two facts are related.
From this article we can gather that _____.
A ： Only women like necklaces
B ： Only men like necklaces
C ： Most women like necklaces
D ： Most men like necklaces
正确答案： C
解析：
文章第三段第三句话写到“Most women, by contrast, become mildly or wildly
enthusiastic.”这说明与男性相反，大多属女性都十分喜欢项链。接下来作者有列举了
自己的亲身体验，说明了女性对这一装饰物的狂热，C正确。
17 、 不定项选择题
In its modern form the concept of “literature” did not emerge earlier than the
eighteenth century and was not fully developed until the nineteenth century. Yet the
conditions for its emergence had been developing since the Renaissance. The word
itself came into English use in the fourteenth century, following French and Latin
precedents; its root was Latin?littera, a letter of the alphabet.?Litterature, in the
common early spelling, was then in effect a condition of reading: of being able to
read and of having read. It was often close to the sense of modern?literacy, which
was not in the language until the late nineteenth century, its introduction in part
made necessary by the movement of?literature?to a different sense. The normal
adjective associated with literature was?literate. Literary appeared in the sense of
reading ability and experience in the seventeenth century, and did not acquire its
specialized modern meaning until the eighteenth century.
Literature?as a new category was then a specialization of the area formerly
categorized as?rhetoric?and?grammar: a specialization to reading and, in the material
context of the development of printing, to the printed word and especially the book.
It was eventually to become a more general category than?poetry?or the
earlier?poesy, which had been general terms for imaginative composition, but which
in relation to the development of?literaturebecame predominantly specialized, from
the seventeenth century, to metrical composition and especially written and printedmetrical composition. But literature was never primarily the active composition─the
“making”─which poetry had described. As reading rather than writing, it was a
category of a different kind. The characteristic use can be seen in Bacon “learned in
all literature and erudition, divine and humane”─and as late as Johnson “he had
probably more than common literature, as his son addresses him in one of his most
elaborate Latin poems.”?Literature, that is to say, was a category of use and
condition rather than of production. It was a particular specialization of what had
hitherto been seen as an activity or practice, and a specialization, in the
circumstances, which was inevitably made in terms of social class. In its first
extended sense, beyond the bare sense of “literacy,” it was a definition of
“polite” or “humane” learning, and thus specified a particular social distinction.
New political concepts of the “nation” and new valuations of the “vernacular”
interacted with a persistent emphasis on “literature” as reading in the “classical”
languages. But still, in this first stage, into the eighteenth century,?literature?was
primarily a generalized social concept, expressing a certain (minority) level of
educational achievement. This carded with it a potential and eventually realized
alternative definition of?literature?as “printed books:” the objects in and through
which this achievement was demonstrated.
It is important that, within the terms of this development, literature normally
included all printed books. There was not necessary specialization to “imaginative”
works. Literature was still primarily reading ability and experience, and this included
philosophy, history, and essays as well as poems. Were the new eighteenth century
novels literature? That question was first approached, not by definition of their mode
or content, but by reference to the standards of “polite” or “humane” learning.
Was drama literature? This question was to exercise successive generations, not
because of any substantial difficulty but because of the practical limits of the
category. If literature was reading, could a mode written for spoken performance be
said to be literature, and if not, where was Shakespeare?
At one level the definition indicated by this development has persisted.
Literature lost its earliest sense of reading ability and reading experience, and
became an apparently objective category of printed works of a certain quality. The
concerns of a “literary editor” or a “literary supplement” would still be defined
in this way. But three complicating tendencies can then be distinguished: first, a shift
from “learning” to “taste” or “sensibility” as a criterion defining literary
quality; second, an increasing specialization of literature to “creative” or
“imaginative” works; third, a development of the concept of “tradition” within
national terms, resulting in the more effective definition of “a national literature.”
The source of each of these tendencies can be discerned from the Renaissance, but it
was in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries that they came through most
powerfully, until they became, in the twentieth century, in effect received
assumptions.
What did literature mean in its earliest sense?
A ： Reading ability.
B ： Reading ability and experience
C ： Writing ability
D ： Reading and writing
正确答案： B解析：
根据第一段Litterature...of being able to read and of having read, Literary...reading
ability and experience...和最后一段第二句Literature lost its earliest sense of reading
ability and reading experience可知，最初的literature指的是阅读的能力和经历。
18 、 不定项选择题
When the television is good, nothing—not the theater, not the magazines, or
newspapers—nothing is better. But when television is bad, nothing is worse. I invite
you to sit down in front of your television set when your station goes on the air and
stay there without a book, magazine, newspaper, or anything else to distract you and
keep your eyes glued to that set until the station signs off. I can assure you that you
will observe a vast wasteland. You will see a procession of game shows, violence,
audience-participation shows, formula comedies about totally unbelievable families,
blood and thunder, Mayhem, more violence, sadism, murder, Western badmen,
Western goodmen, private eyes, Gangsters, still more violence, and cartoons. And
endlessly, commercials that stream and cajole and offend. And most of all, boredom.
True, you will see a few things you will enjoy. But they will be very, very few. And if
you think I exaggerate, try it.
Is there no room on television to teach, to inform, to uplift, to stretch, to enlarge
the capacities of our children? Is there no room for programs to deepen the
children’s understanding of children in other lands? Is there no room for a
children’s news show explaining something about the world for them at their level
of understanding? Is there no room for reading the great literature of the past,
teaching them the great traditions of freedom? There are some fine children’s
shows, but they are drowned out in the massive doses of cartoons, violence, and
more violence. Must these be your trademarks? Search your conscience and see
whether you cannot offer more to your young beneficiaries whose future you guard
so many hours each and every day.
There are many people in this great country, and you must serve all of us. You
will get no argument from me if you say that, given a choice between a Western and a
symphony, more people will watch the Western. I like Westerns and private eyes,
too—but a steady diet for the whole country is obviously not in the public interest.
We all know that people would more often prefer to be entertained than stimulated
or informed. But your obligations are not satisfied if you look only to popularity as a
test of what to broadcast. Yon are not only in show business: you are free to
communicate ideas as well as to give relaxation. You must provide a wide range of
choices, more diversity, more alternatives. It is not enough to cater to the nation’s
whims—you must also serve the nation’s needs. The people own the air. They own
it as much in prime evening time as they do at six o’clock in the morning. For every
hour that the people give you--you own them something. I intend to see that your
debt is paid with service.
The author’s attitude toward television can best be described as _____.
A ： sullenness at defeat
B ： reconciliation with the broadcasters
C ： righteous indignation
D ： determination to prevail正确答案： C
解析：
从第一段作者对电视节目的描述“wasteland”，第二段作者对其进行的一系列置疑“Is
there no room…”，以及第三段，作者列举的电视节目的职责和义务等，可判断作者
对目前的电视节目感到愤慨。选项C正确。
19 、 不定项选择题
For the executive producer of a network nightly news programme, the workday often
begins at midnight as mine did during seven years with ABC’s evening newscast.
The first order of business was a call to the assignment desk for a pre-
bedtime?rundownof latest developments.
The assignment desk operates 24 hours a day, staffed by editors who move
crews, correspondents and equipment to the scene of events. Assignment-desk
editors ate logistics experts; they have to know plane schedules, satellite availability,
and whom to get in touch with at local stations and overseas broadcasting systems.
They are required to assess stories as they break on the wire services—sometimes
even before they do - and to decide how much effort to make to cover those stories.
When the United States was going to appeal to arms against Iraq, the number of
correspondents and crews was constantly evaluated. Based on reports from the field
and also upon the skilled judgments of desk editors in New York City, the right
number of personnel was kept on the alert. The rest were allowed to continue
working throughout the world, in America and Iraq ready to move but not tied down
by false alarms.
The studio staff of ABC’s “World News Tonight” assembles at 9 a.m. to
prepare for the 6:30 “air” p.m. deadline. Overnight dispatches from outlying
bureaus and press services are read. There are phone conversations with the
broadcast’s staff producers in domestic bureaus and with the London bureau
senior producer, who coordinates overseas coverage. A pattern emerges for the
day’s news, a pattern outlined in the executive producer’s first lineup. The lineup
tells the staff what stories are scheduled; what the priorities are for processing film of
editing tape; what scripts need to be written; what commercials ate scheduled; how
long stories should run and in what order. Without a lineup, there would be chaos.
Each story’s relative value in dollars and cents must be continually assessed by
the executive producer. Cutting back satellite booking to save money might mean
that an explanation delivered by an anchor person will replace actual photos of an
event. A decline in live coverage could send viewers away and drive ratings down, but
there is not enough money to do everything. So decisions must be made and made
rapidly—because delay can mean a missed connection for shipping tape or access to
a satellite blocked by a competitor.
The broadcasts themselves require pacing and style. The audience has to be
allowed to breathe between periods of intense excitement. A vivid pictorial report
followed by less exacting materials allows the viewer to reflect on information that
has just flashed by. Frequent switches from one anchor to another or from one film
or tape report to another create a sense of forward movement. Ideally, leading and
lags to stories are worked out with field correspondents, enabling them to fit their
reports into the programme’s narrative flow so the audience’s attention does not
wander and more substance is absorbed.Scripts are constantly rewritten to blend well with incoming pictures. Good copy
is crisp, informative. Our rule: the fewer words the better. If a picture can do the
work, let it.
All the following can be employed to make the report more effective EXCEPT_____.
A ： providing more vivid pictures and details
B ： changing the style to cater for the audience’s appetite
C ： more live coverage to replace the linguistic explanation
D ： interval shifts of the materials of the coverage
正确答案： B
解析：
本题可用排除法。倒数第二段第二句提到“A vivid pictorial report followed by less
exacting…”可见插入图片是有效的，排除A项。第五段第三句提到“A decline in live
coverage could send viewers away and drive ratings down”现场报道的减少可能会使
收视率降低，这也就从反面说明现场报道而不只是口头解释会更有效，故排除B项。倒
数第二段第四句提到“Frequent switches from one anchor to another or from one
film or tape report to another create a sense of forward movement.”频繁地从一个节
目跳到另一个会产生一种“前向运动”的感觉。这也从反面说明报道中间隔的休息也是
必要的，选项D也可排除。所以选B。
20 、 不定项选择题
Hormones in the Body Up to the beginning of the twentieth century, the nervous
system was thought to control all communication within the body and the resulting
integration of behavior. Scientists had determined that nerves ran, essentially, on
electrical impulses. These impulses were thought to be the engine for thought,
emotion, movement, and internal processes such as digestion. However, experiments
by William Bayliss and Ernest Starling on the chemical secretin, which is produced in
the small intestine when food enters the stomach, eventually challenged that view.
From the small intestine, secretin travels through the bloodstream to the pancreas.
There, it stimulates the release of digestive chemicals. In this fashion, the intestinal
cells that produce secretin ultimately regulate the production of different chemicals
in a different organ, the pancreas.
Such a coordination of processes had been thought to require control by the
nervous system; Bayliss and Starling showed that it could occur through chemicals
alone. This discovery spurred Starting to coin the term hormone to refer to secretin,
taking it from the Greek word hormon, meaning “to excite” or “to set in
motion.” A hormone is a chemical produced by one tissue to make things happen
elsewhere.
As more hormones were discovered, they were categorized, primarily according
to the process by which they operated on the body. Some glands (which make up the
endocrine system) secrete hormones directly into the bloodstream. Such glands
include the thyroid and the pituitary. The exocrine system consists of organs and
glands that produce substances that are used outside the bloodstream, primarily for
digestion. The pancreas is one such organ, although it secretes some chemicals into
the blood and thus is also part of the endocrine system.Much has been learned about hormones since their discovery. Some play such
key roles in regulating bodily processes or behavior that their absence would cause
immediate death. The most abundant hormones have effects that are less obviously
urgent but can be more far-reaching and difficult to track: They modify moods and
affect human behavior, even some behavior we normally think of as voluntary.
Hormonal systems are very intricate. Even minute amounts of the right chemicals can
suppress appetite, calm aggression, and change the attitude of a parent toward a
child. Certain hormones accelerate the development of the body, regulating growth
and form; others may even define an individual’s personality characteristics. The
quantities and proportions of hormones produce change with age, so scientists have
given a great deal of study to shifts in the endocrine system over time in the hopes of
alleviating ailments associated with aging.
In fact, some hormone therapies are already very common. A combination of
estrogen and progesterone has been prescribed for decades to women who want to
reduce mood swings, sudden changes in body temperature, and other discomforts
caused by lower natural levels of those hormones as they enter middle age. Known
as hormone replacement therapy (HRT), the treatment was also believed to prevent
weakening of the bones. At least one study has linked HRT with a heightened risk of
heart disease and certain types of cancer. HRT may also increase the likelihood that
blood clots—dangerous because they could travel through the bloodstream and
block major blood vessels—will form. Some proponents of HRT have tempered their
enthusiasm in the face of this new evidence, recommending it only to patients whose
symptoms interfere with their abilities to live normal lives.
Human growth hormone may also be given to patients who are secreting
abnormally low amounts on their own. Because of the complicated effects growth
hormone has on the body, such treatments are generally restricted to children who
would be pathologically small in stature without it. Growth hormone affects not just
physical size but also the digestion of food and the aging process. Researchers and
family physicians tend to agree that it is foolhardy to dispense it in cases in which the
risks are not clearly outweighed by the benefits.
Which of the following sentences explains the primary goal of hormone replacement
therapy?
A ： The quantities and proportions of hormones produce change with age, so
scientists have given a great deal of study to shifts in the endocrine system over time
in the hopes of alleviating ailments associated with aging.
B ： A combination of estrogen and progesterone has been prescribed for decades to
women who want to reduce mood swings, sudden changes in body temperature, and
other discomforts caused by lower natural levels of those hormones as they enter
middle age.
C ： HRT may also increase the likelihood that blood clots—dangerous because they
could travel through the bloodstream and block major blood vessels—will form.
D ： Because of the complicated effects growth hormone has on the body, such
treatments are generally restricted to children who would be pathologically small in
stature without it.
正确答案： A
解析：A选项为文章第四段最后一句话，清楚地表明了科学家研究荷尔蒙是为了减轻由于衰老
带来的各种疾病。B，C，D选项均未说明科学家研究荷尔蒙重置疗法的目的，为无关选
项。
21 、 不定项选择题
Australia’s frogs are having trouble finding love. Traffic noise and other sounds of
city life, such as air conditioners and construction noise, are drowning out the mating
calls of male frogs in urban areas, 1eading to a sharp drop in frog populations. But, in
the first study of its kind, Parris, a scientist at the University of Melbourne has found
that some frogs have figured out a way to compensate for human interference in
their love lives.
A male southern brown tree frog sends out a mating call when he’s looking for
a date. It is music to the ears of a female southern brown tree frog. But, add the
sounds of nearby traffic and the message just is not going out. Parris spent seven
years studying frogs around Melbourne. She says some frogs have come up with an
interesting strategy for making themselves heard.
“We found that it’s changing the pitch of its call, so going higher up, up the
frequency spectrum, being higher and squeakier, further away from the traffic noise
and this increases the distance over which it can be for heard,” Parris said.
The old call is lower in pitch. The new one is higher in pitch.
Now, that may sound like a pretty simple solution. But, changing their calls to
cope with a noisy environment is actually quite extraordinary for frogs. And while the
males have figured out how to make themselves heard above the noise, Parris says it
may not be what the females are looking for.
“When females have a choice between two males calling, they tend to select the
one that calls at a lower frequency because, in frogs, the frequency of a call is related
to body size. So, the bigger frogs tend to call lower,” she explained. “And so they
also tend to be the older frogs, the guys perhaps with more experience, they know
what they’re doing and the women are attracted to those.”
Frog populations in Melbourne have dropped considerably since Parris began
her research, but it is not just because of noise. Much of Australia has been locked in
a 10-year drought, leaving frogs fewer and fewer ponds to go looking for that special
someone.
Parris is the first person who made study for _____
A ： frog’s population
B ： frog’s love lives
C ： frog’s mating calls and living environment
D ： the effects of human noises on frog
正确答案： C
解析：
根据Parris和first…study定位到第一段。本段首先提到由于城市生活的噪音使得城市地
区的青蛙在求偶时出现问题，也就是这一它们的生存环境对它们求偶的影响，而Parris
就是研究这个问题的。同时，通读全文可知主要讲由于人类噪音干扰，青蛙改变叫声来
求偶。全文围绕“mating calls”展开，最后一段又指出青蛙数量下降是由于干旱，属于
生存环境方面。因此选项C为正确答案。第一段最后一句虽然提到“love lives”，但是强调的是Parris发现青蛙如何来弥补人类对它们的“love lives”的影响，研究的不
是love lives本身，因此选项B不正确。Parris主要研究的是人类噪音对其求偶的影响，选
项D“对青蛙的影响”太过宽泛，因此排除。
22 、 不定项选择题
Traffic statistics paint a gloomy picture. To help solve their traffic woes, some rapidly
growing U.S. cities have simply built more roads. But traffic experts say building more
roads is a quick-fix solution that will not alleviate the traffic problem in the long run.
Soaring land costs, increasing concern over social and environmental disruptions
caused by road-building, and the likelihood that more roads can only lead to more
cars and traffic are powerful factors bearing down on a 1950s-style construction
program.
The goal of smart-highway technology is to make traffic systems work at
optimum efficiency by treating the road and the vehicles traveling on them as an
integral transportation system. Proponents of the advanced technology say electronic
detection systems, closed-circuit television, radio communication, ramp metering,
variable message signing, and other smart-highway technology can now be used at a
reasonable cost to improve communication between drivers and the people who
monitor traffic.
Pathfinder, a Santa Monica, California-based smart-highway project in which a
14-mile stretch of the Santa Monica Freeway, making up what is called a “smart
corridor”, is being instrumented with buried loops in the pavement. Closed-circuit
television cameras survey the flow of traffic, while communication linked to property
equipped automobiles advise motorists of the least congested routes or detours.
Not all traffic experts, however, look to smart-highway technology as the
ultimate solution to traffic gridlock. Some say the high-tech approach is limited and
can only offer temporary solutions to a serious problem.
“Electronics on the highway addresses just one aspect of the problem: how to
regulate traffic more efficiently,” explains Michael Renner, senior researcher at the
world-watch Institute. “It doesn’t deal with the central problem of too many cars
for roads that can’t be built fast enough. It sends people the wrong message”.
They start thinking “Yes, there used to be a traffic congestion problem, but that’s
been solved now because we have advanced high-tech system in place.” Larson
agrees and adds, “Smart highway is just one of the tools that we use to deal with
our traffic problems. It’s not the solution itself, just pan of the package. There are
different strategies.”
Other traffic problem-solving options being studied and experimented with
include car pooling, rapid mass-transit systems, staggered or flexible work hours, and
road pricing, a system whereby motorists pay a certain amount for the time they use
a highway.
It seems that we need a new, major thrust to deal with the traffic problems of
the next 20 years. There has to be a big change.
According to Larson, to redress the traffic problem, _____.
A ： car pooling must be studied
B ： rapid mass transit system must be introduced
C ： flexible work hours must be experimentedD ： overall strategies must be coordinated
正确答案： D
解析：
细节题。第五段Larson发表自己对smart-highway的见解时提到smart-highway仅仅
是“part of the package. There are different strategies”，暗示了交通问题的解决仅靠
现代技术是不够的，还需要各个策略的协调，选项D符合。
23 、 不定项选择题
“Popular art” has a number of meanings, impossible to define with any precision,
which range from folklore to junk. The poles are clear enough, but the middle tends
to blur. The Hollywood Western of the 1930’s, for example, has elements of
folklore, but is closer to junk than to high art or folk art. There can be great trash, just
as there is bad high art. The musicals of George Gershwin are great popular art,
never aspiring to high art. Schubert and Brahms, however, used elements of popular
music—folk themes—in works clearly intended as high art. The case of Verdi is a
different one: he took a popular genre—bourgeois melodrama set to music (an
accurate definition of nineteenth-century opera)—and, without altering its
fundamental nature, transmuted it into high art. This remains one of the greatest
achievements in music, and one that cannot be fully appreciated without recognizing
the essential trashiness of the genre.
As an example of such a transmutation, consider what Verdi made of the typical
political elements of nineteenth-century opera. Generally in the plots of these operas,
a hero or heroine—usually portrayed only as an individual, unfettered by class—is
caught between the immoral corruption of the aristocracy and the doctrinaire rigidity
or secret greed of the leaders of the proletariat. Verdi transforms this naive and
unlikely formulation with music of extraordinary energy and rhythmic vitality, music
more subtle than it seems at first hearing. There are scenes and arias that still sound
like calls to arms and were clearly understood as such when they were first
performed. Such pieces lend an immediacy to the otherwise veiled political message
of these operas and call up feelings beyond those of the opera itself.
Or consider Verdi’s treatment of character. Before Verdi, there were rarely any
characters at all in musical drama, only a series of situations which allowed the
singers to express a series of emotional states. Any attempt to find coherent
psychological portrayal in these operas is misplaced ingenuity. The only coherence
was the singer’s vocal technique: when the cast changed, new arias were almost
always substituted, generally adapted from other operas. Verdi’s characters, on the
other hand, have genuine consistency and integrity, even if, in many cases, the
consistency is that of pasteboard melodrama. The integrity of the character is
achieved through the music: once he had become established, Verdi did not rewrite
his music for different singers or countenance alterations or substitutions of
somebody else’s arias in one of his operas, as every eighteenth-century composer
had done. When he revised an opera, it was only for dramatic economy and
effectiveness.
It can be inferred that the author regards Verdi’s revisions to his operas with _____.
A ： regret that the original music and texts were alteredB ： concern that many of the revisions altered the plots of the original work
C ： approval for the intentions that motivated the revisions
D ： puzzlement, since the revisions seem largely insignificant
正确答案： C
解析：
作者在文章最后一句提到，“When he（Verdi）revised an opera, it was only for
dramatic economy and effectiveness”，这表明作者对Verdi修改其作品持肯定态度，
只有C项与作者的态度贴切，A、B、D三项的感情色彩与作者的不符。
24 、 不定项选择题
Students of United States history, seeking to identify the circumstances that
encouraged the emergence of feminist movements, have thoroughly investigated the
mid-nineteenth-century American economic and social conditions that affected the
status of women. These historians, however, have analyzed less fully the
development of specifically feminist ideas and activities during the same period.
Furthermore, the ideological origins of feminism in the United States have been
obscured because, even when historians did take into account those feminist ideas
and activities occurring within the United States, they failed to recognize that
feminism was then a truly international movement actually centered in Europe.
American feminist activists who have been described as “solitary” and “individual
theorists” were in reality connected to a movement —utopian socialism—which was
already popularizing feminist ideas in Europe during the two decades that
cachinnated in the first women’s rights conference held at Seneca Falls, New York,
in 1848. Thus, a complete understanding of the origins and development of
nineteenth-century feminism in the United States requires that the geographical
focus be widened to include Europe and that the detailed study already made of
social conditions be expanded to include the ideological development of feminism.
The earliest and most popular of the utopian socialists were the Saint-Simonians.
The specifically feminist part of Saint-Simonianism has, however, been less studied
than the group’s contribution to early socialism. This is regrettable on two accounts.
By 1832 feminism was the central concern of Saint-Simonianism and entirely
absorbed its adherents’ energy; hence, by ignoring its feminism, European
historians have misunderstood Saint-Simonianism. Moreover, since many feminist
ideas can be traced to Saint-Simonianism, European historians’ appreciation of later
feminism in France and the United States remained limited.
Saint-Simon’s followers, many of whom were women, based their feminism on
an interpretation of his project to reorganize the globe by replacing brute force with
the rule of spiritual powers. The new world order would be ruled together by a male,
to represent reflection, and a female, to represent sentiment. This complementarity
reflects the fact that, while the Saint-Simonians did not reject the belief that there
were innate differences between men and women, they nevertheless foresaw an
equally important social and political role for both sexes in their Utopia.
Only a few Saint-Simonians opposed a definition of sexual equality based on
gender distinction. This minority believed that individuals of both sexes were born
similar in capacity and character, and they ascribed male-female differences to
socialization and education. The envisioned result of both currents of thought,however, was that women would enter public life in the new age and that sexual
equality would reward men as well as women with an improved way of life.
According to the passage, which of the following would be the most accurate
description of the society envisioned by most Saint-Simonians?
A ： society in which women were highly regarded for their extensive education.
B ： A society in which the two genders played complementary roles and had equal
status.
C ： A society in which women did not enter public life.
D ： A social order in which a body of men and women would rule together on the
basis of their spiritual power.
正确答案： B
解析：
由文章第三段最后一句话可知，虽然Saint-Simonians不反对男女之间的差别，但是他们
主张男女平等的社会地位和社会角色。B选项正是此意。A，C，D选项的内容在文中均
未提及。
25 、 不定项选择题
The molecules of carbon dioxide in the Earth’s atmosphere affect the heat balance
of the Earth by acting as a one-way screen. Although these molecules allow radiation
at visible wavelengths, where most of the energy of sunlight is concentrated, to pass
through, they absorb some of the longer-wavelength, infrared emissions radiated
from the Earth’s surface, radiation that would otherwise be transmitted back into
space. For the Earth to maintain a constant average temperature, such emissions
from the planet must balance incoming solar radiation. If there were no carbon
dioxide in the atmosphere, heat would escape from the Earth much more easily. The
surface temperature would be so much lower that the oceans might be a solid mass
of ice.
Today, however, the potential problem is too much carbon dioxide. The burning
of fossil fuels and the clearing of forests have increased atmospheric carbon dioxide
by about 15 percent in the last hundred years, and we continue to add carbon
dioxide to the atmosphere. Could the increase in carbon dioxide cause a global rise
in average temperature, and could such a rise have serious consequences for human
society? Mathematical models that allow us to calculate the rise in temperature as a
function of the increase indicate that the answer is probably yes.
Under present conditions a temperature of -18℃ can be observed at an altitude
of 5 to 6 kilometers above the Earth. Below this altitude (called the radiating level),
the temperature increases by about 6℃ per kilometer approaching the Earth’s
surface, where the average temperature is about 15℃. An increase in the amount of
carbon dioxide means that there are more molecules of carbon dioxide to absorb
infrared radiation. As the capacity of the atmosphere to absorb infrared radiation
increases, the radiating level and the temperature of the surface must rise. One
mathematical model predicts that doubling the atmospheric carbon dioxide would
raise the global mean surface temperature by 2.5℃: This model assumes that the
atmosphere’s relative humidity remains constant and the temperature decreaseswith altitude at a rate of 6.5℃ per kilometer. The assumption of constant relative
humidity is important, because water vapor in the atmosphere is another efficient
absorber of radiation at infrared wavelengths. Because warm air can hold more
moisture than cool air, the relative humidity will be constant only if the amount of
water vapor in the atmosphere increases as the temperature rises. Therefore, more
infrared radiation would be absorbed and reradiated back to the Earth’s surface.
The resultant warming at the surface could be expected to melt snow and ice,
reducing the Earth’s reflectivity. More solar radiation would then be absorbed,
leading to a further increase in temperature.
It can be concluded from information contained in the passage that the average
temperature at an altitude of 1 kilometer above the Earth is about _____.
A ： 15℃
B ： 9℃
C ： 2.5℃
D ： -12℃
正确答案： B
解析：
根据文中第三段第一句的信息：“Under present conditions a temperature of -18℃
can be observed at an altitude of 5 to 6 kilometers above the Earth. Below this
altitude (called the radiating level), the temperature increases by about 6℃ per
kilometer approaching the Earth’s surface where the average temperature is about
15℃”可以推断，海拔一千米处的平均气温大约为12℃以下，选项B 9℃最接近，因此
选择B项。
26 、 不定项选择题
When the television is good, nothing—not the theater, not the magazines, or
newspapers—nothing is better. But when television is bad, nothing is worse. I invite
you to sit down in front of your television set when your station goes on the air and
stay there without a book, magazine, newspaper, or anything else to distract you and
keep your eyes glued to that set until the station signs off. I can assure you that you
will observe a vast wasteland. You will see a procession of game shows, violence,
audience-participation shows, formula comedies about totally unbelievable families,
blood and thunder, Mayhem, more violence, sadism, murder, Western badmen,
Western goodmen, private eyes, Gangsters, still more violence, and cartoons. And
endlessly, commercials that stream and cajole and offend. And most of all, boredom.
True, you will see a few things you will enjoy. But they will be very, very few. And if
you think I exaggerate, try it.
Is there no room on television to teach, to inform, to uplift, to stretch, to enlarge
the capacities of our children? Is there no room for programs to deepen the
children’s understanding of children in other lands? Is there no room for a
children’s news show explaining something about the world for them at their level
of understanding? Is there no room for reading the great literature of the past,
teaching them the great traditions of freedom? There are some fine children’s
shows, but they are drowned out in the massive doses of cartoons, violence, andmore violence. Must these be your trademarks? Search your conscience and see
whether you cannot offer more to your young beneficiaries whose future you guard
so many hours each and every day.
There are many people in this great country, and you must serve all of us. You
will get no argument from me if you say that, given a choice between a Western and a
symphony, more people will watch the Western. I like Westerns and private eyes,
too—but a steady diet for the whole country is obviously not in the public interest.
We all know that people would more often prefer to be entertained than stimulated
or informed. But your obligations are not satisfied if you look only to popularity as a
test of what to broadcast. Yon are not only in show business: you are free to
communicate ideas as well as to give relaxation. You must provide a wide range of
choices, more diversity, more alternatives. It is not enough to cater to the nation’s
whims—you must also serve the nation’s needs. The people own the air. They own
it as much in prime evening time as they do at six o’clock in the morning. For every
hour that the people give you--you own them something. I intend to see that your
debt is paid with service.
The statement that “the people own the air” implies that _____.
A ： citizens have the right to insist on worthwhile television programs
B ： television should be socialized to cater to the nation’s whims
C ： the government may build above present structures
D ： the people own nothing, for air is worthless
正确答案： A
解析：
第三段结尾部分，作者提到“the people own the air”，随后指出“无论是在夜晚的精
华时段还是清晨，人们都拥有the air，因此广播公司每一时刻由于占用the air，都owe
people something”，最后，作者指出广播公司偿还的方式是搞好服务，由此可判断，
作者强调人们拥有天空，是暗示人们有权要求有意义的电视节目的播放，选项A正确。
27 、 不定项选择题
It’s nothing new that English use is on the rise around the world, especially in
business circles. This also happens in France, the headquarters of the global battle
against American cultural hegemony. If French guys are giving in to English,
something really big must be going on. And something big is going on.
Partly, it’s that American hegemony. Didier Benchimol, CEO of a French e-
commerce software company, feels compelled to speak English perfectly because the
Internet software business is dominated by Americans. He and other French
businessmen also have to speak, English because they want to get their message out
to American investors, possessors of the world’s deepest pockets.
The triumph of English in France and elsewhere in Europe, however, may rest on
something more enduring. As they become entwined with each other politically and
economically, Europeans need a way to talk to one another and to the rest of the
world. And for a number of reasons, they’ve decided upon English as their common
tongue.
So when German chemical and pharmaceutical company Hoechst merged withFrench competitor Rhone-Poulenc last year, the companies chose the vaguely
Latinate Aventis as the new company name—and settled on English as the
company’s common language. When monetary policymakers from around Europe
began meeting at the European Central Bank in Frankfurt last year to set interest
rates for the new Euroland, they held their deliberations in English. Even the
European Commission, with 11 official languages and a traditionally French-spiriting
bureaucracy, effectively switched over to English as its working language last year.
How did this happen? One school attributes English’s great success to the sheer
weight of its merit. It’s a Germanic language, brought to Britain around the fifth
century A.D. During the four centuries of French-speaking rule that followed Norman
Conquest of 1066, the language morphed into something else entirely. French words
were added wholesale, and most of the complications of Germanic grammar were
shed while few of the complications of French were added. The result is a language
with a huge vocabulary and a simple grammar that can express most things more
efficiently than either of its parents. What’s more, English has remained
ungoverned and open to change—foreign words, coinages, and grammatical
shifts—in a way that French, ruled by the purist Académie Francaise, has not.
So it’s a swell language, especially for business. But the rise of English over the
past few centuries clearly owes at least as much to history and economies as to the
language’s ability to economically express the concept win-win. What happened is
that the competition—first Latin, then French, then, briefly, German—faded with the
waning of the political, economic, and military fortunes of, respectively, the Catholic
Church, France, and Germany. All along, English was increasing in importance: Britain
was the birthplace of the Industrial Revolution, and London the world’s most
important financial center, which made English a key language for business.
England’s colonies around the world also made it the language with the most global
reach. And as that former colony the U.S. rose to the status of the world’s
preeminent political, economic, military, and cultural power, English became the
obvious second language to learn.
In the 1990s more and more Europeans found themselves forced to use English.
The last generation of business and government leaders who hadn’t studied English
in school was leaving the stage. The European Community was adding new members
and evolving from a paper-shuffling club into a serious regional government that
would need a single common language if it were ever to get anything done.
Meanwhile, economic barriers between European nations have been disappearing,
meaning that more and more companies are beginning to look at the whole
continent as their domestic market. And then the Internet came along.
The Net had two big impacts. One was that it was an exciting, potentially
lucrative new industry that had its roots in the U.S., so if you wanted to get in on it,
you had to speak some English. The other was that by surfing the Web, Europeans
who had previously encountered English only in school and in pop songs were now
coming into contact with it daily.
None of this means English has taken over European life. According to the
European Union, 47% of Western Europeans (including the British and Irish) speak
English well enough to carry on a conversation. That’s a lot more than those who
can speak German (32%) or French (28%), but it still means more Europeans don’t
speak the language. If you want to sell shampoo or cell phones, you have to do it in
French or German or Spanish or Greek. Even the U.S. and British media companies
that stand to benefit most from the spread of English have been hedging their
bets—CNN broadcasts in Spanish; the?Financial Times?has recently launched a daily
German-language edition.But just look at who speaks English: 77% of Western European college student,
69% of managers, and 65% of those aged 15 to 24. In the secondary schools of the
European Union’s non-English-speaking countries, 91% of students study English,
all of which means that the transition to English as the language of European
business hasn’t been all that traumatic, and it’s only going to get easier in the
future.
The passage mainly examines the factors related to _____.
A ： the rising status of English in Europe
B ： English learning in non-English-speaking E.U. nations
C ： the preference for English by European businessmen
D ： the switch from French to English in the European Commission
正确答案： A
解析：
主旨大意题。文中从第二段起就开始依次分析了英语在欧洲兴起的经济、语言、社会等
各方面的因素，所以A项正确。
28 、 不定项选择题
I was eight years old the first time I fainted. I was at friend’s house, and a bee stung
me on the back of the neck. I had felt nothing but a slight pinch and the bug was
soon wiped away and flushed down the toilet, but since I looked pale I was urged to
call my mother. As I told her what had happened, I felt myself blacking out, sinking to
the floor, vaguely aware that I was still gripping the receiver.
Perhaps I was allergic to the bee sting—the only one I’ve ever gotten, although
to this day I have a phobia about bees, wasps, and other insects. But the image of an
eight-year-old in Keds crumpling to the ground while he describes his injury to his
Mommy seems to return us to Freudian territory. Note the umbilical image of the
phone cord.
Call me fanciful. Still, I’m afraid these undertones are hardly dissipated by the
second fainting incident I can recall, which practically reeks of the family romance.
This took place one weekend morning while we were gathered in the kitchen to eat
breakfast. My mother stood at the stove making French toast, which she had already
served to the kids; my father, seated at the table, was cutting a bagel with a sharp
bread knife. Contrary to every principle of kitchen safety, he was holding the bagel in
his hand and cutting inward, and eventually he made a neat, shallow incision in his
palm. The blood was profuse.
Being a hematologist, my father didn’t panic: this was just business as usual.
But my mother stopped flipping French toast and collapsed to the floor. I, inspired by
the blood and my mother’s collapse and the powerful odors of syrup and sugar
rising from my plate, slumped forward. My forehead went into the syrup. I heard a
roar—it seemed to me that I was being clutched beneath the armpits and whirled
around—and then my father shook me back into consciousness. He had already
attended to my mother.
Still think I’m fanciful? Then listen to this. Out of curiosity I asked my mother
when her first fainting episode had occurred.
She paused, thought it over, and came up with the following. At the age ofthirteen, she went to visit her father in the hospital, who only the day before had had
his appendix removed. Aside from her father, still conked out from the anesthesia,
the other person in the room was a nurse, who was busy changing the dressing on
the patient’s incision, which hadn’t quite closed. For some reason, the nurse had
to leave the room. At this point, she asked my mother to hold the soiled dressing in
place until she returned. My mother complied. Standing over her dazed father,
gingerly holding a used bandage over a hole in his lower abdomen, the thirteen-year-
old grew lightheaded. I assumed the nurse returned before she hit the floor.
It can be gathered from this article that the tendency to faint most probably is _____.
A ： genetically determined
B ： independently developed
C ： virus infected
D ： emotionally affected
正确答案： A
解析：
文章主要介绍了作者对昆虫过敏以及晕血的事情，不光从自身的角度来描写了这一事实，
还举例说明了自己的母亲在青少年时期的一次晕血经历，从家庭遗传上来描写这一症状
是可以遗传的。A正确。
29 、 不定项选择题
I was eight years old the first time I fainted. I was at friend’s house, and a bee stung
me on the back of the neck. I had felt nothing but a slight pinch and the bug was
soon wiped away and flushed down the toilet, but since I looked pale I was urged to
call my mother. As I told her what had happened, I felt myself blacking out, sinking to
the floor, vaguely aware that I was still gripping the receiver.
Perhaps I was allergic to the bee sting—the only one I’ve ever gotten, although
to this day I have a phobia about bees, wasps, and other insects. But the image of an
eight-year-old in Keds crumpling to the ground while he describes his injury to his
Mommy seems to return us to Freudian territory. Note the umbilical image of the
phone cord.
Call me fanciful. Still, I’m afraid these undertones are hardly dissipated by the
second fainting incident I can recall, which practically reeks of the family romance.
This took place one weekend morning while we were gathered in the kitchen to eat
breakfast. My mother stood at the stove making French toast, which she had already
served to the kids; my father, seated at the table, was cutting a bagel with a sharp
bread knife. Contrary to every principle of kitchen safety, he was holding the bagel in
his hand and cutting inward, and eventually he made a neat, shallow incision in his
palm. The blood was profuse.
Being a hematologist, my father didn’t panic: this was just business as usual.
But my mother stopped flipping French toast and collapsed to the floor. I, inspired by
the blood and my mother’s collapse and the powerful odors of syrup and sugar
rising from my plate, slumped forward. My forehead went into the syrup. I heard a
roar—it seemed to me that I was being clutched beneath the armpits and whirled
around—and then my father shook me back into consciousness. He had alreadyattended to my mother.
Still think I’m fanciful? Then listen to this. Out of curiosity I asked my mother
when her first fainting episode had occurred.
She paused, thought it over, and came up with the following. At the age of
thirteen, she went to visit her father in the hospital, who only the day before had had
his appendix removed. Aside from her father, still conked out from the anesthesia,
the other person in the room was a nurse, who was busy changing the dressing on
the patient’s incision, which hadn’t quite closed. For some reason, the nurse had
to leave the room. At this point, she asked my mother to hold the soiled dressing in
place until she returned. My mother complied. Standing over her dazed father,
gingerly holding a used bandage over a hole in his lower abdomen, the thirteen-year-
old grew lightheaded. I assumed the nurse returned before she hit the floor.
The faint related to the bee sting led to the author’s fear later in her life of _____.
A ： snakes
B ： elephants
C ： insects
D ： dogs
正确答案： C
解析：
文章第二段第一句话写到“…although to this day I have phobia about bees, wasps
and other insects.”由此可见，这次过敏事件让作者从此惧怕昆虫，C正确。
30 、 不定项选择题
I live in the land of Disney, Hollywood and year-round sun. You may think people in
such a glamorous, fun-filled p lace are happier than others. If so, you have some
mistaken ideas about the nature of happiness.
Many intelligent people still equate happiness with fun. The truth is that fun and
happiness have little or nothing in common. Fun is what we experience during an act.
Happiness is what we experience after an act. It is a deeper more abiding emotion.
Going to an amusement park or ball game, watching a movie or television, are
fun activities that help us relax, temporarily forget our problems and maybe even
laugh. But they do not bring happiness, because their positive effects end when the
fun ends.
I have often thought that if Hollywood stars have a role to play, it is to teach us
that happiness has nothing to do with fan. These rich, beautiful individuals have
constant access to glamorous parties, fancy cars, expensive homes, everything that
spells “happiness”. But in memoir after memoir, celebrities reveal the unhappiness
hidden beneath all their fun: depression, alcoholism, drug addiction, broken
marriages, troubled children and profound loneliness.
Ask a bachelor why he resists marriage even though he finds dating to be less
and less satisfying. If he’s honest, he will tell you that he is afraid of making a
commitment. For commitment is in tact quite painful. The single life is filled with fun,
adventure and excitement. Marriage has such moments, but they are not its most
distinguishing features.Similarly, couples that choose not to have children are deciding in favor of
painless fun over painful happiness. They can dine out ever they want and sleep as
late as they want. Couples with infant children are lucky to get a whole night’s sleep
or a three-day vacation. I don’t know any parent who would choose the word fun to
describe raising children.
Understanding and accepting that true happiness has nothing to do with fun is
one of the most liberating realizations we can ever come to. It liberates time: now we
can devote more hours to activities that can genuinely increase our happiness. It
liberates money: buying that new car or those fancy clothes that will do nothing to
increase our happiness now seems pointless. And it liberates us from envy: we now
understand that all those rich and glamorous people we were so sure are happy
because they are always having so much fun actually may not be happy at all.
Couples having infant children _____.
A ： are lucky since they can have a whole night’s sleep
B ： find fun in tucking them into bed at night
C ： find more time to play and joke with them
D ： derive happiness from their endeavor
正确答案： D
解析：
文章第六段告诉我们，那些不要孩子的人是决定选择无痛的乐趣，而不是疼痛的幸福。
他们可以在任何时候做自己想做的事情，而那些带孩子的人却难得睡一整晚的好觉，或
有两三天的假期。但是有孩子的人得到的却是幸福，而不是简单的乐趣。由此可知，抚
养孩子的人，是在付出努力的过程中品尝到了幸福的滋味。
31 、 不定项选择题
This is not a good time to be foreign. Anti-immigrant parties are gaining ground in
Europe. Britain has been fretting this week over lapses in its border controls. In
America Barack Obama has failed to deliver the immigration reform he promised,
and Republican presidential candidates would rather electrify the border fence with
Mexico than educate the children of illegal aliens. America educates foreign scientists
in its universities and then expels them, a policy the mayor of New York calls
“national suicide”.
This illiberal turn in attitudes to migration is no surprise. It is the result of cyclical
economic gloom combined with a secular rise in pressure on rich countries’
borders. But governments now weighing up whether or not to try to slam the door
should consider another factor: the growing economic importance of Diasporas, and
the contribution they can make to a country’s economic growth.
Diaspora networks-of Huguenots, Scots, Jews and many others-have always been
a potent economic force, but the cheapness and ease of modern travel has made
them larger and more numerous than ever before. There are now 215m first-
generation migrants around the world: that’s 3％of the world’s population. If they
were a nation, it would be a little larger than Brazil. There are more Chinese people
living outside China than there are French people in France. Some 22m Indians arescattered all over the globe. Small concentrations of ethnic and linguistic groups have
always been found in surprising places-Lebanese in West Africa, Japanese in Brazil
and Welsh in Patagonia, for instance-but they have been joined by newer ones, such
as west Africans in southern China.
These networks of kinship and language make it easier to do business across
borders. They speed the flow of information. Trust matters, especially in emerging
markets where the rule of law is weak. So does a knowledge of the local culture. And
modern communications make these networks an even more powerful tool of
business.
Diasporas also help spread ideas. Many of the emerging world’s brightest
minds are educated at Western universities. An increasing number go home, taking
with them both knowledge and contacts. Indian computer scientists in Bangalore
bounce ideas constantly off their Indian friends in Silicon Valley. China’s technology
industry is dominated by “sea turtles” (Chinese who have lived abroad and
returned.
Diasporas spread money, too. Migrants into rich countries not only send cash to
their families; they also help companies in their host country operate in their home
country. A Harvard Business School study shows that, American companies that
employ lots of ethnic Chinese people find it much easier to set up in China without a
joint venture with a local firm.
Such arguments are unlikely to make much headway against hostility towards
immigrants in rich countries. Fury against foreigners is usually based on two
(mutually incompatible) notions: that because so many migrants claim welfare they
are a drain on the public purse; and that because they are prepared to work harder
for less pay they will depress the wages of those at the bottom of the pile. The first is
usually not true (in Britain, for instance, immigrants claim benefits less than
indigenous people do), and the second is hard to establish either way. Some studies
do indeed suggest that competition from unskilled immigrants depresses the wages
of unskilled locals. But others find this effect to be small or non-existent.
Nor is it possible to establish the impact of migration on overall growth. The
sums are simply too difficult. Yet there are good reasons for believing that it is likely
to be positive. Migrants tend to be hard-working and innovative. That spurs
productivity and company formation. A recent study carried out by Duke University
showed that, while immigrants make up an eighth of America’s population, they
founded a quarter of the country’s technology and engineering firms. And, by
linking the West with emerging markets, Diasporas help rich countries to plug into
fast-growing economies.
Rich countries are thus likely to benefit from looser immigration policy; and fears
that poor countries will suffer as a result of a “brain drain” are overblown. The
prospect of working abroad spurs more people to acquire valuable skills, and not all
subsequently emigrate. Skilled migrants send money home, and they often return to
set up new businesses. One study found that unless they lose more than 20％of their
university graduates, the brain drain makes poor countries richer.
The word “Diaspora” in this passage means _____.
A ： the movement of the Jewish people away from their own country to live and
work in other countries
B ： the movement of people from any nation or group away from their own country
C ： any group that has been dispersed outside its traditional homeland
D ： a dispersion of an originally homogeneous entity, such as a language or culture正确答案： B
解析：
词义推断题。文中第三段讲到“Diaspora”是潜在的“economic force”，接着讲到由
于交通便宜便捷，“Diaspora”的数量日益增加。之后指出第一代“immigrants”人数
超过巴西人口，并给出例子说在国外的中国人数量多；印度人分散在世界各地；西非聚
集着黎巴嫩人，巴西聚集着日本人，巴塔哥尼亚聚集着威尔士人，中国南方有西非人聚
集，这些都表明“Diaspora”与“migration”同义，即the movement of persons from
one country or locality to another。因此正确答案选B。
32 、 不定项选择题
Got milk? If you do, take a moment to ponder the true oddness of being able to drink
milk after you’re a baby.
No other species but humans can. And most humans can’t either.
The long lists of food allergies some people claim to have can make it seem as if
they’re just finicky eaters trying to rationalize likes and dislikes. Not so. Eggs,
peanuts, tree nuts, fish, shellfish soy and gluten all can wreak havoc on the immune
system of allergic individuals, even causing a deadly reaction called anaphylaxis.
But those allergic reactions are relatively rare, affecting an estimated 4% of
adults.
Milk’s different.
There are people who have true milk allergies that can cause deadly reactions.
But most people who have bad reactions to milk aren’t actually allergic to it, in that
it’s not their immune system that’s responding to the milk. Instead, people who
are lactose intolerant can’t digest the main sugar—lactose—found in milk. In
normal humans, the enzyme that does so—lactase—stops being produced when the
person is between two and five years old. The undigested sugars end up in the colon,
where they begin to ferment, producing gas that can cause cramping, bloating,
nausea, flatulence and diarrhea.
If you’re American or European it’s hard to realize this, but being able to
digest milk as an adult is one weird genetic adaptation.
It’s not normal. Somewhat less than 40% of people in the world retain the
ability to digest lactose after childhood. The numbers are often given as close to 0%
of Native Americans, 5% of Asians, 25% of African and Caribbean peoples, 50% of
Mediterranean peoples and 90% of northern Europeans. Sweden has one of the
world’s highest percentages of lactase tolerant people.
Being able to digest milk is so strange that scientists say we shouldn’t really call
lactose intolerance a disease, because that presumes it’s abnormal, instead, they
call it lactase persistence, indicating what’s really weird is the ability to continue to
drink milk.
There’s been a lot of research over the past decade looking at the genetic
mutation that allows this subset of humanity to stay milk drinkers into adulthood.
A long-held theory was that the mutation showed up first in Northern Europe,
where people got less vitamin D from the sun and therefore did better if they could
also get the crucial hormone (it’s not really a vitamin at all) from milk.
But now a group at University College London has shown that the mutation
actually appeared about 7,500 years ago in dairy farmers who lived in a region
between the central Balkans and central Europe, in what was known as the FunnelBeaker culture.
The paper was published this week in PLOS Computational Biology.
The researchers used a computer to model the spread of lactase persistence,
dairy farming, other food gathering practices and genes in Europe.
Today, the highest proportion of people with lactase persistence live in
Northwest Europe, especially the Netherlands, Ireland and Scandinavia. But the
computer model suggests that dairy farmers carrying this gene variant probably
originated in central Europe and then spread more widely and rapidly than non-
dairying groups.
Author Mark Thomas of University College London’s dept of Genetics, Evolution
and Environment says, “In Europe, a single genetic change...is strongly associated
with lactase persistence and appears to have people with it a big survival
advantage.”
The European mutation is different from several lactase persistence genes
associated with small populations of African peoples who historically have been
cattle herders.
Researchers at the University of Mary land identified one such mutation among
Nilo-Saharan-speaking peoples in Kenya and Tanzania. That mutation seems to have
arisen between 2,700 to 6,800 years ago. Two other mutations have been found
among the Beja people of northeastern Sudan and tribes of the same language family
in northern Kenya.
Which of the following is the CORRECT explanation of “enzyme” （Para. 6）?
A ： kind of chemical hormone that is produced by human body.
B ： A kind of protein that act as catalyst in diagnosing lactose.
C ： A kind of fungus that can be used to decompose lactose.
D ： A kind of gene that is called lactase.
正确答案： A
解析：
由第六段“the enzyme that does so—lactase—stops being produced when the
person is between two and five years old.”可知人在2至5岁之间，体内消化乳糖的
酶——乳糖酶就停止分泌了。由此可知enzyme是由人体产生的一种激素。
33 、 不定项选择题
The molecules of carbon dioxide in the Earth’s atmosphere affect the heat balance
of the Earth by acting as a one-way screen. Although these molecules allow radiation
at visible wavelengths, where most of the energy of sunlight is concentrated, to pass
through, they absorb some of the longer-wavelength, infrared emissions radiated
from the Earth’s surface, radiation that would otherwise be transmitted back into
space. For the Earth to maintain a constant average temperature, such emissions
from the planet must balance incoming solar radiation. If there were no carbon
dioxide in the atmosphere, heat would escape from the Earth much more easily. The
surface temperature would be so much lower that the oceans might be a solid massof ice.
Today, however, the potential problem is too much carbon dioxide. The burning
of fossil fuels and the clearing of forests have increased atmospheric carbon dioxide
by about 15 percent in the last hundred years, and we continue to add carbon
dioxide to the atmosphere. Could the increase in carbon dioxide cause a global rise
in average temperature, and could such a rise have serious consequences for human
society? Mathematical models that allow us to calculate the rise in temperature as a
function of the increase indicate that the answer is probably yes.
Under present conditions a temperature of -18℃ can be observed at an altitude
of 5 to 6 kilometers above the Earth. Below this altitude (called the radiating level),
the temperature increases by about 6℃ per kilometer approaching the Earth’s
surface, where the average temperature is about 15℃. An increase in the amount of
carbon dioxide means that there are more molecules of carbon dioxide to absorb
infrared radiation. As the capacity of the atmosphere to absorb infrared radiation
increases, the radiating level and the temperature of the surface must rise. One
mathematical model predicts that doubling the atmospheric carbon dioxide would
raise the global mean surface temperature by 2.5℃: This model assumes that the
atmosphere’s relative humidity remains constant and the temperature decreases
with altitude at a rate of 6.5℃ per kilometer. The assumption of constant relative
humidity is important, because water vapor in the atmosphere is another efficient
absorber of radiation at infrared wavelengths. Because warm air can hold more
moisture than cool air, the relative humidity will be constant only if the amount of
water vapor in the atmosphere increases as the temperature rises. Therefore, more
infrared radiation would be absorbed and reradiated back to the Earth’s surface.
The resultant warming at the surface could be expected to melt snow and ice,
reducing the Earth’s reflectivity. More solar radiation would then be absorbed,
leading to a further increase in temperature.
According to the passage, the greatest part of the solar energy that reaches the Earth
is _____.
A ： reflected back to space by snow and ice
B ： concentrated at visible wavelengths
C ： absorbed by carbon dioxide molecules
D ： absorbed by atmospheric water vapor
正确答案： B
解析：
根据文章第一段第二句可知，“these molecules allow radiation at visible
wavelengths, where most of the energy of sunlight is concentrated, to pass through”，
由此可以推断选项B是正确的。
34 、 不定项选择题
In general, our society is becoming one of giant enterprises directed by a
bureaucratic management in which man becomes a small, well-oiled cog in the
machinery. The oiling is done with higher wages, well-ventilated factories and piped
music, and by psychologists and “human-relations” experts; yet all this oiling doesnot alter the fact that man has become powerless, that he does not whole heartedly
participate in his work and that he is bored with it. In fact, the blue-and white-collar
workers have become economic puppets who dance to the tune of automated
machines and bureaucratic management.
The worker and employee are anxious, not only because they might find
themselves out of a job; they are anxious also because they are unable to acquire any
real satisfaction or interest in life. They live and die without ever having confronted
the fundamental realities of human existence as emotionally and intellectually
independent and productive human beings.
Those higher up on the social ladder are no less anxious. Their lives are no less
empty than those of their subordinates. They are even more insecure in some
respects. They are in a highly competitive race. To be promoted or to fall behind is
not a matter of salary but even more a matter of self-respect. When they apply for
their first job, they are tested for intelligence as well as for the right mixture of
submissiveness and independence. From that moment on they are tested again and
again—by the psychologists, for whom testing is a big business, and by their
superiors who judge their behavior, sociability, capacity to get along, etc. This
constant need to prove that one is as good as or better than one’s fellow-
competitor creates constant anxiety and stress, the very causes of unhappiness and
illness.
Am I suggesting that we should return to the preindustrial mode of production
or to nineteenth-century “free enterprise” capitalism? Certainly not. Problems are
never solved by returning to a stage which one has already outgrown. I suggest
transforming our social system from a bureaucratically managed industrialism in
which maximal production and consumption are ends in themselves into a humanist
industrialism in which man and full development of his potentialities—those of love
and of reason—are the aims of all social arrangements. Production and consumption
should serve only as means to this end, and should be prevented from ruling man.
To solve the present social problems the author suggests that we should _____.
A ： resort to the production mode of our ancestors
B ： offer higher wages to the workers and employees
C ： enable man to fully develop his potentialities
D ： take the fundamental realities for granted
正确答案： C
解析：
细节题。最后一段第四句中作者建议将现在的社会体制转变成一种能让人充分发挥其潜
力的新型社会体制。所以选择C项。
35 、 不定项选择题
Many United States companies have, unfortunately, made the search for legal
protection from import competition into a major line of work. Since 1980 the United
States international Trade Commission (ITC) has received about 280 complaints
alleging damage from imports that benefit from subsidies by foreign governments.
Another 340 charge that foreign companies “dumped” their products in thee
United States at “less than fair value.” Even when no unfair practices are alleged,the simple claim that an industry has been injured by imports is sufficient grounds to
seek relief.
Contrary to the general impression, this quest for import relief has hurt more
companies than it has helped. As corporations begin to function globally, they
develop an intricate web of marketing, production, and research relationships. The
complexity of these relationships makes it unlikely that a system of import relief laws
will meet the strategic needs of all the units under the same parent company, №.
Suppose a United States-owned company establishes an overseas plant to
manufacture a product while its competitor makes the same product in the United
States. If the competitor can prove injury from the imports-and that the United States
company received a subsidy from a foreign government to build its plant abroad-the
United States company’s products will be uncompetitive in the United States, since
they would be subject to duties.
Perhaps the most brazen ease occurred when the ITC investigated allegations
that Canadian companies were injuring the United States salt industry by dumping
rock salt, used to de-ice roads. The bizarre aspect of the complaint was that a foreign
conglomerate with United States operations was crying for help against a United
States company with foreign operations. The “United States” company claiming
injury was a subsidiary of a Dutch conglomerate, while the “Canadian” companies
included a subsidiary of a Chicago firm that was the second-largest domestic
producer of rock salt.
The last paragraph performs which of the following functions in the passage?
A ： It summarizes the discussion thus far and suggests additional areas of research.
B ： It presents a recommendation based on the evidence presented earlier.
C ： It cites a specific case that illustrates a problem presented more generally in the
previous paragraph.
D ： It introduces an additional area of concern not mentioned earlier.
正确答案： C
解析：
第二段讲由于全球化的影响，很多国内公司不能受到相关法律的保护，在进口公司面前
失去竞争力。最后一段便举出特定的例子证实这一观点。
36 、 不定项选择题
For the executive producer of a network nightly news programme, the workday often
begins at midnight as mine did during seven years with ABC’s evening newscast.
The first order of business was a call to the assignment desk for a pre-
bedtime?rundownof latest developments.
The assignment desk operates 24 hours a day, staffed by editors who move
crews, correspondents and equipment to the scene of events. Assignment-desk
editors ate logistics experts; they have to know plane schedules, satellite availability,
and whom to get in touch with at local stations and overseas broadcasting systems.
They are required to assess stories as they break on the wire services—sometimes
even before they do - and to decide how much effort to make to cover those stories.
When the United States was going to appeal to arms against Iraq, the number ofcorrespondents and crews was constantly evaluated. Based on reports from the field
and also upon the skilled judgments of desk editors in New York City, the right
number of personnel was kept on the alert. The rest were allowed to continue
working throughout the world, in America and Iraq ready to move but not tied down
by false alarms.
The studio staff of ABC’s “World News Tonight” assembles at 9 a.m. to
prepare for the 6:30 “air” p.m. deadline. Overnight dispatches from outlying
bureaus and press services are read. There are phone conversations with the
broadcast’s staff producers in domestic bureaus and with the London bureau
senior producer, who coordinates overseas coverage. A pattern emerges for the
day’s news, a pattern outlined in the executive producer’s first lineup. The lineup
tells the staff what stories are scheduled; what the priorities are for processing film of
editing tape; what scripts need to be written; what commercials ate scheduled; how
long stories should run and in what order. Without a lineup, there would be chaos.
Each story’s relative value in dollars and cents must be continually assessed by
the executive producer. Cutting back satellite booking to save money might mean
that an explanation delivered by an anchor person will replace actual photos of an
event. A decline in live coverage could send viewers away and drive ratings down, but
there is not enough money to do everything. So decisions must be made and made
rapidly—because delay can mean a missed connection for shipping tape or access to
a satellite blocked by a competitor.
The broadcasts themselves require pacing and style. The audience has to be
allowed to breathe between periods of intense excitement. A vivid pictorial report
followed by less exacting materials allows the viewer to reflect on information that
has just flashed by. Frequent switches from one anchor to another or from one film
or tape report to another create a sense of forward movement. Ideally, leading and
lags to stories are worked out with field correspondents, enabling them to fit their
reports into the programme’s narrative flow so the audience’s attention does not
wander and more substance is absorbed.
Scripts are constantly rewritten to blend well with incoming pictures. Good copy
is crisp, informative. Our rule: the fewer words the better. If a picture can do the
work, let it.
What is the function of the third paragraph?
A ： To illustrate the important role and function of the assignment desk.
B ： To give us a brief introduction of their working conditions.
C ： To exemplify the cooperation of all sections in the company.
D ： To emphasize the mission of the correspondents.
正确答案： A
解析：
文中第二段讲assignment desk的作用以及Assignment-desk editors要做的事，第三段
就举美国的例子来说明这一点，可见选项A正确。
37 、 不定项选择题
Students of United States history, seeking to identify the circumstances thatencouraged the emergence of feminist movements, have thoroughly investigated the
mid-nineteenth-century American economic and social conditions that affected the
status of women. These historians, however, have analyzed less fully the
development of specifically feminist ideas and activities during the same period.
Furthermore, the ideological origins of feminism in the United States have been
obscured because, even when historians did take into account those feminist ideas
and activities occurring within the United States, they failed to recognize that
feminism was then a truly international movement actually centered in Europe.
American feminist activists who have been described as “solitary” and “individual
theorists” were in reality connected to a movement —utopian socialism—which was
already popularizing feminist ideas in Europe during the two decades that
cachinnated in the first women’s rights conference held at Seneca Falls, New York,
in 1848. Thus, a complete understanding of the origins and development of
nineteenth-century feminism in the United States requires that the geographical
focus be widened to include Europe and that the detailed study already made of
social conditions be expanded to include the ideological development of feminism.
The earliest and most popular of the utopian socialists were the Saint-Simonians.
The specifically feminist part of Saint-Simonianism has, however, been less studied
than the group’s contribution to early socialism. This is regrettable on two accounts.
By 1832 feminism was the central concern of Saint-Simonianism and entirely
absorbed its adherents’ energy; hence, by ignoring its feminism, European
historians have misunderstood Saint-Simonianism. Moreover, since many feminist
ideas can be traced to Saint-Simonianism, European historians’ appreciation of later
feminism in France and the United States remained limited.
Saint-Simon’s followers, many of whom were women, based their feminism on
an interpretation of his project to reorganize the globe by replacing brute force with
the rule of spiritual powers. The new world order would be ruled together by a male,
to represent reflection, and a female, to represent sentiment. This complementarity
reflects the fact that, while the Saint-Simonians did not reject the belief that there
were innate differences between men and women, they nevertheless foresaw an
equally important social and political role for both sexes in their Utopia.
Only a few Saint-Simonians opposed a definition of sexual equality based on
gender distinction. This minority believed that individuals of both sexes were born
similar in capacity and character, and they ascribed male-female differences to
socialization and education. The envisioned result of both currents of thought,
however, was that women would enter public life in the new age and that sexual
equality would reward men as well as women with an improved way of life.
It can be inferred from the passage that the author believes that study of Saint-
Simonianism is necessary for historians of American feminism because such study
_____.
A ： would clarify the ideological origins of those feminist ideas that influenced
American feminism
B ： would increase understanding of a movement that deeply influenced the
Utopian socialism of early American feminists
C ： would focus attention on the most important aspect of Saint-Simonian thought
before 1832
D ： promises to offer insight into a movement that was a direct outgrowth of the
Seneca Falls conference of 1848正确答案： A
解析：
由文章第二段可知，女权主义是Saint-Simonianism乌托邦社会主义的一个重要部分，因
此它成为了影响美国女权主义运动的意识形态上的最重要的来源，要研究女权主义，则
必须对Saint-Simonianism乌托邦社会主义有很好的研究。由此推断A选项正确。B选项
说的是美国女权运动中的乌托邦社会主义，这点信息在文中并未提到。C，D选项都涉及
到了具体的细节，不属于推断。
38 、 不定项选择题
“Popular art” has a number of meanings, impossible to define with any precision,
which range from folklore to junk. The poles are clear enough, but the middle tends
to blur. The Hollywood Western of the 1930’s, for example, has elements of
folklore, but is closer to junk than to high art or folk art. There can be great trash, just
as there is bad high art. The musicals of George Gershwin are great popular art,
never aspiring to high art. Schubert and Brahms, however, used elements of popular
music—folk themes—in works clearly intended as high art. The case of Verdi is a
different one: he took a popular genre—bourgeois melodrama set to music (an
accurate definition of nineteenth-century opera)—and, without altering its
fundamental nature, transmuted it into high art. This remains one of the greatest
achievements in music, and one that cannot be fully appreciated without recognizing
the essential trashiness of the genre.
As an example of such a transmutation, consider what Verdi made of the typical
political elements of nineteenth-century opera. Generally in the plots of these operas,
a hero or heroine—usually portrayed only as an individual, unfettered by class—is
caught between the immoral corruption of the aristocracy and the doctrinaire rigidity
or secret greed of the leaders of the proletariat. Verdi transforms this naive and
unlikely formulation with music of extraordinary energy and rhythmic vitality, music
more subtle than it seems at first hearing. There are scenes and arias that still sound
like calls to arms and were clearly understood as such when they were first
performed. Such pieces lend an immediacy to the otherwise veiled political message
of these operas and call up feelings beyond those of the opera itself.
Or consider Verdi’s treatment of character. Before Verdi, there were rarely any
characters at all in musical drama, only a series of situations which allowed the
singers to express a series of emotional states. Any attempt to find coherent
psychological portrayal in these operas is misplaced ingenuity. The only coherence
was the singer’s vocal technique: when the cast changed, new arias were almost
always substituted, generally adapted from other operas. Verdi’s characters, on the
other hand, have genuine consistency and integrity, even if, in many cases, the
consistency is that of pasteboard melodrama. The integrity of the character is
achieved through the music: once he had become established, Verdi did not rewrite
his music for different singers or countenance alterations or substitutions of
somebody else’s arias in one of his operas, as every eighteenth-century composer
had done. When he revised an opera, it was only for dramatic economy and
effectiveness.
According to the passage, all of the following characterize musical drama before
Verdi EXCEPT: _____.A ： music used for the purpose of defining a character
B ： adaptation of music from other operas
C ： psychological inconsistency in the portrayal of characters
D ： expression of emotional states in a series of dramatic situations
正确答案： A
解析：
可以将答案定位到文章第三段的第二到第四句。根据这三句的描述，B、C、D三项均是
正确的；在Verdi之前，音乐剧中很少存在人物形象，更谈不上音乐对人物的阐释了，A
项与文章描述不符，符合题目要求，所以选择A。
39 、 不定项选择题
In its modern form the concept of “literature” did not emerge earlier than the
eighteenth century and was not fully developed until the nineteenth century. Yet the
conditions for its emergence had been developing since the Renaissance. The word
itself came into English use in the fourteenth century, following French and Latin
precedents; its root was Latin?littera, a letter of the alphabet.?Litterature, in the
common early spelling, was then in effect a condition of reading: of being able to
read and of having read. It was often close to the sense of modern?literacy, which
was not in the language until the late nineteenth century, its introduction in part
made necessary by the movement of?literature?to a different sense. The normal
adjective associated with literature was?literate. Literary appeared in the sense of
reading ability and experience in the seventeenth century, and did not acquire its
specialized modern meaning until the eighteenth century.
Literature?as a new category was then a specialization of the area formerly
categorized as?rhetoric?and?grammar: a specialization to reading and, in the material
context of the development of printing, to the printed word and especially the book.
It was eventually to become a more general category than?poetry?or the
earlier?poesy, which had been general terms for imaginative composition, but which
in relation to the development of?literaturebecame predominantly specialized, from
the seventeenth century, to metrical composition and especially written and printed
metrical composition. But literature was never primarily the active composition─the
“making”─which poetry had described. As reading rather than writing, it was a
category of a different kind. The characteristic use can be seen in Bacon “learned in
all literature and erudition, divine and humane”─and as late as Johnson “he had
probably more than common literature, as his son addresses him in one of his most
elaborate Latin poems.”?Literature, that is to say, was a category of use and
condition rather than of production. It was a particular specialization of what had
hitherto been seen as an activity or practice, and a specialization, in the
circumstances, which was inevitably made in terms of social class. In its first
extended sense, beyond the bare sense of “literacy,” it was a definition of
“polite” or “humane” learning, and thus specified a particular social distinction.
New political concepts of the “nation” and new valuations of the “vernacular”
interacted with a persistent emphasis on “literature” as reading in the “classical”
languages. But still, in this first stage, into the eighteenth century,?literature?was
primarily a generalized social concept, expressing a certain (minority) level ofeducational achievement. This carded with it a potential and eventually realized
alternative definition of?literature?as “printed books:” the objects in and through
which this achievement was demonstrated.
It is important that, within the terms of this development, literature normally
included all printed books. There was not necessary specialization to “imaginative”
works. Literature was still primarily reading ability and experience, and this included
philosophy, history, and essays as well as poems. Were the new eighteenth century
novels literature? That question was first approached, not by definition of their mode
or content, but by reference to the standards of “polite” or “humane” learning.
Was drama literature? This question was to exercise successive generations, not
because of any substantial difficulty but because of the practical limits of the
category. If literature was reading, could a mode written for spoken performance be
said to be literature, and if not, where was Shakespeare?
At one level the definition indicated by this development has persisted.
Literature lost its earliest sense of reading ability and reading experience, and
became an apparently objective category of printed works of a certain quality. The
concerns of a “literary editor” or a “literary supplement” would still be defined
in this way. But three complicating tendencies can then be distinguished: first, a shift
from “learning” to “taste” or “sensibility” as a criterion defining literary
quality; second, an increasing specialization of literature to “creative” or
“imaginative” works; third, a development of the concept of “tradition” within
national terms, resulting in the more effective definition of “a national literature.”
The source of each of these tendencies can be discerned from the Renaissance, but it
was in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries that they came through most
powerfully, until they became, in the twentieth century, in effect received
assumptions.
What challenged the definition of literature as reading in the eighteenth century?
A ： The emergence of novels.
B ： The emergence of dramas.
C ： The emergence of poems
D ： The emergence of essays.
正确答案： B
解析：
由倒数第二段Was drama literature?...If literature was reading, could a mode written
for spoken performance be said to be literature...可知，对于literature的阅读内涵提出
挑战的是戏剧这一以表演为形式的创作。
40 、 不定项选择题
It can be argued that much consumer dissatisfaction with marketing strategies arises
from an inability to aim advertising at only the likely buyers of a given product. There
are three groups of consumers who are affected by the marketing process. First,
there is the market segment—people who need the commodity in question. Second,
there is the program target—people in the market segment with the “best fit”
characteristics for a specific product. Lots of people may need trousers, but only afew qualify as likely buyers of very expensive designer trousers. Finally, there is the
program audience—all people who are actually exposed to the marketing program
without regard to whether they need or want the product
These three groups are rarely identical. An exception occurs in cases where
customers for a particular industrial product may be few and easily identifiable. Such
customers, all sharing a particular need, are likely to form a meaningful target, for
example, all companies with a particular application of the product in question, such
as high-speed fillers of bottles at breweries. In such circumstances, direct selling
(marketing that reaches only the program target) is likely to be economically justified,
and highly specialized trade media exist to expose members of the program
target—and only members of the program target—to the marketing program.
Most consumer-goods markets are significantly different. Typically, there are
many rather than few potential customers. Each represents a relatively small
percentage of potential sales. Rarely do members of a particular market segment
group themselves neatly into a meaningful program target. There are substantial
differences among consumers with similar demographic characteristics. Even with all
the past decade’s advances in information technology, direct selling of consumer
goods is rare, and mass marketing—a marketing approach that aims at a wide
audience—remains the only economically feasible mode. Unfortunately, there are
few media that allow the marketer to direct a marketing program exclusively to the
program target. Inevitably, people get exposed to a great deal of marketing for
products in which they have no interest and so they become annoyed.
The passage suggests which of the following about direct selling?
A ： It is used in the marketing of most industrial products.
B ： It is often used in cases where there is a large program target.
C ： It is not economically feasible for most marketing programs.
D ： It is used only for products for which there are many potential customers.
正确答案： C
解析：
文章第二段提到，有一种特殊情况，当产品的消费者很容易辨别并且很少时，比如说啤
酒瓶高速填料，那么，直销在经济上就可行，但是它的市场消费者只局限于program
target类型的消费者。接着在文章的第三段提到，“most consumer-goods markets”
完全不同，只有“mass marketing”才能在经济上可行。因此正确答案为C项。
41 、 不定项选择题
It can be argued that much consumer dissatisfaction with marketing strategies arises
from an inability to aim advertising at only the likely buyers of a given product. There
are three groups of consumers who are affected by the marketing process. First,
there is the market segment—people who need the commodity in question. Second,
there is the program target—people in the market segment with the “best fit”
characteristics for a specific product. Lots of people may need trousers, but only a
few qualify as likely buyers of very expensive designer trousers. Finally, there is the
program audience—all people who are actually exposed to the marketing program
without regard to whether they need or want the productThese three groups are rarely identical. An exception occurs in cases where
customers for a particular industrial product may be few and easily identifiable. Such
customers, all sharing a particular need, are likely to form a meaningful target, for
example, all companies with a particular application of the product in question, such
as high-speed fillers of bottles at breweries. In such circumstances, direct selling
(marketing that reaches only the program target) is likely to be economically justified,
and highly specialized trade media exist to expose members of the program
target—and only members of the program target—to the marketing program.
Most consumer-goods markets are significantly different. Typically, there are
many rather than few potential customers. Each represents a relatively small
percentage of potential sales. Rarely do members of a particular market segment
group themselves neatly into a meaningful program target. There are substantial
differences among consumers with similar demographic characteristics. Even with all
the past decade’s advances in information technology, direct selling of consumer
goods is rare, and mass marketing—a marketing approach that aims at a wide
audience—remains the only economically feasible mode. Unfortunately, there are
few media that allow the marketer to direct a marketing program exclusively to the
program target. Inevitably, people get exposed to a great deal of marketing for
products in which they have no interest and so they become annoyed.
It can be inferred from the passage that which of the following is true for most
consumer-goods markets?
A ： The program target and the program audience are not usually identical.
B ： The program audience and the market segment are usually identical.
C ： The market segment and the program target are usually identical.
D ： The program target is larger than the market segment.
正确答案： A
解析：
由“mass marketing—a marketing approach that aims at a wide audience…
marketing program exclusively to the program target.”得知消费品并不能实现只出售
给计划目标，许多人都会受到他们并不感兴趣的产品营销的打扰。
42 、 不定项选择题
A closer observer of the small screen once called it a “vast wasteland of violence,
sadism and murder, private eyes, gangsters and more violence - and cartoons.” That
is how Newton Minow, a US television regulator, described it in 1961.
Since than television language has become more colourful, violence more
explicit and sex more prevalent.?Lady Chatterley’s Lover has moved from the
banned book shelf to a classic BBC serial.
Concern over such changing standards has shaped our view of television—and
masked its broader influence in developing countries.
To illustrate its effects, Kenny cites the case of Brazil. When television there
began to show a steady diet of local soaps in the 1970s, Brazilian women typically
had five or more children and were trapped in poverty. As the popularity of the soaps
grew, birth rates fellAccording to researchers, 72% of the leading female characters in the main
soaps had no children and only 7% had more than one. One study calculated that
such soaps had the same effect on fertility rates as keeping girls in school for five
years more than normal.
It is not just birth rates that are affected. Kenny notes: “Kids who watch TV out
of school, according to a World Bank survey of young people in the shanty towns of
Fortaleza in Brazil, are considerably less likely to consume drugs.”
Television appears to have more power to reduce youth drug use than the
strictures of an educated mother and Brazilian soaps presenting educated urban
woman running their own businesses are thought to be compelling role models.
Television can also improve health, In Ghana a soap opera line that warned
mothers they were feeding their children “more than just rice” if they did not wash
their hands after defecating was followed by a seemingly permanent improvement in
personal hygiene.
Why do such changes happen? Simple, says Kenny: soap operas, whether local
versions of Ugly Betty or vintage imports of Baywatch, open up new horizons.
“Some hours could he better spout planting trees, helping old ladies across the road
or playing cricket,” he said. “But watching TV exposes people to new ideas and
different people. With that will come greater opportunity, growing equality and a
better understanding of the world. Not bad.”
Which of the following is NOT mentioned as the effects of TV?
A ： Lower birth rate.
B ： Less poor young people.
C ： Less drug users.
D ： Better sanitation habits.
正确答案： B
解析：
由第四段最后一句“As the popularity of the soaps grew, birth rates fell”可知肥皂剧
的发展使出生率下降，A项正确。由第六段“Television appears to have more power to
reduce youth drug use”可知电视对于减少青少年吸毒现象更有效，C项正确。由倒数
第二段“Television can also improve health”可知看电视能提高人们的健康水平，D项
正确。B项没有提及。
43 、 不定项选择题
What is the charm of necklaces? Why would anyone put something extra around her
neck and then invest it with special significance? A necklace doesn’t afford warmth
in cold weather, like a scarf, or protection in combat, like chain mail; it only
decorates. We might say it borrows meaning from what it surrounds and sets off: the
head with its supremely important material contents, and the face, that register of
the soul. When photograph reduces the reality it represents, they mention not only
the passage from three dimensions to two, but also the selection of a?point du
vue?favors the top of the body rather than the bottom and the front rather than the
back. The face is the jewel in the crown of the body, and so we give it a setting.
When people are intensely concerned with something that is obviously
impractical, anthropologists take note, for lovely useless things often express archaicto exist in contemporary American houses already heated by gas and electricity, yet
most people want one and it is still the focus of the living room. This desire testifies, I
think, to the hundreds of thousands of years during which we Homo sapiens huddled
around a cave fire. We watch ourselves, rather anxiously, vanish backward down
those lone temporary corridors, as my daughter gazes at her infinitely multiplied
small self in the mutually opposed mirrors of the beauty salon, and wonders, is it
me? Our fireplaces and necklaces and tombstones say it is, they are.
In American culture, an interest in necklaces seems to be rather gender specific.
Many men to whom I mention the enterprise feign polite interest and then change
the subject, though I know some who admire, construct, and wear necklaces,
including the distinguished scientist and poet to whom this essay is dedicated. Most
women, by contrast, become mildly or wildly enthusiastic. A doctor in Blois brought
out her entire collection of costume jewelry for me, exhibited the most splendid
pieces with an account of where and when they were purchased, and then explain
them all with the help of a large glossy book on the history of costume jewelry, with
dozens of pictures. A former student of mine who had moved to California mailed me
six plastic boxes full of beads gleaned from a warehouse managed by an eccentric
friend who just their settings; a feature bead painted with a naked lady; crystal
roundels of truly exceptional shine; and tiny silver hematite seed beads. Beads lend
themselves to exchange, Beads travel. And clearly these two facts are related.
“Gender specific” means _____.
A ： both men and women
B ： either men or women
C ： neither men nor women
D ： related to one sex only
正确答案： D
解析：
文章第三段主要写了在美国社会，男性和女性对于项链的态度。作者写到，尽管也会佩
戴项链，但并不真正喜欢它，然而女性却非常喜欢。specific表示“特种的，明确的”，
但从文中可以看出，对项链的喜好是女性多，具有性别偏好，D正确。
44 、 不定项选择题
I was eight years old the first time I fainted. I was at friend’s house, and a bee stung
me on the back of the neck. I had felt nothing but a slight pinch and the bug was
soon wiped away and flushed down the toilet, but since I looked pale I was urged to
call my mother. As I told her what had happened, I felt myself blacking out, sinking to
the floor, vaguely aware that I was still gripping the receiver.
Perhaps I was allergic to the bee sting—the only one I’ve ever gotten, although
to this day I have a phobia about bees, wasps, and other insects. But the image of an
eight-year-old in Keds crumpling to the ground while he describes his injury to his
Mommy seems to return us to Freudian territory. Note the umbilical image of the
phone cord.
Call me fanciful. Still, I’m afraid these undertones are hardly dissipated by the
second fainting incident I can recall, which practically reeks of the family romance.This took place one weekend morning while we were gathered in the kitchen to eat
breakfast. My mother stood at the stove making French toast, which she had already
served to the kids; my father, seated at the table, was cutting a bagel with a sharp
bread knife. Contrary to every principle of kitchen safety, he was holding the bagel in
his hand and cutting inward, and eventually he made a neat, shallow incision in his
palm. The blood was profuse.
Being a hematologist, my father didn’t panic: this was just business as usual.
But my mother stopped flipping French toast and collapsed to the floor. I, inspired by
the blood and my mother’s collapse and the powerful odors of syrup and sugar
rising from my plate, slumped forward. My forehead went into the syrup. I heard a
roar—it seemed to me that I was being clutched beneath the armpits and whirled
around—and then my father shook me back into consciousness. He had already
attended to my mother.
Still think I’m fanciful? Then listen to this. Out of curiosity I asked my mother
when her first fainting episode had occurred.
She paused, thought it over, and came up with the following. At the age of
thirteen, she went to visit her father in the hospital, who only the day before had had
his appendix removed. Aside from her father, still conked out from the anesthesia,
the other person in the room was a nurse, who was busy changing the dressing on
the patient’s incision, which hadn’t quite closed. For some reason, the nurse had
to leave the room. At this point, she asked my mother to hold the soiled dressing in
place until she returned. My mother complied. Standing over her dazed father,
gingerly holding a used bandage over a hole in his lower abdomen, the thirteen-year-
old grew lightheaded. I assumed the nurse returned before she hit the floor.
The author’s mother fainting might be assumed to be related to _____.
A ： appendix
B ： abdomen
C ： nurse
D ： blood
正确答案： D
解析：
文章最后一段写到了作者母亲在十三岁的时候去医院探望刚做完阑尾炎手术的父亲的经
历。当时她的父亲伤口尚未愈合，需要换绷带，她帮助护士握住了绷带等护士回来，
从“gingerly holding a used bandage over a hold in his lower abdomen”可以看出，
作者母亲的眩晕是不能见血的缘故，D正确。
45 、 不定项选择题
Hormones in the Body Up to the beginning of the twentieth century, the nervous
system was thought to control all communication within the body and the resulting
integration of behavior. Scientists had determined that nerves ran, essentially, on
electrical impulses. These impulses were thought to be the engine for thought,
emotion, movement, and internal processes such as digestion. However, experiments
by William Bayliss and Ernest Starling on the chemical secretin, which is produced in
the small intestine when food enters the stomach, eventually challenged that view.From the small intestine, secretin travels through the bloodstream to the pancreas.
There, it stimulates the release of digestive chemicals. In this fashion, the intestinal
cells that produce secretin ultimately regulate the production of different chemicals
in a different organ, the pancreas.
Such a coordination of processes had been thought to require control by the
nervous system; Bayliss and Starling showed that it could occur through chemicals
alone. This discovery spurred Starting to coin the term hormone to refer to secretin,
taking it from the Greek word hormon, meaning “to excite” or “to set in
motion.” A hormone is a chemical produced by one tissue to make things happen
elsewhere.
As more hormones were discovered, they were categorized, primarily according
to the process by which they operated on the body. Some glands (which make up the
endocrine system) secrete hormones directly into the bloodstream. Such glands
include the thyroid and the pituitary. The exocrine system consists of organs and
glands that produce substances that are used outside the bloodstream, primarily for
digestion. The pancreas is one such organ, although it secretes some chemicals into
the blood and thus is also part of the endocrine system.
Much has been learned about hormones since their discovery. Some play such
key roles in regulating bodily processes or behavior that their absence would cause
immediate death. The most abundant hormones have effects that are less obviously
urgent but can be more far-reaching and difficult to track: They modify moods and
affect human behavior, even some behavior we normally think of as voluntary.
Hormonal systems are very intricate. Even minute amounts of the right chemicals can
suppress appetite, calm aggression, and change the attitude of a parent toward a
child. Certain hormones accelerate the development of the body, regulating growth
and form; others may even define an individual’s personality characteristics. The
quantities and proportions of hormones produce change with age, so scientists have
given a great deal of study to shifts in the endocrine system over time in the hopes of
alleviating ailments associated with aging.
In fact, some hormone therapies are already very common. A combination of
estrogen and progesterone has been prescribed for decades to women who want to
reduce mood swings, sudden changes in body temperature, and other discomforts
caused by lower natural levels of those hormones as they enter middle age. Known
as hormone replacement therapy (HRT), the treatment was also believed to prevent
weakening of the bones. At least one study has linked HRT with a heightened risk of
heart disease and certain types of cancer. HRT may also increase the likelihood that
blood clots—dangerous because they could travel through the bloodstream and
block major blood vessels—will form. Some proponents of HRT have tempered their
enthusiasm in the face of this new evidence, recommending it only to patients whose
symptoms interfere with their abilities to live normal lives.
Human growth hormone may also be given to patients who are secreting
abnormally low amounts on their own. Because of the complicated effects growth
hormone has on the body, such treatments are generally restricted to children who
would be pathologically small in stature without it. Growth hormone affects not just
physical size but also the digestion of food and the aging process. Researchers and
family physicians tend to agree that it is foolhardy to dispense it in cases in which the
risks are not clearly outweighed by the benefits.
Which patients are usually treated with growth hormone?
A ： dults of smaller statue than normalB ： Adults with strong digestive systems
C ： hildren who are not at risk from the treatment
D ： Children who may remain abnormally small
正确答案： D
解析：
由文章最后一段第二句“Because of…stature without it”，可知，成长荷尔蒙疗法必
须限制在幼小的儿童身上。D选项正是此意。A，B，C选项均为无关选项。
46 、 不定项选择题
A closer observer of the small screen once called it a “vast wasteland of violence,
sadism and murder, private eyes, gangsters and more violence - and cartoons.” That
is how Newton Minow, a US television regulator, described it in 1961.
Since than television language has become more colourful, violence more
explicit and sex more prevalent.?Lady Chatterley’s Lover has moved from the
banned book shelf to a classic BBC serial.
Concern over such changing standards has shaped our view of television—and
masked its broader influence in developing countries.
To illustrate its effects, Kenny cites the case of Brazil. When television there
began to show a steady diet of local soaps in the 1970s, Brazilian women typically
had five or more children and were trapped in poverty. As the popularity of the soaps
grew, birth rates fell
According to researchers, 72% of the leading female characters in the main
soaps had no children and only 7% had more than one. One study calculated that
such soaps had the same effect on fertility rates as keeping girls in school for five
years more than normal.
It is not just birth rates that are affected. Kenny notes: “Kids who watch TV out
of school, according to a World Bank survey of young people in the shanty towns of
Fortaleza in Brazil, are considerably less likely to consume drugs.”
Television appears to have more power to reduce youth drug use than the
strictures of an educated mother and Brazilian soaps presenting educated urban
woman running their own businesses are thought to be compelling role models.
Television can also improve health, In Ghana a soap opera line that warned
mothers they were feeding their children “more than just rice” if they did not wash
their hands after defecating was followed by a seemingly permanent improvement in
personal hygiene.
Why do such changes happen? Simple, says Kenny: soap operas, whether local
versions of Ugly Betty or vintage imports of Baywatch, open up new horizons.
“Some hours could he better spout planting trees, helping old ladies across the road
or playing cricket,” he said. “But watching TV exposes people to new ideas and
different people. With that will come greater opportunity, growing equality and a
better understanding of the world. Not bad.”
Why does the anther mention Lady Chatterley’s Lover?
A ： To show television has great influence on our daily life.
B ： To show that television’s content has new changes.
C ： To show that violence and sex are accepted by the audience.D ： To show the standards of TV regulation have changed
正确答案： D
解析：
A项过于笼统，是对全文主旨的概括。B项“表明电视内容产生了新的变化”意思正确，
但不是作者提及Lady Chatterley’s Lover的根本原因。由第三段开头“such changing
standards”知“这些变化的标准”指的就是第二段提到的内容。C项不能从文中找到根
据，文章提到电视内容涉及暴力和性爱，但并没说人们已经接受了这些。
47 、 不定项选择题
In general, our society is becoming one of giant enterprises directed by a
bureaucratic management in which man becomes a small, well-oiled cog in the
machinery. The oiling is done with higher wages, well-ventilated factories and piped
music, and by psychologists and “human-relations” experts; yet all this oiling does
not alter the fact that man has become powerless, that he does not whole heartedly
participate in his work and that he is bored with it. In fact, the blue-and white-collar
workers have become economic puppets who dance to the tune of automated
machines and bureaucratic management.
The worker and employee are anxious, not only because they might find
themselves out of a job; they are anxious also because they are unable to acquire any
real satisfaction or interest in life. They live and die without ever having confronted
the fundamental realities of human existence as emotionally and intellectually
independent and productive human beings.
Those higher up on the social ladder are no less anxious. Their lives are no less
empty than those of their subordinates. They are even more insecure in some
respects. They are in a highly competitive race. To be promoted or to fall behind is
not a matter of salary but even more a matter of self-respect. When they apply for
their first job, they are tested for intelligence as well as for the right mixture of
submissiveness and independence. From that moment on they are tested again and
again—by the psychologists, for whom testing is a big business, and by their
superiors who judge their behavior, sociability, capacity to get along, etc. This
constant need to prove that one is as good as or better than one’s fellow-
competitor creates constant anxiety and stress, the very causes of unhappiness and
illness.
Am I suggesting that we should return to the preindustrial mode of production
or to nineteenth-century “free enterprise” capitalism? Certainly not. Problems are
never solved by returning to a stage which one has already outgrown. I suggest
transforming our social system from a bureaucratically managed industrialism in
which maximal production and consumption are ends in themselves into a humanist
industrialism in which man and full development of his potentialities—those of love
and of reason—are the aims of all social arrangements. Production and consumption
should serve only as means to this end, and should be prevented from ruling man.
From the passage we can infer that real happiness of life belongs to those _____.
A ： who are at the bottom of the society
B ： who are higher up in their social status
C ： who prove better than their fellow-competitorsD ： who could keep far away from this competitive world
正确答案： D
解析：
第三段前四句讲到，居于社会高层的人并没有感到更少的焦虑，他们在某些方面会有更
大的不安全感，因为他们处于一个高度竞争的环境中。可据此推断，也许那些远离竞争
环境的人才会得到真正的幸福和快乐。
48 、 不定项选择题
Children as young as four will study Shakespeare in a project being launched today
by the Royal Shakespeare Company.
The RSC is holding its first national conference for primary school teachers to
encourage them to use the Bard’s plays imaginatively in the classroom from
reception classes onwards. The conference will be told that they should learn how
Shakespearian characters like Puck in?A Midsummer Night’s Dream?are “jolly
characters” and how to write about them.
At present, the national curriculum does not require pupils to approach
Shakespeare until secondary school. All it says is that pupils should study “texts
drawn from a variety of cultures and traditions” and “myths, legends and
traditional stories”.
However, educationists at the RSC believe children will gain a better appreciation
of Shakespeare if they are introduced to him at a much younger age. “Even very
young children can enjoy Shakespeare’s plays,” said Mary Johnson, head of the
learning department. “It is just a question of pitching it for the age group. Even
reception classes and key stage one pupils (five-to-seven-year-olds) can enjoy his
stories. For instance, if you build up Puck as a character who skips, children of that
age can enjoy the character. They can be inspired by Puck and they could even start
writing about him at that age.”
It is the RSC’s belief that building the Bard up as a fun playwright in primary
school could counter some of the negative images conjured up about teaching
Shakespeare in secondary schools. Then, pupils have to concentrate on scenes from
the plays to answer questions for compulsory English national-curriculum tests for
14-year-olds. Critics of the tests have complained that pupils no longer have the time
to study or read the whole play—and therefore lose interest in Shakespeare.
However, Ms. Johnson is encouraging teachers to present 20-minute versions of
the plays—a classroom version of the?Reduced Shakespeare Company’s Complete
Works of Shakespeare (Abridged)?which told his 37 plays in 97 minutes—to give
pupils a flavour of the whole drama.
The RSC’s venture coincides with a call for schools to allow pupils to be more
creative in writing about Shakespeare. Professor Kate McLuskie, the new director of
the University of Birmingham’s Shakespeare Institute - also based in
Stratford—said it was time to get away from the idea that there was “a right
answer” to any question about Shakespeare. Her first foray into the world of
Shakespeare was to berate him as a misogynist in a 1985 essay but she now insists
this should not be interpreted as a criticism of his works—although she admits: “I
probably wouldn’t have written it quite the same way if I had been writing it now.
What we should be doing is making sure that someone is getting something out ofShakespeare,” she said. “People are very scared about getting the right answer. I
know it’s difficult but I don’t care if they come up with a right answer that I can
agree with about Shakespeare.”
Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A ： The RSC insists on teaching Shakespeare from the secondary school.
B ： Pupils should study “texts drawn from a variety of cultures and traditions”
required by the national curriculum.
C ： The national curriculum does not require pupils to approach Shakespeare until
secondary school now.
D ： RSC believes children will gain a better appreciation of Shakespeare if they are
introduced to him at a much younger age.
正确答案： A
解析：
第四段第一句提到，RSC的教育家们认为如果在孩子们还很小的时就让他们了解莎士比
亚，他们会对莎士比亚的作品有更好的理解。可见，RSC是赞成早点教孩子们莎士比亚
的作品的，而不是等孩子们到了初中才开始接触，所以A项的表述是错误的。
49 、 不定项选择题
The world is going through the biggest wave of mergers and acquisitions ever
witnessed. The process sweeps from hyperactive America to Europe and reaches the
emerging countries with unsurpassed might. Many in these countries are looking at
this process and worrying: “Won’t the wave of business concentration turn into an
uncontrollable anti-competitive force?”
There’s no question that the big are getting bigger and more powerful.
Multinational corporations accounted for less than 20% of international trade in
1982. Today the figure is more than 25% and growing rapidly. International affiliates
account for a fast-growing segment of production in economies that open up and
welcome foreign investment. In Argentina, for instance, after the reforms of the early
1990s, multinationals went from 43% to almost 70% of the industrial production of
the 200 largest firms. This phenomenon has created serious concerns over the role of
smaller economic firms, of national businessmen and over the ultimate stability, of
the world economy.
I believe that the most important forces behind the massive M&A wave are the
same that underlie the globalization process: falling transportation, and
communication costs, lower trade and investment barriers and enlarged markets that
require enlarged operations capable of meeting customers’ demands. All these are
beneficial, not detrimental to consumers. As productivity grows, the world’s wealth
increases.
Examples of benefits or costs of the current concentration-wave are scanty. Yet it
is hard to imagine that the merge of a few oil firms today could recreate the same
threats to competition that were feared nearly a century ago in the U.S., when the
Standard Oil trust was broken up. The mergers of telecom companies, such as World
Corn, hardly seem to bring higher prices for consumers or a reduction in the pace of
technical progress. On the contrary, the price of communications is coming downfast. In cars, too, concentration is increasing—witness Daimler and Chrysler, Renault
and Nissan—but it does not appear that consumers am being hurt.
Yet the fact remains that the merger movement must be watched. A few weeks
ago, Alan Greenspan warned against the megamergers in the banking industry. Who
is going to supervise, regulate and operate, as lender of last resort with the gigantic
banks that are being created? won’t multinationals shift production from one place
to another when a nation gets too strict about infringements to fair corn petition?
And should one country take upon itself the role of “defending competition” on
issues that affect many other nations, as in the U.S.
Practice?4
The world is going through the biggest wave of mergers and acquisitions ever
witnessed. The process sweeps from hyperactive America to Europe and reaches the
emerging countries with unsurpassed might. Many in these countries are looking at
this process and worrying: “Won’t the wave of business concentration turn into an
uncontrollable anti-competitive force?”
There’s no question that the big are getting bigger and more powerful.
Multinational corporations accounted for less than 20% of international trade in
1982. Today the figure is more than 25% and growing rapidly. International affiliates
account for a fast-growing segment of production in economies that open up and
welcome foreign investment. In Argentina, for instance, after the reforms of the early
1990s, multinationals went from 43% to almost 70% of the industrial production of
the 200 largest firms. This phenomenon has created serious concerns over the role of
smaller economic firms, of national businessmen and over the ultimate stability, of
the world economy.
I believe that the most important forces behind the massive M&A wave are the
same that underlie the globalization process: falling transportation, and
communication costs, lower trade and investment barriers and enlarged markets that
require enlarged operations capable of meeting customers’ demands. All these are
beneficial, not detrimental to consumers. As productivity grows, the world’s wealth
increases.
Examples of benefits or costs of the current concentration-wave are scanty. Yet it
is hard to imagine that the merge of a few oil firms today could recreate the same
threats to competition that were feared nearly a century ago in the U.S., when the
Standard Oil trust was broken up. The mergers of telecom companies, such as World
Corn, hardly seem to bring higher prices for consumers or a reduction in the pace of
technical progress. On the contrary, the price of communications is coming down
fast. In cars, too, concentration is increasing—witness Daimler and Chrysler, Renault
and Nissan—but it does not appear that consumers am being hurt.
Yet the fact remains that the merger movement must be watched. A few weeks
ago, Alan Greenspan warned against the megamergers in the banking industry. Who
is going to supervise, regulate and operate, as lender of last resort with the gigantic
banks that are being created? won’t multinationals shift production from one place
to another when a nation gets too strict about infringements to fair corn petition?
And should one country take upon itself the role of “defending competition” on
issues that affect many other nations, as in the U.S.
What is the typical trend, of businesses today?
A ： the increasing concentration is certain to hurt consumers
B ： World Corn serves as a good example of both benefits and costsC ： the costs of the globalization process are enormous
D ： the Standard Oil trust might have threatened competition
正确答案： D
解析：
根据第四段“Yet it is hard to imagine that the merge of a few oil...when the Standard
Oil trust was broken up”“很难想象如今一些石油公司的合并会再次给竞争带来威胁。
而这种威胁在一个世纪前标准石油垄断被打破时就引起美国的担忧了。”因此可以得出
答案为D项“标准石油垄断可能威胁到了竞争”。
50 、 不定项选择题
With thunderclouds looming over the trans-Atlantic economy, it was easy to miss a
bright piece of news last weekend from the other crucible of world trade, the Pacific
Rim. In Honolulu, where Barack Obama hosted a summit of Asia-Pacific leaders,
Canada, Japan and Mexico expressed interest in joining nine countries (America,
Australia, Brunei, Chile, Malaysia, New Zealand, Peru, Singapore and Vietnam) in
discussing a free-trade pact. Altogether, the possible members of the Trans-Pacific
Partnership(TPP) produce 40％ of world GDP—far more than the European Union.
Regional trade deals are not always a good idea. If they distract policymakers
from global trade liberalization, they are to be discouraged. But with the Doha round
of global trade talks showing no flicker of life, there is little danger that the TPP will
derail a broader agreement; and by cutting barriers, strengthening intellectual-
property protections and going beyond a web of existing trade deals, it should boost
world trade.
The creation of a wider TPP is still some way off. For it to come into being its
architects—Mr. Obama, who faces a tough election battle next year, and Japan’s
Yoshihiko Noda, who faces crony politics laced with passionate protectionism-need to
show more leadership.
Mr. Noda’s announcement on November 11th that Japan was interested in
joining the TPP negotiations was an exceedingly bold move. Signing up would mean
dramatic changes in Japan, a country which has 800％tariffs on rice and exports 65
vehicles to America for every one that is sent to Japan. Mr. Noda’s move could also
transform the prospects of the TPP, most obviously by uniting two of the world’s
leading three economies but also by galvanizing others. Until he expressed an
interest, Canada and Mexico had also remained on the sidelines. Unwittingly or not,
Mr. Noda has thrust mercantilist Japan into a central position on a trade treaty in
which free movement of everything except labor is on the table.
Immense obstacles loom for Mr. Noda. He came into office in September casting
himself as a conciliator of Japan’s warring political factions. Many of those groups
are opposed to the TPP. Farm co-operatives, which feather many a politician’s nest,
argue that it would rob Japan of its rice heritage. Doctors warn of the risks to
Japan’s cherished health system. Socialists see the TPP as a Washington-led
sideswipe at China, which had hoped to build an East Asian trade orbit including
Japan. Mr. Nora will have to contend not just with opposition from rival parties but
also with a split on the issue inside his Democratic Party of Japan.
Since Honolulu, Mr. Noda has already pandered to protectionists by watering
down his message. Having beamed next to Mr. Obama in a summit photo, he thenprotested that the White House had overstated his intention to put all goods and
services up for negotiation. Polls, however, suggest the Japanese are crying out for
Leadership on the issue, not pusillanimity. More support the idea of entering TPP
negotiations than oppose it. On their behalf Mr. Noda should lead Japan forthrightly
into the discussions, confident that the country can bargain well enough to give its
sacred industries such as farming and health care time to adjust.
It is also a test for Mr. Obama’s new strategy of coping with China’s rise by
“pivoting” American foreign policy more towards Asia. He must stand up to the
unions in the car industry which have long bellyached about the imbalance of trade
with Japan. He should energetically promote the potential gains for jobs of his pro-
Asia strategy-both at home and abroad. America should also stress that the TPP is
meant to engage and incorporate China, rather than constrain it.
Such steps would help win support in Japan, while costing America little. And in
joining the TPP, Japan would be forced to reform hidebound parts of its economy,
such as services, which would stimulate growth. A revitalized Japan would add to the
dynamism of a more liberalized Asia-Pacific region. That is surely something worth
fighting for.
What should America do to win support in Japan?
A ： They should support the unions in the American car industry.
B ： They should increase the employment rate both at home and abroad.
C ： They should show their intention to incorporate China in the TPP.
D ： They should give. Japan sufficient time to reform the hidebound parts of its
economy.
正确答案： C
解析：
文章最后一段第一句话提到“Such steps would help win support in Japan”，由此可
以判断文章倒数第二段提到有哪些“steps”。从倒数第二段最后一句话中可以看到美国
需要强调TPP意在“engage and incorporate China”而不是“constrain it”。因此，C
选项正确。
51 、 不定项选择题
The newspaper must provide for the reader the facts, pure, unprejudiced, objectively
selected facts. But in these days of complex news it must provide more; it must
supply interpretation, the meaning of the facts. This is the most important
assignment confronting American journalism—to make clear to the reader the
problems of the day, to make international news understandable as community
news, to recognize that there is no longer any such thing (with the possible exception
of society news) as “local” news, because any event in the international area has
local reaction in the financial market, political circles, in terms, indeed, of our very
way of life.
There is in journalism a widespread view that when you consider giving an
interpretation, you are entering dangerous waters, the swirling tides of opinion. This
is nonsense.
The opponents of interpretation insist that the writer and the editor shall confinehimself to the “facts”. This insistence raises two questions. What are the facts?
And: Are the bare facts enough?
As for the first question, consider how a so-called “factual” story comes about.
The reporter collects, say, fifty facts; out these fifty, his space being necessarily
restricted, he selects the ten which he considers most important. This is judgment
Number One. Then he or his editor decides which of these ten facts shall constitute
the beginning of the article. (This is an important decision because many readers do
not proceed beyond the first paragraph.) This is Judgment Number Two. Then the
night editor determines whether the article shall be presented on page one, where it
has a large influence, or on page twenty-four, where it has little. Judgment Number
Three.
Thus in the presentation of a so-called “factual” or “objective” story, at least
three judgments are involved. And they are judgments not at all unlike those involved
in interpretation, in which. reporter and editor, calling upon their research resources,
their general background, and their “news neutralism”, arrive at a conclusion as to
line significance of the news.
The two areas of judgment, presentation of the news and its interpretation, are
both objective rather than subjective processes—as objective, that is, as any human
being can be. (Note in passing: even though complete objectivity can never be
achieved, nevertheless the ideal must always be the light in the murky news
channels.) If an editor is intent on giving a prejudiced view of the news, he can do it
in other ways and more effectively than by interpretation. He can do it by the
selection of those facts that support his particular viewpoint. Or he can do it by line
play he gives a story—promoting it to page one or putting it on page thirty.
The best title for this passage is _____.
A ： Function of the Night Editor
B ： Interpreting the News
C ： Subjective versus Objective Processes
D ： Choosing Facts
正确答案： B
解析：
第一段第一句提到，现在的报纸新闻必须提供解释。第二段和第三段提出现在新闻界
对“新闻解释”持有的两种不同观点，然后作者开始阐述自己的观点。可见，本文主要
就是讲如何对新闻加以解释的。所以B项正确。
52 、 不定项选择题
Many United States companies have, unfortunately, made the search for legal
protection from import competition into a major line of work. Since 1980 the United
States international Trade Commission (ITC) has received about 280 complaints
alleging damage from imports that benefit from subsidies by foreign governments.
Another 340 charge that foreign companies “dumped” their products in thee
United States at “less than fair value.” Even when no unfair practices are alleged,
the simple claim that an industry has been injured by imports is sufficient grounds to
seek relief.
Contrary to the general impression, this quest for import relief has hurt morecompanies than it has helped. As corporations begin to function globally, they
develop an intricate web of marketing, production, and research relationships. The
complexity of these relationships makes it unlikely that a system of import relief laws
will meet the strategic needs of all the units under the same parent company, №.
Suppose a United States-owned company establishes an overseas plant to
manufacture a product while its competitor makes the same product in the United
States. If the competitor can prove injury from the imports-and that the United States
company received a subsidy from a foreign government to build its plant abroad-the
United States company’s products will be uncompetitive in the United States, since
they would be subject to duties.
Perhaps the most brazen ease occurred when the ITC investigated allegations
that Canadian companies were injuring the United States salt industry by dumping
rock salt, used to de-ice roads. The bizarre aspect of the complaint was that a foreign
conglomerate with United States operations was crying for help against a United
States company with foreign operations. The “United States” company claiming
injury was a subsidiary of a Dutch conglomerate, while the “Canadian” companies
included a subsidiary of a Chicago firm that was the second-largest domestic
producer of rock salt.
It can be inferred from the passage that the minimal basis for a complaint to the
international Trade Commission is which of the following?
A ： foreign competitor has received a subsidy from a foreign government.
B ： A foreign competitor has substantially increased the volume of products shipped
to the United States.
C ： A foreign competitor selling products in the United States at less than fair
market value.
D ： The company requesting import relief has been injured by the sale of imports in
the United States.
正确答案： D
解析：
从文章第一段第二句可知A项是抱怨的其中一个根据，第三句可知C也是其中一个原因，
文章第二段集中说明国内公司申请法律保护却受到进口的严重影响，这是抱怨的最终给
要得原因，所以D正确，而文章并没有提到大量提高进口产品的数量。
53 、 不定项选择题
Students of United States history, seeking to identify the circumstances that
encouraged the emergence of feminist movements, have thoroughly investigated the
mid-nineteenth-century American economic and social conditions that affected the
status of women. These historians, however, have analyzed less fully the
development of specifically feminist ideas and activities during the same period.
Furthermore, the ideological origins of feminism in the United States have been
obscured because, even when historians did take into account those feminist ideas
and activities occurring within the United States, they failed to recognize that
feminism was then a truly international movement actually centered in Europe.
American feminist activists who have been described as “solitary” and “individualtheorists” were in reality connected to a movement —utopian socialism—which was
already popularizing feminist ideas in Europe during the two decades that
cachinnated in the first women’s rights conference held at Seneca Falls, New York,
in 1848. Thus, a complete understanding of the origins and development of
nineteenth-century feminism in the United States requires that the geographical
focus be widened to include Europe and that the detailed study already made of
social conditions be expanded to include the ideological development of feminism.
The earliest and most popular of the utopian socialists were the Saint-Simonians.
The specifically feminist part of Saint-Simonianism has, however, been less studied
than the group’s contribution to early socialism. This is regrettable on two accounts.
By 1832 feminism was the central concern of Saint-Simonianism and entirely
absorbed its adherents’ energy; hence, by ignoring its feminism, European
historians have misunderstood Saint-Simonianism. Moreover, since many feminist
ideas can be traced to Saint-Simonianism, European historians’ appreciation of later
feminism in France and the United States remained limited.
Saint-Simon’s followers, many of whom were women, based their feminism on
an interpretation of his project to reorganize the globe by replacing brute force with
the rule of spiritual powers. The new world order would be ruled together by a male,
to represent reflection, and a female, to represent sentiment. This complementarity
reflects the fact that, while the Saint-Simonians did not reject the belief that there
were innate differences between men and women, they nevertheless foresaw an
equally important social and political role for both sexes in their Utopia.
Only a few Saint-Simonians opposed a definition of sexual equality based on
gender distinction. This minority believed that individuals of both sexes were born
similar in capacity and character, and they ascribed male-female differences to
socialization and education. The envisioned result of both currents of thought,
however, was that women would enter public life in the new age and that sexual
equality would reward men as well as women with an improved way of life.
It can be inferred that the author considers those historians who describe early
feminists in the Unrated States as “solitary” to be _____.
A ： insufficiently familiar with the international origins of nineteenth-century
American feminist thought
B ： overly concerned with the regional diversity of feminist ideas in the period
before 1848
C ： not focused narrowly enough in their geo-graphical scope
D ： insufficiently aware of the ideological consequences of the Seneca Falls
conference
正确答案： A
解析：
由文章第一段第三句“they failed to…development of feminism.”，可知，美国的女
权运动事实上并不是独立的，而是与当时欧洲的意识形态相关联的。因此，A选项中说
这些历史学家对美国女权主义的国际起源不了解，正确。B选项中说过于关心也属于无
关选项。C选项中说不能够细致到地理差异上的问题，正好与原文表达的意思相反。D选
项是没有足够地意识到Seneca Falls Conference对女权主义意识形态上的影响，而这次
会议是美国女权运动的一部分，而不属于欧洲意识形态变化的运动，因此错误。54 、 不定项选择题
It’s nothing new that English use is on the rise around the world, especially in
business circles. This also happens in France, the headquarters of the global battle
against American cultural hegemony. If French guys are giving in to English,
something really big must be going on. And something big is going on.
Partly, it’s that American hegemony. Didier Benchimol, CEO of a French e-
commerce software company, feels compelled to speak English perfectly because the
Internet software business is dominated by Americans. He and other French
businessmen also have to speak, English because they want to get their message out
to American investors, possessors of the world’s deepest pockets.
The triumph of English in France and elsewhere in Europe, however, may rest on
something more enduring. As they become entwined with each other politically and
economically, Europeans need a way to talk to one another and to the rest of the
world. And for a number of reasons, they’ve decided upon English as their common
tongue.
So when German chemical and pharmaceutical company Hoechst merged with
French competitor Rhone-Poulenc last year, the companies chose the vaguely
Latinate Aventis as the new company name—and settled on English as the
company’s common language. When monetary policymakers from around Europe
began meeting at the European Central Bank in Frankfurt last year to set interest
rates for the new Euroland, they held their deliberations in English. Even the
European Commission, with 11 official languages and a traditionally French-spiriting
bureaucracy, effectively switched over to English as its working language last year.
How did this happen? One school attributes English’s great success to the sheer
weight of its merit. It’s a Germanic language, brought to Britain around the fifth
century A.D. During the four centuries of French-speaking rule that followed Norman
Conquest of 1066, the language morphed into something else entirely. French words
were added wholesale, and most of the complications of Germanic grammar were
shed while few of the complications of French were added. The result is a language
with a huge vocabulary and a simple grammar that can express most things more
efficiently than either of its parents. What’s more, English has remained
ungoverned and open to change—foreign words, coinages, and grammatical
shifts—in a way that French, ruled by the purist Académie Francaise, has not.
So it’s a swell language, especially for business. But the rise of English over the
past few centuries clearly owes at least as much to history and economies as to the
language’s ability to economically express the concept win-win. What happened is
that the competition—first Latin, then French, then, briefly, German—faded with the
waning of the political, economic, and military fortunes of, respectively, the Catholic
Church, France, and Germany. All along, English was increasing in importance: Britain
was the birthplace of the Industrial Revolution, and London the world’s most
important financial center, which made English a key language for business.
England’s colonies around the world also made it the language with the most global
reach. And as that former colony the U.S. rose to the status of the world’s
preeminent political, economic, military, and cultural power, English became the
obvious second language to learn.
In the 1990s more and more Europeans found themselves forced to use English.
The last generation of business and government leaders who hadn’t studied English
in school was leaving the stage. The European Community was adding new members
and evolving from a paper-shuffling club into a serious regional government thatwould need a single common language if it were ever to get anything done.
Meanwhile, economic barriers between European nations have been disappearing,
meaning that more and more companies are beginning to look at the whole
continent as their domestic market. And then the Internet came along.
The Net had two big impacts. One was that it was an exciting, potentially
lucrative new industry that had its roots in the U.S., so if you wanted to get in on it,
you had to speak some English. The other was that by surfing the Web, Europeans
who had previously encountered English only in school and in pop songs were now
coming into contact with it daily.
None of this means English has taken over European life. According to the
European Union, 47% of Western Europeans (including the British and Irish) speak
English well enough to carry on a conversation. That’s a lot more than those who
can speak German (32%) or French (28%), but it still means more Europeans don’t
speak the language. If you want to sell shampoo or cell phones, you have to do it in
French or German or Spanish or Greek. Even the U.S. and British media companies
that stand to benefit most from the spread of English have been hedging their
bets—CNN broadcasts in Spanish; the?Financial Times?has recently launched a daily
German-language edition.
But just look at who speaks English: 77% of Western European college student,
69% of managers, and 65% of those aged 15 to 24. In the secondary schools of the
European Union’s non-English-speaking countries, 91% of students study English,
all of which means that the transition to English as the language of European
business hasn’t been all that traumatic, and it’s only going to get easier in the
future.
The passage has discussed the rise in English use on the Continent from the following
perspectives EXCEPT _____.
A ： economics
B ： national security
C ： the emergence of the Internet
D ： the changing functions of the European Community
正确答案： B
解析：
本题可用排除法。第六段倒数第三句“…which made English a key language for
business”可见商业经济也是英语兴起的一个原因，排除A。倒数第四段第三句提
到“European Community”带来的影响，排除D。倒数第三段提到“net”的影响，故
排除C。
55 、 不定项选择题
Hormones in the Body Up to the beginning of the twentieth century, the nervous
system was thought to control all communication within the body and the resulting
integration of behavior. Scientists had determined that nerves ran, essentially, on
electrical impulses. These impulses were thought to be the engine for thought,
emotion, movement, and internal processes such as digestion. However, experiments
by William Bayliss and Ernest Starling on the chemical secretin, which is produced in
the small intestine when food enters the stomach, eventually challenged that view.From the small intestine, secretin travels through the bloodstream to the pancreas.
There, it stimulates the release of digestive chemicals. In this fashion, the intestinal
cells that produce secretin ultimately regulate the production of different chemicals
in a different organ, the pancreas.
Such a coordination of processes had been thought to require control by the
nervous system; Bayliss and Starling showed that it could occur through chemicals
alone. This discovery spurred Starting to coin the term hormone to refer to secretin,
taking it from the Greek word hormon, meaning “to excite” or “to set in
motion.” A hormone is a chemical produced by one tissue to make things happen
elsewhere.
As more hormones were discovered, they were categorized, primarily according
to the process by which they operated on the body. Some glands (which make up the
endocrine system) secrete hormones directly into the bloodstream. Such glands
include the thyroid and the pituitary. The exocrine system consists of organs and
glands that produce substances that are used outside the bloodstream, primarily for
digestion. The pancreas is one such organ, although it secretes some chemicals into
the blood and thus is also part of the endocrine system.
Much has been learned about hormones since their discovery. Some play such
key roles in regulating bodily processes or behavior that their absence would cause
immediate death. The most abundant hormones have effects that are less obviously
urgent but can be more far-reaching and difficult to track: They modify moods and
affect human behavior, even some behavior we normally think of as voluntary.
Hormonal systems are very intricate. Even minute amounts of the right chemicals can
suppress appetite, calm aggression, and change the attitude of a parent toward a
child. Certain hormones accelerate the development of the body, regulating growth
and form; others may even define an individual’s personality characteristics. The
quantities and proportions of hormones produce change with age, so scientists have
given a great deal of study to shifts in the endocrine system over time in the hopes of
alleviating ailments associated with aging.
In fact, some hormone therapies are already very common. A combination of
estrogen and progesterone has been prescribed for decades to women who want to
reduce mood swings, sudden changes in body temperature, and other discomforts
caused by lower natural levels of those hormones as they enter middle age. Known
as hormone replacement therapy (HRT), the treatment was also believed to prevent
weakening of the bones. At least one study has linked HRT with a heightened risk of
heart disease and certain types of cancer. HRT may also increase the likelihood that
blood clots—dangerous because they could travel through the bloodstream and
block major blood vessels—will form. Some proponents of HRT have tempered their
enthusiasm in the face of this new evidence, recommending it only to patients whose
symptoms interfere with their abilities to live normal lives.
Human growth hormone may also be given to patients who are secreting
abnormally low amounts on their own. Because of the complicated effects growth
hormone has on the body, such treatments are generally restricted to children who
would be pathologically small in stature without it. Growth hormone affects not just
physical size but also the digestion of food and the aging process. Researchers and
family physicians tend to agree that it is foolhardy to dispense it in cases in which the
risks are not clearly outweighed by the benefits.
The glands and organs mentioned in paragraph 3 are categorized according to _____.
A ： whether scientists understand their functionB ： how frequently they release hormones into the body
C ： whether the hormones they secrete influence the aging process
D ： whether they secrete chemicals into the blood
正确答案： D
解析：
此题可用排除法。答案应定位在第三段。A选项中提到的scientists, function在第三段中
都从未出现过，所以为无关选项，排除。B选项中提到frequently，而分泌荷尔蒙的频率
在此段中也未提到，排除。C选项中的aging process在此段中也没有出现，排除。因此，
此题应选D选项。
56 、 不定项选择题
It’s nothing new that English use is on the rise around the world, especially in
business circles. This also happens in France, the headquarters of the global battle
against American cultural hegemony. If French guys are giving in to English,
something really big must be going on. And something big is going on.
Partly, it’s that American hegemony. Didier Benchimol, CEO of a French e-
commerce software company, feels compelled to speak English perfectly because the
Internet software business is dominated by Americans. He and other French
businessmen also have to speak, English because they want to get their message out
to American investors, possessors of the world’s deepest pockets.
The triumph of English in France and elsewhere in Europe, however, may rest on
something more enduring. As they become entwined with each other politically and
economically, Europeans need a way to talk to one another and to the rest of the
world. And for a number of reasons, they’ve decided upon English as their common
tongue.
So when German chemical and pharmaceutical company Hoechst merged with
French competitor Rhone-Poulenc last year, the companies chose the vaguely
Latinate Aventis as the new company name—and settled on English as the
company’s common language. When monetary policymakers from around Europe
began meeting at the European Central Bank in Frankfurt last year to set interest
rates for the new Euroland, they held their deliberations in English. Even the
European Commission, with 11 official languages and a traditionally French-spiriting
bureaucracy, effectively switched over to English as its working language last year.
How did this happen? One school attributes English’s great success to the sheer
weight of its merit. It’s a Germanic language, brought to Britain around the fifth
century A.D. During the four centuries of French-speaking rule that followed Norman
Conquest of 1066, the language morphed into something else entirely. French words
were added wholesale, and most of the complications of Germanic grammar were
shed while few of the complications of French were added. The result is a language
with a huge vocabulary and a simple grammar that can express most things more
efficiently than either of its parents. What’s more, English has remained
ungoverned and open to change—foreign words, coinages, and grammatical
shifts—in a way that French, ruled by the purist Académie Francaise, has not.
So it’s a swell language, especially for business. But the rise of English over the
past few centuries clearly owes at least as much to history and economies as to the
language’s ability to economically express the concept win-win. What happened isthat the competition—first Latin, then French, then, briefly, German—faded with the
waning of the political, economic, and military fortunes of, respectively, the Catholic
Church, France, and Germany. All along, English was increasing in importance: Britain
was the birthplace of the Industrial Revolution, and London the world’s most
important financial center, which made English a key language for business.
England’s colonies around the world also made it the language with the most global
reach. And as that former colony the U.S. rose to the status of the world’s
preeminent political, economic, military, and cultural power, English became the
obvious second language to learn.
In the 1990s more and more Europeans found themselves forced to use English.
The last generation of business and government leaders who hadn’t studied English
in school was leaving the stage. The European Community was adding new members
and evolving from a paper-shuffling club into a serious regional government that
would need a single common language if it were ever to get anything done.
Meanwhile, economic barriers between European nations have been disappearing,
meaning that more and more companies are beginning to look at the whole
continent as their domestic market. And then the Internet came along.
The Net had two big impacts. One was that it was an exciting, potentially
lucrative new industry that had its roots in the U.S., so if you wanted to get in on it,
you had to speak some English. The other was that by surfing the Web, Europeans
who had previously encountered English only in school and in pop songs were now
coming into contact with it daily.
None of this means English has taken over European life. According to the
European Union, 47% of Western Europeans (including the British and Irish) speak
English well enough to carry on a conversation. That’s a lot more than those who
can speak German (32%) or French (28%), but it still means more Europeans don’t
speak the language. If you want to sell shampoo or cell phones, you have to do it in
French or German or Spanish or Greek. Even the U.S. and British media companies
that stand to benefit most from the spread of English have been hedging their
bets—CNN broadcasts in Spanish; the?Financial Times?has recently launched a daily
German-language edition.
But just look at who speaks English: 77% of Western European college student,
69% of managers, and 65% of those aged 15 to 24. In the secondary schools of the
European Union’s non-English-speaking countries, 91% of students study English,
all of which means that the transition to English as the language of European
business hasn’t been all that traumatic, and it’s only going to get easier in the
future.
Europeans began to favour English for all the following reasons EXCEPT its _____.
A ： inherent linguistic properties
B ： association with the business world
C ： links with the United States
D ： disassociation from political changes
正确答案： D
解析：
本题可用排除法。第五段最后一句提到“What’s more, English has remained
ungoverned and open to change…”可见，英语本身比法语有语言上的优势，排除A项。
第六段倒数第三句“…which made English a key language for business”可见商业也是英语兴起的一个原因，故排除B项。第二段以一句提到“Partly, it’s that American
hegemony.”可见，英语的兴起育美国有关系，故排除C项。
57 、 不定项选择题
I live in the land of Disney, Hollywood and year-round sun. You may think people in
such a glamorous, fun-filled p lace are happier than others. If so, you have some
mistaken ideas about the nature of happiness.
Many intelligent people still equate happiness with fun. The truth is that fun and
happiness have little or nothing in common. Fun is what we experience during an act.
Happiness is what we experience after an act. It is a deeper more abiding emotion.
Going to an amusement park or ball game, watching a movie or television, are
fun activities that help us relax, temporarily forget our problems and maybe even
laugh. But they do not bring happiness, because their positive effects end when the
fun ends.
I have often thought that if Hollywood stars have a role to play, it is to teach us
that happiness has nothing to do with fan. These rich, beautiful individuals have
constant access to glamorous parties, fancy cars, expensive homes, everything that
spells “happiness”. But in memoir after memoir, celebrities reveal the unhappiness
hidden beneath all their fun: depression, alcoholism, drug addiction, broken
marriages, troubled children and profound loneliness.
Ask a bachelor why he resists marriage even though he finds dating to be less
and less satisfying. If he’s honest, he will tell you that he is afraid of making a
commitment. For commitment is in tact quite painful. The single life is filled with fun,
adventure and excitement. Marriage has such moments, but they are not its most
distinguishing features.
Similarly, couples that choose not to have children are deciding in favor of
painless fun over painful happiness. They can dine out ever they want and sleep as
late as they want. Couples with infant children are lucky to get a whole night’s sleep
or a three-day vacation. I don’t know any parent who would choose the word fun to
describe raising children.
Understanding and accepting that true happiness has nothing to do with fun is
one of the most liberating realizations we can ever come to. It liberates time: now we
can devote more hours to activities that can genuinely increase our happiness. It
liberates money: buying that new car or those fancy clothes that will do nothing to
increase our happiness now seems pointless. And it liberates us from envy: we now
understand that all those rich and glamorous people we were so sure are happy
because they are always having so much fun actually may not be happy at all.
If one gets the meaning of the true sense of happiness, he will _____.
A ： stop playing games and joking with others
B ： make the best use of his time increasing happiness
C ： give a free hand to money
D ： keep himself with his family
正确答案： B解析：
最后一段第二句：It liberates time: now we can devote more hours to activities that
can genuinely increase our happiness告诉读者，一旦认识到乐趣和幸福的不同，我们
就会腾出更多的时间去做一些能够增加幸福指数的事情。
58 、 不定项选择题
It’s nothing new that English use is on the rise around the world, especially in
business circles. This also happens in France, the headquarters of the global battle
against American cultural hegemony. If French guys are giving in to English,
something really big must be going on. And something big is going on.
Partly, it’s that American hegemony. Didier Benchimol, CEO of a French e-
commerce software company, feels compelled to speak English perfectly because the
Internet software business is dominated by Americans. He and other French
businessmen also have to speak, English because they want to get their message out
to American investors, possessors of the world’s deepest pockets.
The triumph of English in France and elsewhere in Europe, however, may rest on
something more enduring. As they become entwined with each other politically and
economically, Europeans need a way to talk to one another and to the rest of the
world. And for a number of reasons, they’ve decided upon English as their common
tongue.
So when German chemical and pharmaceutical company Hoechst merged with
French competitor Rhone-Poulenc last year, the companies chose the vaguely
Latinate Aventis as the new company name—and settled on English as the
company’s common language. When monetary policymakers from around Europe
began meeting at the European Central Bank in Frankfurt last year to set interest
rates for the new Euroland, they held their deliberations in English. Even the
European Commission, with 11 official languages and a traditionally French-spiriting
bureaucracy, effectively switched over to English as its working language last year.
How did this happen? One school attributes English’s great success to the sheer
weight of its merit. It’s a Germanic language, brought to Britain around the fifth
century A.D. During the four centuries of French-speaking rule that followed Norman
Conquest of 1066, the language morphed into something else entirely. French words
were added wholesale, and most of the complications of Germanic grammar were
shed while few of the complications of French were added. The result is a language
with a huge vocabulary and a simple grammar that can express most things more
efficiently than either of its parents. What’s more, English has remained
ungoverned and open to change—foreign words, coinages, and grammatical
shifts—in a way that French, ruled by the purist Académie Francaise, has not.
So it’s a swell language, especially for business. But the rise of English over the
past few centuries clearly owes at least as much to history and economies as to the
language’s ability to economically express the concept win-win. What happened is
that the competition—first Latin, then French, then, briefly, German—faded with the
waning of the political, economic, and military fortunes of, respectively, the Catholic
Church, France, and Germany. All along, English was increasing in importance: Britain
was the birthplace of the Industrial Revolution, and London the world’s most
important financial center, which made English a key language for business.
England’s colonies around the world also made it the language with the most global
reach. And as that former colony the U.S. rose to the status of the world’spreeminent political, economic, military, and cultural power, English became the
obvious second language to learn.
In the 1990s more and more Europeans found themselves forced to use English.
The last generation of business and government leaders who hadn’t studied English
in school was leaving the stage. The European Community was adding new members
and evolving from a paper-shuffling club into a serious regional government that
would need a single common language if it were ever to get anything done.
Meanwhile, economic barriers between European nations have been disappearing,
meaning that more and more companies are beginning to look at the whole
continent as their domestic market. And then the Internet came along.
The Net had two big impacts. One was that it was an exciting, potentially
lucrative new industry that had its roots in the U.S., so if you wanted to get in on it,
you had to speak some English. The other was that by surfing the Web, Europeans
who had previously encountered English only in school and in pop songs were now
coming into contact with it daily.
None of this means English has taken over European life. According to the
European Union, 47% of Western Europeans (including the British and Irish) speak
English well enough to carry on a conversation. That’s a lot more than those who
can speak German (32%) or French (28%), but it still means more Europeans don’t
speak the language. If you want to sell shampoo or cell phones, you have to do it in
French or German or Spanish or Greek. Even the U.S. and British media companies
that stand to benefit most from the spread of English have been hedging their
bets—CNN broadcasts in Spanish; the?Financial Times?has recently launched a daily
German-language edition.
But just look at who speaks English: 77% of Western European college student,
69% of managers, and 65% of those aged 15 to 24. In the secondary schools of the
European Union’s non-English-speaking countries, 91% of students study English,
all of which means that the transition to English as the language of European
business hasn’t been all that traumatic, and it’s only going to get easier in the
future.
Which of the following statements forecasts the continuous rise of English in the
future?
A ： bout half of Western Europeans are now proficient in English.
B ： U.S. and British media companies are operating in Western Europe.
C ： Most secondary school students in Europe study English.
D ： Most Europeans continue to use their own language.
正确答案： C
解析：
文中最后一段提到“In the secondary schools of the European Union’s non-English-
speaking countries, 91% of students study English, …in the future.”可从中看出，欧
洲的大部分中学生在学习英语，这也预示着未来英语的继续盛行。C项正确。
59 、 不定项选择题
I live in the land of Disney, Hollywood and year-round sun. You may think people in
such a glamorous, fun-filled p lace are happier than others. If so, you have somemistaken ideas about the nature of happiness.
Many intelligent people still equate happiness with fun. The truth is that fun and
happiness have little or nothing in common. Fun is what we experience during an act.
Happiness is what we experience after an act. It is a deeper more abiding emotion.
Going to an amusement park or ball game, watching a movie or television, are
fun activities that help us relax, temporarily forget our problems and maybe even
laugh. But they do not bring happiness, because their positive effects end when the
fun ends.
I have often thought that if Hollywood stars have a role to play, it is to teach us
that happiness has nothing to do with fan. These rich, beautiful individuals have
constant access to glamorous parties, fancy cars, expensive homes, everything that
spells “happiness”. But in memoir after memoir, celebrities reveal the unhappiness
hidden beneath all their fun: depression, alcoholism, drug addiction, broken
marriages, troubled children and profound loneliness.
Ask a bachelor why he resists marriage even though he finds dating to be less
and less satisfying. If he’s honest, he will tell you that he is afraid of making a
commitment. For commitment is in tact quite painful. The single life is filled with fun,
adventure and excitement. Marriage has such moments, but they are not its most
distinguishing features.
Similarly, couples that choose not to have children are deciding in favor of
painless fun over painful happiness. They can dine out ever they want and sleep as
late as they want. Couples with infant children are lucky to get a whole night’s sleep
or a three-day vacation. I don’t know any parent who would choose the word fun to
describe raising children.
Understanding and accepting that true happiness has nothing to do with fun is
one of the most liberating realizations we can ever come to. It liberates time: now we
can devote more hours to activities that can genuinely increase our happiness. It
liberates money: buying that new car or those fancy clothes that will do nothing to
increase our happiness now seems pointless. And it liberates us from envy: we now
understand that all those rich and glamorous people we were so sure are happy
because they are always having so much fun actually may not be happy at all.
Which of the following is true?
A ： Fun creates long-lasting satisfaction
B ： Fun provides enjoyment while pain leads to happiness.
C ： Happiness is enduring whereas fun is short-lived.
D ： Fun that is long-standing may lead to happiness.
正确答案： C
解析：
文章第二段，作者告诉我们乐趣和幸福有很大的不同。乐趣是我们在活动的过程中所享
受到的，而幸福是活动结束之后内心的感受，是更深更持久的感情。A、B、D在文中并
没有提到。C选项为正确答案。
60 、 不定项选择题In its modern form the concept of “literature” did not emerge earlier than the
eighteenth century and was not fully developed until the nineteenth century. Yet the
conditions for its emergence had been developing since the Renaissance. The word
itself came into English use in the fourteenth century, following French and Latin
precedents; its root was Latin?littera, a letter of the alphabet.?Litterature, in the
common early spelling, was then in effect a condition of reading: of being able to
read and of having read. It was often close to the sense of modern?literacy, which
was not in the language until the late nineteenth century, its introduction in part
made necessary by the movement of?literature?to a different sense. The normal
adjective associated with literature was?literate. Literary appeared in the sense of
reading ability and experience in the seventeenth century, and did not acquire its
specialized modern meaning until the eighteenth century.
Literature?as a new category was then a specialization of the area formerly
categorized as?rhetoric?and?grammar: a specialization to reading and, in the material
context of the development of printing, to the printed word and especially the book.
It was eventually to become a more general category than?poetry?or the
earlier?poesy, which had been general terms for imaginative composition, but which
in relation to the development of?literaturebecame predominantly specialized, from
the seventeenth century, to metrical composition and especially written and printed
metrical composition. But literature was never primarily the active composition─the
“making”─which poetry had described. As reading rather than writing, it was a
category of a different kind. The characteristic use can be seen in Bacon “learned in
all literature and erudition, divine and humane”─and as late as Johnson “he had
probably more than common literature, as his son addresses him in one of his most
elaborate Latin poems.”?Literature, that is to say, was a category of use and
condition rather than of production. It was a particular specialization of what had
hitherto been seen as an activity or practice, and a specialization, in the
circumstances, which was inevitably made in terms of social class. In its first
extended sense, beyond the bare sense of “literacy,” it was a definition of
“polite” or “humane” learning, and thus specified a particular social distinction.
New political concepts of the “nation” and new valuations of the “vernacular”
interacted with a persistent emphasis on “literature” as reading in the “classical”
languages. But still, in this first stage, into the eighteenth century,?literature?was
primarily a generalized social concept, expressing a certain (minority) level of
educational achievement. This carded with it a potential and eventually realized
alternative definition of?literature?as “printed books:” the objects in and through
which this achievement was demonstrated.
It is important that, within the terms of this development, literature normally
included all printed books. There was not necessary specialization to “imaginative”
works. Literature was still primarily reading ability and experience, and this included
philosophy, history, and essays as well as poems. Were the new eighteenth century
novels literature? That question was first approached, not by definition of their mode
or content, but by reference to the standards of “polite” or “humane” learning.
Was drama literature? This question was to exercise successive generations, not
because of any substantial difficulty but because of the practical limits of the
category. If literature was reading, could a mode written for spoken performance be
said to be literature, and if not, where was Shakespeare?
At one level the definition indicated by this development has persisted.
Literature lost its earliest sense of reading ability and reading experience, and
became an apparently objective category of printed works of a certain quality. The
concerns of a “literary editor” or a “literary supplement” would still be definedin this way. But three complicating tendencies can then be distinguished: first, a shift
from “learning” to “taste” or “sensibility” as a criterion defining literary
quality; second, an increasing specialization of literature to “creative” or
“imaginative” works; third, a development of the concept of “tradition” within
national terms, resulting in the more effective definition of “a national literature.”
The source of each of these tendencies can be discerned from the Renaissance, but it
was in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries that they came through most
powerfully, until they became, in the twentieth century, in effect received
assumptions.
What is the earliest adjective associated with literature?
A ： Literary.
B ： Literate.
C ： Literacy.
D ： Literal.
正确答案： B
解析：
第一段讲的是literature的总体发展，根据The normal adjective associated with
literature was?literate一句可知，最早的与literature有关的形容词是Literate。
61 、 不定项选择题
Some believe that in the age of identikit computer games, mass entertainment and
conformity on the supermarket shelves, truly inspired thinking has gone out of the
window. But, there are others who hold the view that there is still plenty of scope for
innovation, lateral thought and creative solutions. Despite the standardization of
modern life, there is an unabated appetite for great ideas, visionary thinking and
inspired debate. In the first of a series of monthly debates on contemporary issues,
we ask two original thinkers to discuss the nature of creativity. Here is the first one.
Yes. Absolutely. Since I started working as an inventor 10 or 12 years ago, I’ve
seen a big change in attitudes to creativity and invention. Back then, there was hardly
any support for inventors, apart from the national organization the Institute of
Patentees and Inventors. Today, there are lots of little inventors’ clubs popping up
all over the place, my last count was 19 nationally and growing. These non-profit
clubs, run by inventors for inventors, are an indication that people are once again
interested in invention.
I’ve been a project leader, a croupier, an IT consultant and I’ve written a
motor mandrel. I spent my teens under a 1950s two-tone Riley RME ear, learning to
put it together. Back in the Sixties, kids like me were always out doing things, making
go-karts, riding bicycles or exploring. We learned to overcome challenges and solve
problems. We weren’t just sitting at a PlayStation, like many kids do today.
But I think, and hope, things are shifting back. There’s a lot more internl in
design and creativity and such talents are getting a much higher profile in the media.
It’s evident with TV programmes such as Channe14’s?Scrapheap Challenge?or
BBC2’s?The Apprentice and Dragon’s Den, where people are given a task to solve
or face the challenge of selling their idea to a panel.And. thankfully, the image of the mad scientist with electrified hair working in
the garden shed is long gone—although, there are still a few exceptions!
That’s not to say there aren’t problems. With the decline in manufacturing we
are losing the ability to know how to make things. There’s a real skills gap
developing. In my opinion, the Government does little or nothing to help innovation
at the lone-inventor or small or medium enterprise level. I would love to see more
money spent on teaching our school kids how to be inventive. But, despite
everything, if you have a good idea and real determination, you can still do very well.
My own specialist area is packaging closures—almost every product needs it. I
got the idea for Squeezeopen after looking at an old tin of boot polish when my
mother complained she couldn’t get the lid off. If you can do something cheaper,
better, and you are 100 percent committed, there is a chance it will be a success.
I see a fantastic amount of innovation and opportunities out there. People
don’t realise how much is going on. New materials are coming out all the time and
the space programme and scientific research are producing a variety of spin-offs.
Innovation doesn’t have to be high-tech: creativity and inventing is about finding
the right solution to a problem, whatever it is. There’s a lot of talent out there and,
thankfully, some of the more progressive companies are suddenly realizing they
don’t want to miss out—it’s an exciting time.
What is the debate concerned with?
A ： What should we do to inspire people’s creativity?
B ： Will people’s invention and inspiration be exhausted in the future?
C ： Is there still a future for invention and inspiration?
D ： Who will be winner of the future technology?
正确答案： C
解析：
从第一段的前两句可知，一些人认为在当今这个电脑游戏，大众传媒以及超市集聚的时
代，真正的创新思维已经不存在了。但也有人认为仍有很大的创新空间。可见，争论的
问题主要是是否还有进一步创新与发明创造的空间。选项C正确。
62 、 不定项选择题
Australia’s frogs are having trouble finding love. Traffic noise and other sounds of
city life, such as air conditioners and construction noise, are drowning out the mating
calls of male frogs in urban areas, 1eading to a sharp drop in frog populations. But, in
the first study of its kind, Parris, a scientist at the University of Melbourne has found
that some frogs have figured out a way to compensate for human interference in
their love lives.
A male southern brown tree frog sends out a mating call when he’s looking for
a date. It is music to the ears of a female southern brown tree frog. But, add the
sounds of nearby traffic and the message just is not going out. Parris spent seven
years studying frogs around Melbourne. She says some frogs have come up with an
interesting strategy for making themselves heard.
“We found that it’s changing the pitch of its call, so going higher up, up the
frequency spectrum, being higher and squeakier, further away from the traffic noiseand this increases the distance over which it can be for heard,” Parris said.
The old call is lower in pitch. The new one is higher in pitch.
Now, that may sound like a pretty simple solution. But, changing their calls to
cope with a noisy environment is actually quite extraordinary for frogs. And while the
males have figured out how to make themselves heard above the noise, Parris says it
may not be what the females are looking for.
“When females have a choice between two males calling, they tend to select the
one that calls at a lower frequency because, in frogs, the frequency of a call is related
to body size. So, the bigger frogs tend to call lower,” she explained. “And so they
also tend to be the older frogs, the guys perhaps with more experience, they know
what they’re doing and the women are attracted to those.”
Frog populations in Melbourne have dropped considerably since Parris began
her research, but it is not just because of noise. Much of Australia has been locked in
a 10-year drought, leaving frogs fewer and fewer ponds to go looking for that special
someone.
Female frogs may not be attracted by the new call because _____.
A ： it is strange and unusual
B ： they are used to the old call
C ： the male frogs don’t know how to attract them
D ： lower frequency has special physical meaning
正确答案： D
解析：
由倒数第二段“When females have a choice between two males calling, …So, the
bigger frogs tend to call lower,”可知体型大的青蛙叫声更低，更能吸引异性。D项指出
低频率叫声有着特殊的物理意义，即青蛙的体型差异。所以D项真确。
63 、 不定项选择题
I was eight years old the first time I fainted. I was at friend’s house, and a bee stung
me on the back of the neck. I had felt nothing but a slight pinch and the bug was
soon wiped away and flushed down the toilet, but since I looked pale I was urged to
call my mother. As I told her what had happened, I felt myself blacking out, sinking to
the floor, vaguely aware that I was still gripping the receiver.
Perhaps I was allergic to the bee sting—the only one I’ve ever gotten, although
to this day I have a phobia about bees, wasps, and other insects. But the image of an
eight-year-old in Keds crumpling to the ground while he describes his injury to his
Mommy seems to return us to Freudian territory. Note the umbilical image of the
phone cord.
Call me fanciful. Still, I’m afraid these undertones are hardly dissipated by the
second fainting incident I can recall, which practically reeks of the family romance.
This took place one weekend morning while we were gathered in the kitchen to eat
breakfast. My mother stood at the stove making French toast, which she had already
served to the kids; my father, seated at the table, was cutting a bagel with a sharp
bread knife. Contrary to every principle of kitchen safety, he was holding the bagel in
his hand and cutting inward, and eventually he made a neat, shallow incision in his
palm. The blood was profuse.Being a hematologist, my father didn’t panic: this was just business as usual.
But my mother stopped flipping French toast and collapsed to the floor. I, inspired by
the blood and my mother’s collapse and the powerful odors of syrup and sugar
rising from my plate, slumped forward. My forehead went into the syrup. I heard a
roar—it seemed to me that I was being clutched beneath the armpits and whirled
around—and then my father shook me back into consciousness. He had already
attended to my mother.
Still think I’m fanciful? Then listen to this. Out of curiosity I asked my mother
when her first fainting episode had occurred.
She paused, thought it over, and came up with the following. At the age of
thirteen, she went to visit her father in the hospital, who only the day before had had
his appendix removed. Aside from her father, still conked out from the anesthesia,
the other person in the room was a nurse, who was busy changing the dressing on
the patient’s incision, which hadn’t quite closed. For some reason, the nurse had
to leave the room. At this point, she asked my mother to hold the soiled dressing in
place until she returned. My mother complied. Standing over her dazed father,
gingerly holding a used bandage over a hole in his lower abdomen, the thirteen-year-
old grew lightheaded. I assumed the nurse returned before she hit the floor.
One most plausible reason that the author’s father did not panic when he cut
himself is _____.
A ： He had served in the army
B ： He was the head of the family
C ： He tried to maintain his authority
D ： He was an expert on blood
正确答案： D
解析：
文章第四段第一句话写到“Being a hematologist, my father didn’t panic.”这里提到
了作者父亲的职业是一位血液学家，D正确。
64 、 不定项选择题
Since the late 1970’s in the face of a severe loss of market share in dozens of
industries, manufacturers in the United States have been trying to improve
productivity—and therefore enhance their international competitiveness—through
cost-cutting programs. (Cost-cutting here is defined as raising labor output while
holding the amount of labor constant.) However, from 1978 through 1982,
productivity—the value of goods manufactured divided by the amount of labor
input—did not improve; and while the results were better in the business upturn of
the three years following, they ran 25percent lower than productivity improvements
during earlier, post-1945 upturns. At the same time, it became clear that the harder
manufactures worked to implement cost-cutting, the more they lost their competitive
edge.
With this paradox in mind, I recently visited 25 companies; it became clear to me
that the cost-cutting approach to increasing productivity is fundamentally flawed.
Manufacturing regularly observes a “40, 40, 20” rule. Roughly 40 percent of anymanufacturing-based competitive advantage derives from long-term changes in
manufacturing structure (decisions about the number, size, location, and capacity of
facilities) and in approaches to materials. Another 40 percent comes from major
changes in equipment and process technology. The final 20 percent rests on
implementing conventional cost-cutting. This rule does not imply that cost-cutting
should not be tried. The well-known tools of this approach—including simplifying
jobs and retraining employees to work smarter, not harder—do produce results. But
the tools quickly reach the limits of what they can contribute.
Another problem is that the cost-cutting approach hinders innovation and
discourages creative people. As Abernathy’s study of automobile manufacturers
has shown, an industry can easily become prisoner of its own investments in cost-
cutting techniques, reducing its ability to develop new products. And managers under
pressure to maximize cost-cutting will resist innovation because they know that more
fundamental changes in processes or systems will wreak havoc with the results on
which they are measured. Production managers have always seen their job as one of
minimizing costs and maximizing output. This dimension of performance has until
recently sufficed as a basis of evaluation, but it has created a penny-pinching,
mechanistic culture in most factories that has kept away creative managers.
Every company I know that has freed itself from the paradox has done so, in
part, by developing and implementing a manufacturing strategy. Such a strategy
focuses on the manufacturing structure and on equipment and process technology.
In one company a manufacturing strategy that allowed different areas of the factory
to specialize in different markets replaced the conventional cost-cutting approach;
within three years the company regained its competitive advantage. Together with
such strategies, successful companies are also encouraging managers to focus on a
wider set of objectives besides cutting costs. There is hope for manufacturing, but it
dearly rests oil a different way of managing.
It can be inferred from the passage that the manufacturers mentioned in paragraph
1 expected that the measures they implemented would _____.
A ： encourage innovation
B ： keep labor output constant
C ： increase their competitive advantage
D ： permit business upturns to be more easily predicted
正确答案： C
解析：
由“manufacturers in the United States have been trying to improve
productivity—and therefore enhance their international competitiveness—through
cost-cutting programs”可知，C为正确选项。第三段提到，cost cutting并不
能encourage innovation，所以A错误。B项是对cost cutting的解释。
65 、 不定项选择题
This is not a good time to be foreign. Anti-immigrant parties are gaining ground in
Europe. Britain has been fretting this week over lapses in its border controls. In
America Barack Obama has failed to deliver the immigration reform he promised,and Republican presidential candidates would rather electrify the border fence with
Mexico than educate the children of illegal aliens. America educates foreign scientists
in its universities and then expels them, a policy the mayor of New York calls
“national suicide”.
This illiberal turn in attitudes to migration is no surprise. It is the result of cyclical
economic gloom combined with a secular rise in pressure on rich countries’
borders. But governments now weighing up whether or not to try to slam the door
should consider another factor: the growing economic importance of Diasporas, and
the contribution they can make to a country’s economic growth.
Diaspora networks-of Huguenots, Scots, Jews and many others-have always been
a potent economic force, but the cheapness and ease of modern travel has made
them larger and more numerous than ever before. There are now 215m first-
generation migrants around the world: that’s 3％of the world’s population. If they
were a nation, it would be a little larger than Brazil. There are more Chinese people
living outside China than there are French people in France. Some 22m Indians are
scattered all over the globe. Small concentrations of ethnic and linguistic groups have
always been found in surprising places-Lebanese in West Africa, Japanese in Brazil
and Welsh in Patagonia, for instance-but they have been joined by newer ones, such
as west Africans in southern China.
These networks of kinship and language make it easier to do business across
borders. They speed the flow of information. Trust matters, especially in emerging
markets where the rule of law is weak. So does a knowledge of the local culture. And
modern communications make these networks an even more powerful tool of
business.
Diasporas also help spread ideas. Many of the emerging world’s brightest
minds are educated at Western universities. An increasing number go home, taking
with them both knowledge and contacts. Indian computer scientists in Bangalore
bounce ideas constantly off their Indian friends in Silicon Valley. China’s technology
industry is dominated by “sea turtles” (Chinese who have lived abroad and
returned.
Diasporas spread money, too. Migrants into rich countries not only send cash to
their families; they also help companies in their host country operate in their home
country. A Harvard Business School study shows that, American companies that
employ lots of ethnic Chinese people find it much easier to set up in China without a
joint venture with a local firm.
Such arguments are unlikely to make much headway against hostility towards
immigrants in rich countries. Fury against foreigners is usually based on two
(mutually incompatible) notions: that because so many migrants claim welfare they
are a drain on the public purse; and that because they are prepared to work harder
for less pay they will depress the wages of those at the bottom of the pile. The first is
usually not true (in Britain, for instance, immigrants claim benefits less than
indigenous people do), and the second is hard to establish either way. Some studies
do indeed suggest that competition from unskilled immigrants depresses the wages
of unskilled locals. But others find this effect to be small or non-existent.
Nor is it possible to establish the impact of migration on overall growth. The
sums are simply too difficult. Yet there are good reasons for believing that it is likely
to be positive. Migrants tend to be hard-working and innovative. That spurs
productivity and company formation. A recent study carried out by Duke University
showed that, while immigrants make up an eighth of America’s population, they
founded a quarter of the country’s technology and engineering firms. And, by
linking the West with emerging markets, Diasporas help rich countries to plug intofast-growing economies.
Rich countries are thus likely to benefit from looser immigration policy; and fears
that poor countries will suffer as a result of a “brain drain” are overblown. The
prospect of working abroad spurs more people to acquire valuable skills, and not all
subsequently emigrate. Skilled migrants send money home, and they often return to
set up new businesses. One study found that unless they lose more than 20％of their
university graduates, the brain drain makes poor countries richer.
It can be inferred from the passage that _____
A ： Immigrants are prepared to work harder for less pay, which can stimulate the
locals to work even harder.
B ： With the increasing number of Diasporas, they will form a new nation in the
world.
C ： The number of skilled migrants returning home is increasing.
D ： The networks of kinship and language contribute to international business by
taking advantage of legal loopholes.
正确答案： C
解析：
从文章第五段中可知“An increasing number go home, taking with them both
knowledge and contacts”，因此C选项说要回国的技术移民数量正在增加是正确的。A
选项后半句“which can stimulate the locals to work harder”文中没有提供相关线索，
无法推断，因此A项不正确。文中第三段只是提到如果这些移民组成一个国家，这个国
家将“a little larger than Brazil”，而B项后半句说这些移民将成立一个新国家是没有判
断依据的，因此B项不正确。D项旨在考查对第四段“Trust matters, especially in
emerging markets where the rule of law is weak”的理解。它是指信任很重要，特别
是在新兴市场，通常法制薄弱。而D项由此推断这种“The networks of kinship and
language”通过利用法律漏洞来促进国际商务贸易是不正确的。
66 、 不定项选择题
The molecules of carbon dioxide in the Earth’s atmosphere affect the heat balance
of the Earth by acting as a one-way screen. Although these molecules allow radiation
at visible wavelengths, where most of the energy of sunlight is concentrated, to pass
through, they absorb some of the longer-wavelength, infrared emissions radiated
from the Earth’s surface, radiation that would otherwise be transmitted back into
space. For the Earth to maintain a constant average temperature, such emissions
from the planet must balance incoming solar radiation. If there were no carbon
dioxide in the atmosphere, heat would escape from the Earth much more easily. The
surface temperature would be so much lower that the oceans might be a solid mass
of ice.
Today, however, the potential problem is too much carbon dioxide. The burning
of fossil fuels and the clearing of forests have increased atmospheric carbon dioxide
by about 15 percent in the last hundred years, and we continue to add carbon
dioxide to the atmosphere. Could the increase in carbon dioxide cause a global rise
in average temperature, and could such a rise have serious consequences for human
society? Mathematical models that allow us to calculate the rise in temperature as afunction of the increase indicate that the answer is probably yes.
Under present conditions a temperature of -18℃ can be observed at an altitude
of 5 to 6 kilometers above the Earth. Below this altitude (called the radiating level),
the temperature increases by about 6℃ per kilometer approaching the Earth’s
surface, where the average temperature is about 15℃. An increase in the amount of
carbon dioxide means that there are more molecules of carbon dioxide to absorb
infrared radiation. As the capacity of the atmosphere to absorb infrared radiation
increases, the radiating level and the temperature of the surface must rise. One
mathematical model predicts that doubling the atmospheric carbon dioxide would
raise the global mean surface temperature by 2.5℃: This model assumes that the
atmosphere’s relative humidity remains constant and the temperature decreases
with altitude at a rate of 6.5℃ per kilometer. The assumption of constant relative
humidity is important, because water vapor in the atmosphere is another efficient
absorber of radiation at infrared wavelengths. Because warm air can hold more
moisture than cool air, the relative humidity will be constant only if the amount of
water vapor in the atmosphere increases as the temperature rises. Therefore, more
infrared radiation would be absorbed and reradiated back to the Earth’s surface.
The resultant warming at the surface could be expected to melt snow and ice,
reducing the Earth’s reflectivity. More solar radiation would then be absorbed,
leading to a further increase in temperature.
According to the passage, which of the following is true of the last hundred years?
A ： Fossil fuels were burned for the first time.
B ： Greater amounts of land were cleared than at any time before.
C ： The average temperature at the Earth’s surface has become 2℃ cooler.
D ： The amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere has increased measurably.
正确答案： D
解析：
文中第二段第二句表明，过去100年间，矿物燃料的燃烧和森林的砍伐使大气中二氧化
碳的含量增加了大约15%，而且我们不断地向大气中排放二氧化碳，由此可以推断，A、
B两项表述均不准确；由于大气中的二氧化碳在不断增加，因此地表温度只会升高，而
不是降低，C项错误；因此只有D项符合文章大意。
67 、 不定项选择题
Traffic statistics paint a gloomy picture. To help solve their traffic woes, some rapidly
growing U.S. cities have simply built more roads. But traffic experts say building more
roads is a quick-fix solution that will not alleviate the traffic problem in the long run.
Soaring land costs, increasing concern over social and environmental disruptions
caused by road-building, and the likelihood that more roads can only lead to more
cars and traffic are powerful factors bearing down on a 1950s-style construction
program.
The goal of smart-highway technology is to make traffic systems work at
optimum efficiency by treating the road and the vehicles traveling on them as an
integral transportation system. Proponents of the advanced technology say electronic
detection systems, closed-circuit television, radio communication, ramp metering,variable message signing, and other smart-highway technology can now be used at a
reasonable cost to improve communication between drivers and the people who
monitor traffic.
Pathfinder, a Santa Monica, California-based smart-highway project in which a
14-mile stretch of the Santa Monica Freeway, making up what is called a “smart
corridor”, is being instrumented with buried loops in the pavement. Closed-circuit
television cameras survey the flow of traffic, while communication linked to property
equipped automobiles advise motorists of the least congested routes or detours.
Not all traffic experts, however, look to smart-highway technology as the
ultimate solution to traffic gridlock. Some say the high-tech approach is limited and
can only offer temporary solutions to a serious problem.
“Electronics on the highway addresses just one aspect of the problem: how to
regulate traffic more efficiently,” explains Michael Renner, senior researcher at the
world-watch Institute. “It doesn’t deal with the central problem of too many cars
for roads that can’t be built fast enough. It sends people the wrong message”.
They start thinking “Yes, there used to be a traffic congestion problem, but that’s
been solved now because we have advanced high-tech system in place.” Larson
agrees and adds, “Smart highway is just one of the tools that we use to deal with
our traffic problems. It’s not the solution itself, just pan of the package. There are
different strategies.”
Other traffic problem-solving options being studied and experimented with
include car pooling, rapid mass-transit systems, staggered or flexible work hours, and
road pricing, a system whereby motorists pay a certain amount for the time they use
a highway.
It seems that we need a new, major thrust to deal with the traffic problems of
the next 20 years. There has to be a big change.
Which of the following best describes the organization of the whole passage?
A ： Two contrasting views of a problem are presented.
B ： A problem is examined and complementary solutions are proposed or offered.
C ： Latest developments are outlined in order of importance.
D ： An innovation is explained with its importance emphasized.
正确答案： B
解析：
通读全文可知，文章主要讲的是交通问题的解决，中心就是介绍了smart-highway这种
运用高科技的新方法，指出了其特点和目前的不足。此外还谈到了人们正在研究或实验
的其它解决方法如car pooling, rapid mass-transit systems等，选项B正确。
68 、 不定项选择题
This is not a good time to be foreign. Anti-immigrant parties are gaining ground in
Europe. Britain has been fretting this week over lapses in its border controls. In
America Barack Obama has failed to deliver the immigration reform he promised,
and Republican presidential candidates would rather electrify the border fence with
Mexico than educate the children of illegal aliens. America educates foreign scientists
in its universities and then expels them, a policy the mayor of New York calls“national suicide”.
This illiberal turn in attitudes to migration is no surprise. It is the result of cyclical
economic gloom combined with a secular rise in pressure on rich countries’
borders. But governments now weighing up whether or not to try to slam the door
should consider another factor: the growing economic importance of Diasporas, and
the contribution they can make to a country’s economic growth.
Diaspora networks-of Huguenots, Scots, Jews and many others-have always been
a potent economic force, but the cheapness and ease of modern travel has made
them larger and more numerous than ever before. There are now 215m first-
generation migrants around the world: that’s 3％of the world’s population. If they
were a nation, it would be a little larger than Brazil. There are more Chinese people
living outside China than there are French people in France. Some 22m Indians are
scattered all over the globe. Small concentrations of ethnic and linguistic groups have
always been found in surprising places-Lebanese in West Africa, Japanese in Brazil
and Welsh in Patagonia, for instance-but they have been joined by newer ones, such
as west Africans in southern China.
These networks of kinship and language make it easier to do business across
borders. They speed the flow of information. Trust matters, especially in emerging
markets where the rule of law is weak. So does a knowledge of the local culture. And
modern communications make these networks an even more powerful tool of
business.
Diasporas also help spread ideas. Many of the emerging world’s brightest
minds are educated at Western universities. An increasing number go home, taking
with them both knowledge and contacts. Indian computer scientists in Bangalore
bounce ideas constantly off their Indian friends in Silicon Valley. China’s technology
industry is dominated by “sea turtles” (Chinese who have lived abroad and
returned.
Diasporas spread money, too. Migrants into rich countries not only send cash to
their families; they also help companies in their host country operate in their home
country. A Harvard Business School study shows that, American companies that
employ lots of ethnic Chinese people find it much easier to set up in China without a
joint venture with a local firm.
Such arguments are unlikely to make much headway against hostility towards
immigrants in rich countries. Fury against foreigners is usually based on two
(mutually incompatible) notions: that because so many migrants claim welfare they
are a drain on the public purse; and that because they are prepared to work harder
for less pay they will depress the wages of those at the bottom of the pile. The first is
usually not true (in Britain, for instance, immigrants claim benefits less than
indigenous people do), and the second is hard to establish either way. Some studies
do indeed suggest that competition from unskilled immigrants depresses the wages
of unskilled locals. But others find this effect to be small or non-existent.
Nor is it possible to establish the impact of migration on overall growth. The
sums are simply too difficult. Yet there are good reasons for believing that it is likely
to be positive. Migrants tend to be hard-working and innovative. That spurs
productivity and company formation. A recent study carried out by Duke University
showed that, while immigrants make up an eighth of America’s population, they
founded a quarter of the country’s technology and engineering firms. And, by
linking the West with emerging markets, Diasporas help rich countries to plug into
fast-growing economies.
Rich countries are thus likely to benefit from looser immigration policy; and fears
that poor countries will suffer as a result of a “brain drain” are overblown. Theprospect of working abroad spurs more people to acquire valuable skills, and not all
subsequently emigrate. Skilled migrants send money home, and they often return to
set up new businesses. One study found that unless they lose more than 20％of their
university graduates, the brain drain makes poor countries richer.
In which of the following aspect can the “sea turtles” make contributions to their
homeland?
A ： They return home with knowledge and contracts to set up new businesses.
B ： They help companies in their home country operate in their host country.
C ： They work harder for less pay.
D ： They help to achieve a lower unemployment rate.
正确答案： A
解析：
从文章第五段中可知“An increasing number go home, taking with them both
knowledge and contacts”可以看出A选项说移民带着“knowledge”和“contracts”回
国是正确的。B选项说移民帮助“companies in their home country”在“their host
country”发展业务与第六段他们帮助“companies in their host country”在“their
home country”发展业务正相反，所以B项不对。在第七段可以看到，C项中提到移
民“work harder for less pay”只是富裕国家居民对移民的抱怨，与题目中海归怎样为
自己国家做贡献没有关系，因此C项错误。D项在文中没有提到。
69 、 不定项选择题
“When more and more people are thrown out of work, unemployment results,”
Calvin Coolidge once observed. As the U. S. economy crumbles, Coolidge’s silly
maxim might appear to be as apt as ever: the number of unemployment insurance
claims is rising, and overall joblessness is creeping upward. But in today’s vast and
complex labor market, things aren’t always what they seem. More and more people
are indeed losing their jobs but not necessarily because the economy appears to be
in recession. And old-fashioned unemployment isn’t the inevitable result of job loss.
New work, at less pay, often is.
Call it new-wave unemployment: structural changes in the economy are
overlapping the business downturn, giving joblessness a grim new twist. Small
wonder that the U. S. unemployment rate is rising. Now at 5.7 percent, it is widely
expected to edge toward 7 percent by the end of next year. But statistics alone can’t
fully capture a complex reality. The unemployment rate has been held down by slow
growth in the labor force—the number of people working or looking for work—since
few people sense attractive job opportunities in a weak economy. In addition, many
more people are losing their jobs than are actually ending up unemployed. Faced
with hungry mouths to feed, thousands of women, for example, are taking two or
more part-time positions or agreeing to shave the hours they work in service-sector
jobs. For better and for worse, work in America clearly isn’t what it used to be. Now
unemployment isn’t, either.
Like sour old wine in new bottles, this downturn blends a little of the old and the
new reflecting a decade’s worth of change in the dynamic U. S. economy. Yet, in
many respects the decline is following the classic pattern, with new layoffsconcentrated among blue-collar workers in the most “cyclical” industries, whose
ups and downs track the economy most closely.
As the downturn attracts attention on workers’ ill fortunes, some analysts
predict that political upheaval may lie ahead. Real wages for the average U. S. worker
peaked in 1973 and have been falling almost ever since. As a result, a growing group
of downwardly mobile Americans could soon begin pressing policymakers to help
produce better-paying jobs. Just how loud the outcry becomes will depend partly on
the course of the recession. But in the long run, there’s little doubt that the bleak
outlook for jobs and joblessness is “politically, socially and psychologically
dynamite”.
The present downturn is similar to traditional ones in that _____.
A ： we can never predict which way the economy will head
B ： the economic prospects have been unfavorable for 10 years
C ： the government has done relatively little to intervene the market
D ： physical laborers are the chief victims of the economic decline
正确答案： D
解析：
由文章第三段最后一句话，“Yet, in many respects…track the economy most
closely.”，可知，新形式的失业在某些方面也同旧形式的失业类似，新产生的下岗工人
多数都是蓝领工人，因为这些行业与经济运行的好坏最相关。D选项正是此
意。A，B，C选项无关。
70 、 不定项选择题
What is the charm of necklaces? Why would anyone put something extra around her
neck and then invest it with special significance? A necklace doesn’t afford warmth
in cold weather, like a scarf, or protection in combat, like chain mail; it only
decorates. We might say it borrows meaning from what it surrounds and sets off: the
head with its supremely important material contents, and the face, that register of
the soul. When photograph reduces the reality it represents, they mention not only
the passage from three dimensions to two, but also the selection of a?point du
vue?favors the top of the body rather than the bottom and the front rather than the
back. The face is the jewel in the crown of the body, and so we give it a setting.
When people are intensely concerned with something that is obviously
impractical, anthropologists take note, for lovely useless things often express archaic
to exist in contemporary American houses already heated by gas and electricity, yet
most people want one and it is still the focus of the living room. This desire testifies, I
think, to the hundreds of thousands of years during which we Homo sapiens huddled
around a cave fire. We watch ourselves, rather anxiously, vanish backward down
those lone temporary corridors, as my daughter gazes at her infinitely multiplied
small self in the mutually opposed mirrors of the beauty salon, and wonders, is it
me? Our fireplaces and necklaces and tombstones say it is, they are.
In American culture, an interest in necklaces seems to be rather gender specific.
Many men to whom I mention the enterprise feign polite interest and then change
the subject, though I know some who admire, construct, and wear necklaces,including the distinguished scientist and poet to whom this essay is dedicated. Most
women, by contrast, become mildly or wildly enthusiastic. A doctor in Blois brought
out her entire collection of costume jewelry for me, exhibited the most splendid
pieces with an account of where and when they were purchased, and then explain
them all with the help of a large glossy book on the history of costume jewelry, with
dozens of pictures. A former student of mine who had moved to California mailed me
six plastic boxes full of beads gleaned from a warehouse managed by an eccentric
friend who just their settings; a feature bead painted with a naked lady; crystal
roundels of truly exceptional shine; and tiny silver hematite seed beads. Beads lend
themselves to exchange, Beads travel. And clearly these two facts are related.
Lovely useless things, according to the author, serve the purpose of _____.
A ： decorating the house
B ： showing off one’s artistic taste
C ： reminding people of things past
D ： revealing one’s tendency to waste money
正确答案： A
解析：
根据文中第二段第一句话，“lovely useless things often express archaic to exist in
contemporary American houses already heated by gas and electricity, yet most
people want one and it is still the focus of the living room”可知，这些可爱的无用的
小物件可以为住房增加一些古韵，目的还是装饰房子，故选A。
71 、 不定项选择题
In general, our society is becoming one of giant enterprises directed by a
bureaucratic management in which man becomes a small, well-oiled cog in the
machinery. The oiling is done with higher wages, well-ventilated factories and piped
music, and by psychologists and “human-relations” experts; yet all this oiling does
not alter the fact that man has become powerless, that he does not whole heartedly
participate in his work and that he is bored with it. In fact, the blue-and white-collar
workers have become economic puppets who dance to the tune of automated
machines and bureaucratic management.
The worker and employee are anxious, not only because they might find
themselves out of a job; they are anxious also because they are unable to acquire any
real satisfaction or interest in life. They live and die without ever having confronted
the fundamental realities of human existence as emotionally and intellectually
independent and productive human beings.
Those higher up on the social ladder are no less anxious. Their lives are no less
empty than those of their subordinates. They are even more insecure in some
respects. They are in a highly competitive race. To be promoted or to fall behind is
not a matter of salary but even more a matter of self-respect. When they apply for
their first job, they are tested for intelligence as well as for the right mixture of
submissiveness and independence. From that moment on they are tested again and
again—by the psychologists, for whom testing is a big business, and by their
superiors who judge their behavior, sociability, capacity to get along, etc. Thisconstant need to prove that one is as good as or better than one’s fellow-
competitor creates constant anxiety and stress, the very causes of unhappiness and
illness.
Am I suggesting that we should return to the preindustrial mode of production
or to nineteenth-century “free enterprise” capitalism? Certainly not. Problems are
never solved by returning to a stage which one has already outgrown. I suggest
transforming our social system from a bureaucratically managed industrialism in
which maximal production and consumption are ends in themselves into a humanist
industrialism in which man and full development of his potentialities—those of love
and of reason—are the aims of all social arrangements. Production and consumption
should serve only as means to this end, and should be prevented from ruling man.
By “a well-oiled cog in the machinery” the author intends to render the idea that
man is _____.
A ： a necessary part of the society though each individual’s function is negligible
B ： working in complete harmony with the rest of the society
C ： an unimportant part in comparison with the rest of the society, though
functioning smoothly
D ： a humble component of the society, especially when working smoothly
正确答案： C
解析：
small, a well-oiled cog微小的、运转很好的一个齿轮，小齿轮相对于社会这个大工厂的
意义并不大，可以替换，但由于涂好了油，所以运行良好。由此可以推断，作者这里想
表明个人即使在社会中工作状态良好，对于整个社会的意义也并不重要。
72 、 不定项选择题
Got milk? If you do, take a moment to ponder the true oddness of being able to drink
milk after you’re a baby.
No other species but humans can. And most humans can’t either.
The long lists of food allergies some people claim to have can make it seem as if
they’re just finicky eaters trying to rationalize likes and dislikes. Not so. Eggs,
peanuts, tree nuts, fish, shellfish soy and gluten all can wreak havoc on the immune
system of allergic individuals, even causing a deadly reaction called anaphylaxis.
But those allergic reactions are relatively rare, affecting an estimated 4% of
adults.
Milk’s different.
There are people who have true milk allergies that can cause deadly reactions.
But most people who have bad reactions to milk aren’t actually allergic to it, in that
it’s not their immune system that’s responding to the milk. Instead, people who
are lactose intolerant can’t digest the main sugar—lactose—found in milk. In
normal humans, the enzyme that does so—lactase—stops being produced when the
person is between two and five years old. The undigested sugars end up in the colon,
where they begin to ferment, producing gas that can cause cramping, bloating,
nausea, flatulence and diarrhea.
If you’re American or European it’s hard to realize this, but being able to
digest milk as an adult is one weird genetic adaptation.It’s not normal. Somewhat less than 40% of people in the world retain the
ability to digest lactose after childhood. The numbers are often given as close to 0%
of Native Americans, 5% of Asians, 25% of African and Caribbean peoples, 50% of
Mediterranean peoples and 90% of northern Europeans. Sweden has one of the
world’s highest percentages of lactase tolerant people.
Being able to digest milk is so strange that scientists say we shouldn’t really call
lactose intolerance a disease, because that presumes it’s abnormal, instead, they
call it lactase persistence, indicating what’s really weird is the ability to continue to
drink milk.
There’s been a lot of research over the past decade looking at the genetic
mutation that allows this subset of humanity to stay milk drinkers into adulthood.
A long-held theory was that the mutation showed up first in Northern Europe,
where people got less vitamin D from the sun and therefore did better if they could
also get the crucial hormone (it’s not really a vitamin at all) from milk.
But now a group at University College London has shown that the mutation
actually appeared about 7,500 years ago in dairy farmers who lived in a region
between the central Balkans and central Europe, in what was known as the Funnel
Beaker culture.
The paper was published this week in PLOS Computational Biology.
The researchers used a computer to model the spread of lactase persistence,
dairy farming, other food gathering practices and genes in Europe.
Today, the highest proportion of people with lactase persistence live in
Northwest Europe, especially the Netherlands, Ireland and Scandinavia. But the
computer model suggests that dairy farmers carrying this gene variant probably
originated in central Europe and then spread more widely and rapidly than non-
dairying groups.
Author Mark Thomas of University College London’s dept of Genetics, Evolution
and Environment says, “In Europe, a single genetic change...is strongly associated
with lactase persistence and appears to have people with it a big survival
advantage.”
The European mutation is different from several lactase persistence genes
associated with small populations of African peoples who historically have been
cattle herders.
Researchers at the University of Mary land identified one such mutation among
Nilo-Saharan-speaking peoples in Kenya and Tanzania. That mutation seems to have
arisen between 2,700 to 6,800 years ago. Two other mutations have been found
among the Beja people of northeastern Sudan and tribes of the same language family
in northern Kenya.
What is the purpose of the author in writing this passage?
A ： To stop people from drinking milk.
B ： To refute the theory that milk is good for health.
C ： To introduce us a new discovery on genetic mutation.
D ： To infer the declination of the cattle industry.
正确答案： C
解析：
文章开头指出人在成年后还能喝牛奶是很奇妙的。接着解释为什么这一现象是不正常的。
进而说明是因为基因突变导致。综上所述，选C项。73 、 不定项选择题
Children as young as four will study Shakespeare in a project being launched today
by the Royal Shakespeare Company.
The RSC is holding its first national conference for primary school teachers to
encourage them to use the Bard’s plays imaginatively in the classroom from
reception classes onwards. The conference will be told that they should learn how
Shakespearian characters like Puck in?A Midsummer Night’s Dream?are “jolly
characters” and how to write about them.
At present, the national curriculum does not require pupils to approach
Shakespeare until secondary school. All it says is that pupils should study “texts
drawn from a variety of cultures and traditions” and “myths, legends and
traditional stories”.
However, educationists at the RSC believe children will gain a better appreciation
of Shakespeare if they are introduced to him at a much younger age. “Even very
young children can enjoy Shakespeare’s plays,” said Mary Johnson, head of the
learning department. “It is just a question of pitching it for the age group. Even
reception classes and key stage one pupils (five-to-seven-year-olds) can enjoy his
stories. For instance, if you build up Puck as a character who skips, children of that
age can enjoy the character. They can be inspired by Puck and they could even start
writing about him at that age.”
It is the RSC’s belief that building the Bard up as a fun playwright in primary
school could counter some of the negative images conjured up about teaching
Shakespeare in secondary schools. Then, pupils have to concentrate on scenes from
the plays to answer questions for compulsory English national-curriculum tests for
14-year-olds. Critics of the tests have complained that pupils no longer have the time
to study or read the whole play—and therefore lose interest in Shakespeare.
However, Ms. Johnson is encouraging teachers to present 20-minute versions of
the plays—a classroom version of the?Reduced Shakespeare Company’s Complete
Works of Shakespeare (Abridged)?which told his 37 plays in 97 minutes—to give
pupils a flavour of the whole drama.
The RSC’s venture coincides with a call for schools to allow pupils to be more
creative in writing about Shakespeare. Professor Kate McLuskie, the new director of
the University of Birmingham’s Shakespeare Institute - also based in
Stratford—said it was time to get away from the idea that there was “a right
answer” to any question about Shakespeare. Her first foray into the world of
Shakespeare was to berate him as a misogynist in a 1985 essay but she now insists
this should not be interpreted as a criticism of his works—although she admits: “I
probably wouldn’t have written it quite the same way if I had been writing it now.
What we should be doing is making sure that someone is getting something out of
Shakespeare,” she said. “People are very scared about getting the right answer. I
know it’s difficult but I don’t care if they come up with a right answer that I can
agree with about Shakespeare.”
What is this passage mainly concerned with?
A ： How to give pupils a flavor of Shakespeare drama.
B ： The fun of reading Shakespeare.
C ： RSC project will teach children how to write on Shakespeare.
D ： RSC project will help four-year-old children find the fun in Shakespeare.正确答案： A
解析：
主旨大意题。纵观全文，文章都在讲RSC如何让孩子们更好学习莎士比亚作品的事，A项
表述更全面。C，D只是其中一部分内容，不具有概括性。
74 、 不定项选择题
What is the charm of necklaces? Why would anyone put something extra around her
neck and then invest it with special significance? A necklace doesn’t afford warmth
in cold weather, like a scarf, or protection in combat, like chain mail; it only
decorates. We might say it borrows meaning from what it surrounds and sets off: the
head with its supremely important material contents, and the face, that register of
the soul. When photograph reduces the reality it represents, they mention not only
the passage from three dimensions to two, but also the selection of a?point du
vue?favors the top of the body rather than the bottom and the front rather than the
back. The face is the jewel in the crown of the body, and so we give it a setting.
When people are intensely concerned with something that is obviously
impractical, anthropologists take note, for lovely useless things often express archaic
to exist in contemporary American houses already heated by gas and electricity, yet
most people want one and it is still the focus of the living room. This desire testifies, I
think, to the hundreds of thousands of years during which we Homo sapiens huddled
around a cave fire. We watch ourselves, rather anxiously, vanish backward down
those lone temporary corridors, as my daughter gazes at her infinitely multiplied
small self in the mutually opposed mirrors of the beauty salon, and wonders, is it
me? Our fireplaces and necklaces and tombstones say it is, they are.
In American culture, an interest in necklaces seems to be rather gender specific.
Many men to whom I mention the enterprise feign polite interest and then change
the subject, though I know some who admire, construct, and wear necklaces,
including the distinguished scientist and poet to whom this essay is dedicated. Most
women, by contrast, become mildly or wildly enthusiastic. A doctor in Blois brought
out her entire collection of costume jewelry for me, exhibited the most splendid
pieces with an account of where and when they were purchased, and then explain
them all with the help of a large glossy book on the history of costume jewelry, with
dozens of pictures. A former student of mine who had moved to California mailed me
six plastic boxes full of beads gleaned from a warehouse managed by an eccentric
friend who just their settings; a feature bead painted with a naked lady; crystal
roundels of truly exceptional shine; and tiny silver hematite seed beads. Beads lend
themselves to exchange, Beads travel. And clearly these two facts are related.
Some men “feign polite interest” means _____.
A ： They are keenly interested
B ： They are not interested at all because they are men
C ： They are slightly interested
D ： They pretend to be interested out of politeness
正确答案： D解析：
文章第三段第二句话写到“Many men to whom I mention the enterprise feign polite
interest and the change the subject…”feign to do sth.表示“假装，装作……”，D正
确。
75 、 不定项选择题
“When more and more people are thrown out of work, unemployment results,”
Calvin Coolidge once observed. As the U. S. economy crumbles, Coolidge’s silly
maxim might appear to be as apt as ever: the number of unemployment insurance
claims is rising, and overall joblessness is creeping upward. But in today’s vast and
complex labor market, things aren’t always what they seem. More and more people
are indeed losing their jobs but not necessarily because the economy appears to be
in recession. And old-fashioned unemployment isn’t the inevitable result of job loss.
New work, at less pay, often is.
Call it new-wave unemployment: structural changes in the economy are
overlapping the business downturn, giving joblessness a grim new twist. Small
wonder that the U. S. unemployment rate is rising. Now at 5.7 percent, it is widely
expected to edge toward 7 percent by the end of next year. But statistics alone can’t
fully capture a complex reality. The unemployment rate has been held down by slow
growth in the labor force—the number of people working or looking for work—since
few people sense attractive job opportunities in a weak economy. In addition, many
more people are losing their jobs than are actually ending up unemployed. Faced
with hungry mouths to feed, thousands of women, for example, are taking two or
more part-time positions or agreeing to shave the hours they work in service-sector
jobs. For better and for worse, work in America clearly isn’t what it used to be. Now
unemployment isn’t, either.
Like sour old wine in new bottles, this downturn blends a little of the old and the
new reflecting a decade’s worth of change in the dynamic U. S. economy. Yet, in
many respects the decline is following the classic pattern, with new layoffs
concentrated among blue-collar workers in the most “cyclical” industries, whose
ups and downs track the economy most closely.
As the downturn attracts attention on workers’ ill fortunes, some analysts
predict that political upheaval may lie ahead. Real wages for the average U. S. worker
peaked in 1973 and have been falling almost ever since. As a result, a growing group
of downwardly mobile Americans could soon begin pressing policymakers to help
produce better-paying jobs. Just how loud the outcry becomes will depend partly on
the course of the recession. But in the long run, there’s little doubt that the bleak
outlook for jobs and joblessness is “politically, socially and psychologically
dynamite”.
What can be inferred from the last paragraph?
A ： Blue-collar workers are given less and less wages in recent years.
B ： The unemployment problem may lead to serious social problems.
C ： The unemployment problem will probably become less serious in no time.
D ： The government will create more jobs with better pay in the near future.
正确答案： B解析：
由本文最后一段最后一句话，“But in the long run…psychologically dynamite”，可
知，从长期来看，这种失业现象必然会导致政治上，经济上和心理上的危险。因此可推
测失业问题最终会导致严重的社会问题。B选项正是此意。A，C，D选项无关。
76 、 不定项选择题
She was glad of the lake. It’s soft; dark water helped to soothe and quiet her mind.
It took her away from the noisy, squawkish world of the cat-walk and let her lie
untroubled at its side, listening only to the gentle lapping of its waves.
She felt at peace. Alone. Unhindered and free. Free to do nothing but watch and
listen and dream.
London, Paris, New York - names, only names. Names that had once meant
excitement, then boredom, then frustration then slavery. Names that had brought
her to the edge of a breakdown and left her doubting her own sanity.
But here everything was at peace. The lake, the trees, the cottage. Here she could
stay for the rest of her life. Here she would be happy to die.
Across the sun hurried a darkening filter of cloud. The ripples on the water,
chased by a freshening wind, pushed their way anxiously from the far side of the lake
until they almost bounced at her feet. And in the East there was thunder.
Quickly she gathered her things together and made for the cottage. But already
the rain flecked the water behind her and pattered the leaves as she raced beneath
the trees. Sodden and breathless, she ran for the cottage door, and, as she opened it,
the storm burst.
And there on the hearth, haggard and unwelcome, stood a man.
“Hello!”
I was an odd way to greet a complete stranger who had invaded her home, but it
was all she could think of to say. A casual greeting to someone who seemed to be
expecting her, waiting for her. Maybe it was the way they did things down here?
“I suppose you had to shelter from the storm too?” she asked.
The man said nothing.
She ought to have been angry at this rude intrusion on her privacy, but anger
somehow seemed pointless. It was as if the cottage was his, the hearth was his, and
she had come out of the storm to seek refuge at his door. She watched him,
cautiously; waiting for an explanation. He said nothing. Not a word
“Did you get wet?” she asked
He stood, huddled by the open fire, gazing at the dying embers.
She walked over, brushing against him as she bent to stir the logs into life, but
still he did not move. The flames burst forth, lighting up the sadness in his dark eyes.
“And kneeled and made the cheerless grate blaze up and all the cottage
warm...”
The words, spoken by him in a quiet, toneless voice, took her by surprise.
“Pardon?” she said
But he seemed not to hear.
She tried once more. “Ii look as if it’s set in for the evening. Would you like to
sit down for a while?”
His eyes followed her as she moved to take off her coat and brush out her hair.
“...and from her form withdrew the dripping cloak and shawl, and laid her
soiled gloves by, untied her hat and let the damp hair fall...”Poetry. He was quoting poetry
He looked vaguely like a poet; lean, distressed, with a certain bitterness in his
eyes and hopelessness in his form. And his voice was deep and languid, like the
middle of the lake where the water ran darkest.
Yet those ware not his lines. The words were not created by him. They were
somehow familiar. Half remembered. Surely she had heard them before?
She wished to stay by the lake for the rest of her life because _____.
A ： she liked the beautiful scenery there
B ： she enjoyed the solitude there
C ： she could withdraw from society
D ： she might encounter a stranger
正确答案： B
解析：
文中对景物的描写“The lake, the trees, the cottage.”是为了突出安静自由的氛围，而
不是景色的美丽，A项错误。D项“她可能会遇到一个陌生人”，错误。因为当时她还没
有遇到文中提到的陌生男子。C项为干扰项，女主人公想逃离的是模特界喧嚣的生活，
而不是整个社会，C项错误。由第二段“She felt at peace. Alone. Unhindered and free.
Free to do nothing but watch and listen and dream.”和第四段“But here everything
was at peace”可知女主人公真正想要的是内心的平静，B项正确。
77 、 不定项选择题
“Popular art” has a number of meanings, impossible to define with any precision,
which range from folklore to junk. The poles are clear enough, but the middle tends
to blur. The Hollywood Western of the 1930’s, for example, has elements of
folklore, but is closer to junk than to high art or folk art. There can be great trash, just
as there is bad high art. The musicals of George Gershwin are great popular art,
never aspiring to high art. Schubert and Brahms, however, used elements of popular
music—folk themes—in works clearly intended as high art. The case of Verdi is a
different one: he took a popular genre—bourgeois melodrama set to music (an
accurate definition of nineteenth-century opera)—and, without altering its
fundamental nature, transmuted it into high art. This remains one of the greatest
achievements in music, and one that cannot be fully appreciated without recognizing
the essential trashiness of the genre.
As an example of such a transmutation, consider what Verdi made of the typical
political elements of nineteenth-century opera. Generally in the plots of these operas,
a hero or heroine—usually portrayed only as an individual, unfettered by class—is
caught between the immoral corruption of the aristocracy and the doctrinaire rigidity
or secret greed of the leaders of the proletariat. Verdi transforms this naive and
unlikely formulation with music of extraordinary energy and rhythmic vitality, music
more subtle than it seems at first hearing. There are scenes and arias that still sound
like calls to arms and were clearly understood as such when they were first
performed. Such pieces lend an immediacy to the otherwise veiled political message
of these operas and call up feelings beyond those of the opera itself.
Or consider Verdi’s treatment of character. Before Verdi, there were rarely any
characters at all in musical drama, only a series of situations which allowed thesingers to express a series of emotional states. Any attempt to find coherent
psychological portrayal in these operas is misplaced ingenuity. The only coherence
was the singer’s vocal technique: when the cast changed, new arias were almost
always substituted, generally adapted from other operas. Verdi’s characters, on the
other hand, have genuine consistency and integrity, even if, in many cases, the
consistency is that of pasteboard melodrama. The integrity of the character is
achieved through the music: once he had become established, Verdi did not rewrite
his music for different singers or countenance alterations or substitutions of
somebody else’s arias in one of his operas, as every eighteenth-century composer
had done. When he revised an opera, it was only for dramatic economy and
effectiveness.
According to the passage, one of Verdi’s achievements within the framework of
nineteenth-century opera and its conventions was to _____.
A ： limit the extent to which singers influenced the musical compositions and
performance of his operas
B ： use his operas primarily as forums to protest both the moral corruption and
dogmatic rigidity of the political leaders of his time
C ： portray psychologically complex characters shaped by the political environment
surrounding them
D ： incorporate elements of folklore into both the music and plots of his operas
正确答案： A
解析：
文章第三段倒数第二句指出，“once he had become established, Verdi did not
rewrite his music for different singers or countenance alterations or substitutions of
somebody else’s arias in one of his operas, as every eighteenth-century composer
had done”，由此可知A项最符合要求。B、C、D三项都是Verdi在创作方面的独特创举，
而不是“conventions”，因此不符合题意。
78 、 不定项选择题
Nobody ever went into academic circles to make a fast fortune. Professors, especially
those in medical-and technology-related fields, typically earn a fraction of what their
colleagues in industry do. But suddenly, big money is starting to flow into the ivory
tower, as university administrators make up to the commercial potential of academic
research. And the institutions are wrestling with a whole new set of issues.
The profits are impressive: the Association of University Technology Managers
surveyed 132 universities and found that they earned a combined $576 million from
patent royalties in 1998, a number that promises to keep rising dramatically. Schools
like Columbia University in New York have aggressively marketed their inventions to
corporations, particularly pharmaceutical and high-tech companies.
Now Columbia is going retail—on the Web. It plans to go beyond the typical
“dot. edu” model, free sites listing courses and professors’ research interests.
Instead, it will offer the expertise of its faculty on a new for-profit site which will be
spun off as an independent company. The site will provide free access to educational
and research content, say administrators, as well as advanced features that arealready available to Columbia students, such as a simulation of the construction and
architecture of a French cathedral and interactive 3-D models of organic chemicals.
Free pages will feed into profit-generating areas, such as online courses and
seminars, and related books and tapes. Columbia executive vice president Michael
Crow imagines “millions of visitors” to the new site, including retirees and students
willing to pay to tap into this educational resource. “We can offer the best of
what’s thought and written and researched,” says Ann Kirschner, who heads the
project. Columbia also is anxious not be beaten by some of the other for-profit
“knowledge sites,” such as About.com and Hungry Minds. “If they capture this
space,” says Crow, “they’ll begin to cherry-pick our best faculty.”
Profits from the sale of patents typically have been divided between the
researcher, the department and the university, and Web profits would work the same
way, so many faculty members are delighted. But others find the trend worrisome: is
a professor who stands to profit from his or her research as credible as one who
doesn’t? Will universities provide more support to researchers working in profitable
fields than to scholars toiling in more musty areas?
“If there’s the perception that we might be making money from our efforts,
the authority of the university could be diminished,” worries Herve Varenne, a
cultural anthropology professor at Columbia’s education school. Says Kirschner:
“we would never compromise the integrity of the university.” Whether the new site
can add to the growing profits from patents remains to be seen, but one thing is
clear. It’s going to take the best minds on camps to find a new balance between
profit and purity.
What worries Michael Crow most is _____.
A ： that they’ll not beat other educational “knowledge sites”
B ： that the spun-off company will remain independent
C ： that their educational resource will be tapped into
D ： that their faculty’s brains will be picked by their competitors
正确答案： D
解析：
细节题。从文中第三段中的“Columbia also is anxious not be beaten by some of the
other for-profit ‘knowledge sites’”可知，哥伦比亚大学担心被其他提供知识的收费
网站打垮，害怕学校教师的劳动成果被窃取，故D项符合题意。
79 、 不定项选择题
The age at which young children begin to make moral discriminations about harmful
actions committed against themselves or others has been the focus of recent
research into the moral development of children. Until recently, child psychologists
supported pioneer developmentalist Jean Piaget in his hypothesis that because of
their immaturity, children under age seven do not take into account the intentions of
a person committing accidental or deliberate harm, but rather simply assign
punishment for transgressions on the basis of the magnitude of the negative
consequences caused. According to Piaget, children under age seven occupy the first
stage of moral development, which is characterized by moral absolutism (rules madeby authorities must be obeyed) and imminent justice (if rules are broken, punishment
will be meted out). Until young children mature, their moral judgments are based
entirely on the effect rather than the cause of a transgression. However, in recent
research, Keasey found that six-year-old children not only distinguish between
accidental and intentional harm, but also judge intentional harm as naughtier,
regardless of the amount of damage produced. Both of these findings seem to
indicate that children, at an earlier age than Piaget claimed, advance into the second
stage of moral development, moral autonomy, in which they accept social rules but
view them as more arbitrary than do children in the first stage.
Keasey’s research raises two key questions for developmental psychologists
about children under age seven: do they recognize justifications for harmful actions,
and do they make distinctions between harmful acts that are preventable and those
acts that have unforeseen harmful consequences? Studies indicate that justifications
excusing harmful actions might include?public?duty, self-defense, and provocation.
For example, Nesdale and Rule concluded that children were capable of considering
whether or not an aggressor’s action was justified by public duty: five year olds
reacted very differently to “Bonnie wrecks Arm’s pretend house” depending on
whether Bonnie did it “so somebody won’t fall over it” or because Bonnie wanted
“to make Ann feel bad”. Thus, a child of five begins to understand that certain
harmful actions, though intentional, can be justified; the constraints of moral
absolutism no longer solely guide their judgments.
Psychologists have determined that during kindergarten children learn to make
subtle distinctions involving harm. Darley observed that among-acts involving
unintentional harm, six-year-old children just entering kindergarten could not
differentiate between foreseeable, and thus preventable, harm and unforeseeable
harm for which the perpetrator cannot be blamed. Seven months later, however,
Darley found that these same children could make both distinctions, thus
demonstrating that they had become morally autonomous.
It can be inferred that the term “public?duty” (pra.2), in the context of the passage,
means which of the following?
A ： The necessity to apprehend perpetrators
B ： The responsibility to punish transgressors
C ： An obligation to prevent harm to another
D ： The assignment of punishment for harmful action
正确答案： C
解析：
由下文可知，“public duty”意指保护他人不受伤害的责任。
80 、 不定项选择题
Many United States companies have, unfortunately, made the search for legal
protection from import competition into a major line of work. Since 1980 the United
States international Trade Commission (ITC) has received about 280 complaints
alleging damage from imports that benefit from subsidies by foreign governments.
Another 340 charge that foreign companies “dumped” their products in theeUnited States at “less than fair value.” Even when no unfair practices are alleged,
the simple claim that an industry has been injured by imports is sufficient grounds to
seek relief.
Contrary to the general impression, this quest for import relief has hurt more
companies than it has helped. As corporations begin to function globally, they
develop an intricate web of marketing, production, and research relationships. The
complexity of these relationships makes it unlikely that a system of import relief laws
will meet the strategic needs of all the units under the same parent company, №.
Suppose a United States-owned company establishes an overseas plant to
manufacture a product while its competitor makes the same product in the United
States. If the competitor can prove injury from the imports-and that the United States
company received a subsidy from a foreign government to build its plant abroad-the
United States company’s products will be uncompetitive in the United States, since
they would be subject to duties.
Perhaps the most brazen ease occurred when the ITC investigated allegations
that Canadian companies were injuring the United States salt industry by dumping
rock salt, used to de-ice roads. The bizarre aspect of the complaint was that a foreign
conglomerate with United States operations was crying for help against a United
States company with foreign operations. The “United States” company claiming
injury was a subsidiary of a Dutch conglomerate, while the “Canadian” companies
included a subsidiary of a Chicago firm that was the second-largest domestic
producer of rock salt.
The passage warns of which of the following dangers?
A ： Companies in the United States may receive no protection from imports unless
they actively seek protection from import competition.
B ： Companies that seek legal protection from import competition may incur legal
costs that far exceed any possible gain.
C ： ompanies that are United States owned but operate internationally may not be
eligible for protection from import competition under the laws of the countries in
which their plants operate.
D ： Companies that are not United States owned may seek legal protection from
import competition under United States import relief laws.
正确答案： D
解析：
从第二段第一句话以及“Internationalization increases the danger that foreign
companies will use import relief laws against the very companies the laws were
designed to protect.”可知，D为正确选项。
81 、 不定项选择题
Nobody ever went into academic circles to make a fast fortune. Professors, especially
those in medical-and technology-related fields, typically earn a fraction of what their
colleagues in industry do. But suddenly, big money is starting to flow into the ivory
tower, as university administrators make up to the commercial potential of academic
research. And the institutions are wrestling with a whole new set of issues.The profits are impressive: the Association of University Technology Managers
surveyed 132 universities and found that they earned a combined $576 million from
patent royalties in 1998, a number that promises to keep rising dramatically. Schools
like Columbia University in New York have aggressively marketed their inventions to
corporations, particularly pharmaceutical and high-tech companies.
Now Columbia is going retail—on the Web. It plans to go beyond the typical
“dot. edu” model, free sites listing courses and professors’ research interests.
Instead, it will offer the expertise of its faculty on a new for-profit site which will be
spun off as an independent company. The site will provide free access to educational
and research content, say administrators, as well as advanced features that are
already available to Columbia students, such as a simulation of the construction and
architecture of a French cathedral and interactive 3-D models of organic chemicals.
Free pages will feed into profit-generating areas, such as online courses and
seminars, and related books and tapes. Columbia executive vice president Michael
Crow imagines “millions of visitors” to the new site, including retirees and students
willing to pay to tap into this educational resource. “We can offer the best of
what’s thought and written and researched,” says Ann Kirschner, who heads the
project. Columbia also is anxious not be beaten by some of the other for-profit
“knowledge sites,” such as About.com and Hungry Minds. “If they capture this
space,” says Crow, “they’ll begin to cherry-pick our best faculty.”
Profits from the sale of patents typically have been divided between the
researcher, the department and the university, and Web profits would work the same
way, so many faculty members are delighted. But others find the trend worrisome: is
a professor who stands to profit from his or her research as credible as one who
doesn’t? Will universities provide more support to researchers working in profitable
fields than to scholars toiling in more musty areas?
“If there’s the perception that we might be making money from our efforts,
the authority of the university could be diminished,” worries Herve Varenne, a
cultural anthropology professor at Columbia’s education school. Says Kirschner:
“we would never compromise the integrity of the university.” Whether the new site
can add to the growing profits from patents remains to be seen, but one thing is
clear. It’s going to take the best minds on camps to find a new balance between
profit and purity.
Columbia’s Web site can provide free _____.
A ： expertise of its professors
B ： listing of courses and professors’ research interests
C ： online courses and seminars
D ： books and tapes related to the course
正确答案： B
解析：
细节题。根据文中第三段中的“free sites listing courses and professors’ research
interests”可知只有选项B的内容是免费的。故B项是正确答案。由“it will offer the
expertise of its faculty on a new for-profit site”可知A项收费。从“Free pages will
feed into profit-generating areas, such as online courses and seminars, and related
books and tapes”可知选项C、D所叙述的内容都是盈利性质的。82 、 不定项选择题
In its modern form the concept of “literature” did not emerge earlier than the
eighteenth century and was not fully developed until the nineteenth century. Yet the
conditions for its emergence had been developing since the Renaissance. The word
itself came into English use in the fourteenth century, following French and Latin
precedents; its root was Latin?littera, a letter of the alphabet.?Litterature, in the
common early spelling, was then in effect a condition of reading: of being able to
read and of having read. It was often close to the sense of modern?literacy, which
was not in the language until the late nineteenth century, its introduction in part
made necessary by the movement of?literature?to a different sense. The normal
adjective associated with literature was?literate. Literary appeared in the sense of
reading ability and experience in the seventeenth century, and did not acquire its
specialized modern meaning until the eighteenth century.
Literature?as a new category was then a specialization of the area formerly
categorized as?rhetoric?and?grammar: a specialization to reading and, in the material
context of the development of printing, to the printed word and especially the book.
It was eventually to become a more general category than?poetry?or the
earlier?poesy, which had been general terms for imaginative composition, but which
in relation to the development of?literaturebecame predominantly specialized, from
the seventeenth century, to metrical composition and especially written and printed
metrical composition. But literature was never primarily the active composition─the
“making”─which poetry had described. As reading rather than writing, it was a
category of a different kind. The characteristic use can be seen in Bacon “learned in
all literature and erudition, divine and humane”─and as late as Johnson “he had
probably more than common literature, as his son addresses him in one of his most
elaborate Latin poems.”?Literature, that is to say, was a category of use and
condition rather than of production. It was a particular specialization of what had
hitherto been seen as an activity or practice, and a specialization, in the
circumstances, which was inevitably made in terms of social class. In its first
extended sense, beyond the bare sense of “literacy,” it was a definition of
“polite” or “humane” learning, and thus specified a particular social distinction.
New political concepts of the “nation” and new valuations of the “vernacular”
interacted with a persistent emphasis on “literature” as reading in the “classical”
languages. But still, in this first stage, into the eighteenth century,?literature?was
primarily a generalized social concept, expressing a certain (minority) level of
educational achievement. This carded with it a potential and eventually realized
alternative definition of?literature?as “printed books:” the objects in and through
which this achievement was demonstrated.
It is important that, within the terms of this development, literature normally
included all printed books. There was not necessary specialization to “imaginative”
works. Literature was still primarily reading ability and experience, and this included
philosophy, history, and essays as well as poems. Were the new eighteenth century
novels literature? That question was first approached, not by definition of their mode
or content, but by reference to the standards of “polite” or “humane” learning.
Was drama literature? This question was to exercise successive generations, not
because of any substantial difficulty but because of the practical limits of the
category. If literature was reading, could a mode written for spoken performance be
said to be literature, and if not, where was Shakespeare?
At one level the definition indicated by this development has persisted.Literature lost its earliest sense of reading ability and reading experience, and
became an apparently objective category of printed works of a certain quality. The
concerns of a “literary editor” or a “literary supplement” would still be defined
in this way. But three complicating tendencies can then be distinguished: first, a shift
from “learning” to “taste” or “sensibility” as a criterion defining literary
quality; second, an increasing specialization of literature to “creative” or
“imaginative” works; third, a development of the concept of “tradition” within
national terms, resulting in the more effective definition of “a national literature.”
The source of each of these tendencies can be discerned from the Renaissance, but it
was in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries that they came through most
powerfully, until they became, in the twentieth century, in effect received
assumptions.
Which of the following can best serve as the title of this passage?
A ： The Development of the Concept of Literature.
B ： The Development of the Modern Concept of Literature.
C ： The Development of Literature,
D ： The Development of Literacy.
正确答案： A
解析：
统观全文，讲述了literature的概念及范畴的发展过程，如何由最初的意义发展到现代的
意义。
83 、 不定项选择题
With thunderclouds looming over the trans-Atlantic economy, it was easy to miss a
bright piece of news last weekend from the other crucible of world trade, the Pacific
Rim. In Honolulu, where Barack Obama hosted a summit of Asia-Pacific leaders,
Canada, Japan and Mexico expressed interest in joining nine countries (America,
Australia, Brunei, Chile, Malaysia, New Zealand, Peru, Singapore and Vietnam) in
discussing a free-trade pact. Altogether, the possible members of the Trans-Pacific
Partnership(TPP) produce 40％ of world GDP—far more than the European Union.
Regional trade deals are not always a good idea. If they distract policymakers
from global trade liberalization, they are to be discouraged. But with the Doha round
of global trade talks showing no flicker of life, there is little danger that the TPP will
derail a broader agreement; and by cutting barriers, strengthening intellectual-
property protections and going beyond a web of existing trade deals, it should boost
world trade.
The creation of a wider TPP is still some way off. For it to come into being its
architects—Mr. Obama, who faces a tough election battle next year, and Japan’s
Yoshihiko Noda, who faces crony politics laced with passionate protectionism-need to
show more leadership.
Mr. Noda’s announcement on November 11th that Japan was interested in
joining the TPP negotiations was an exceedingly bold move. Signing up would mean
dramatic changes in Japan, a country which has 800％tariffs on rice and exports 65
vehicles to America for every one that is sent to Japan. Mr. Noda’s move could alsotransform the prospects of the TPP, most obviously by uniting two of the world’s
leading three economies but also by galvanizing others. Until he expressed an
interest, Canada and Mexico had also remained on the sidelines. Unwittingly or not,
Mr. Noda has thrust mercantilist Japan into a central position on a trade treaty in
which free movement of everything except labor is on the table.
Immense obstacles loom for Mr. Noda. He came into office in September casting
himself as a conciliator of Japan’s warring political factions. Many of those groups
are opposed to the TPP. Farm co-operatives, which feather many a politician’s nest,
argue that it would rob Japan of its rice heritage. Doctors warn of the risks to
Japan’s cherished health system. Socialists see the TPP as a Washington-led
sideswipe at China, which had hoped to build an East Asian trade orbit including
Japan. Mr. Nora will have to contend not just with opposition from rival parties but
also with a split on the issue inside his Democratic Party of Japan.
Since Honolulu, Mr. Noda has already pandered to protectionists by watering
down his message. Having beamed next to Mr. Obama in a summit photo, he then
protested that the White House had overstated his intention to put all goods and
services up for negotiation. Polls, however, suggest the Japanese are crying out for
Leadership on the issue, not pusillanimity. More support the idea of entering TPP
negotiations than oppose it. On their behalf Mr. Noda should lead Japan forthrightly
into the discussions, confident that the country can bargain well enough to give its
sacred industries such as farming and health care time to adjust.
It is also a test for Mr. Obama’s new strategy of coping with China’s rise by
“pivoting” American foreign policy more towards Asia. He must stand up to the
unions in the car industry which have long bellyached about the imbalance of trade
with Japan. He should energetically promote the potential gains for jobs of his pro-
Asia strategy-both at home and abroad. America should also stress that the TPP is
meant to engage and incorporate China, rather than constrain it.
Such steps would help win support in Japan, while costing America little. And in
joining the TPP, Japan would be forced to reform hidebound parts of its economy,
such as services, which would stimulate growth. A revitalized Japan would add to the
dynamism of a more liberalized Asia-Pacific region. That is surely something worth
fighting for.
Which of the majority of the following groups has Mr. Noda’s decision to join the
TPP negotiations gained support from?
A ： His Democratic Party of Japan
B ： Farm co-operatives and doctors
C ： Socialists and protectionists
D ： The public
正确答案： D
解析：
从文章第五段可以看出，许多团体“opposed to the TPP”，其中包括A选项的“His
Democratic Party of Japan”，B选项的“Farm co-operatives and doctors”，以及C选
项的“Socialists and protectionists”。但是在第六段中提到民意调查显示日本需要跟
多的领导权而不是犹豫不决，“More support…than oppose it.”由此看出D为正确选
项。84 、 不定项选择题
With thunderclouds looming over the trans-Atlantic economy, it was easy to miss a
bright piece of news last weekend from the other crucible of world trade, the Pacific
Rim. In Honolulu, where Barack Obama hosted a summit of Asia-Pacific leaders,
Canada, Japan and Mexico expressed interest in joining nine countries (America,
Australia, Brunei, Chile, Malaysia, New Zealand, Peru, Singapore and Vietnam) in
discussing a free-trade pact. Altogether, the possible members of the Trans-Pacific
Partnership(TPP) produce 40％ of world GDP—far more than the European Union.
Regional trade deals are not always a good idea. If they distract policymakers
from global trade liberalization, they are to be discouraged. But with the Doha round
of global trade talks showing no flicker of life, there is little danger that the TPP will
derail a broader agreement; and by cutting barriers, strengthening intellectual-
property protections and going beyond a web of existing trade deals, it should boost
world trade.
The creation of a wider TPP is still some way off. For it to come into being its
architects—Mr. Obama, who faces a tough election battle next year, and Japan’s
Yoshihiko Noda, who faces crony politics laced with passionate protectionism-need to
show more leadership.
Mr. Noda’s announcement on November 11th that Japan was interested in
joining the TPP negotiations was an exceedingly bold move. Signing up would mean
dramatic changes in Japan, a country which has 800％tariffs on rice and exports 65
vehicles to America for every one that is sent to Japan. Mr. Noda’s move could also
transform the prospects of the TPP, most obviously by uniting two of the world’s
leading three economies but also by galvanizing others. Until he expressed an
interest, Canada and Mexico had also remained on the sidelines. Unwittingly or not,
Mr. Noda has thrust mercantilist Japan into a central position on a trade treaty in
which free movement of everything except labor is on the table.
Immense obstacles loom for Mr. Noda. He came into office in September casting
himself as a conciliator of Japan’s warring political factions. Many of those groups
are opposed to the TPP. Farm co-operatives, which feather many a politician’s nest,
argue that it would rob Japan of its rice heritage. Doctors warn of the risks to
Japan’s cherished health system. Socialists see the TPP as a Washington-led
sideswipe at China, which had hoped to build an East Asian trade orbit including
Japan. Mr. Nora will have to contend not just with opposition from rival parties but
also with a split on the issue inside his Democratic Party of Japan.
Since Honolulu, Mr. Noda has already pandered to protectionists by watering
down his message. Having beamed next to Mr. Obama in a summit photo, he then
protested that the White House had overstated his intention to put all goods and
services up for negotiation. Polls, however, suggest the Japanese are crying out for
Leadership on the issue, not pusillanimity. More support the idea of entering TPP
negotiations than oppose it. On their behalf Mr. Noda should lead Japan forthrightly
into the discussions, confident that the country can bargain well enough to give its
sacred industries such as farming and health care time to adjust.
It is also a test for Mr. Obama’s new strategy of coping with China’s rise by
“pivoting” American foreign policy more towards Asia. He must stand up to the
unions in the car industry which have long bellyached about the imbalance of trade
with Japan. He should energetically promote the potential gains for jobs of his pro-
Asia strategy-both at home and abroad. America should also stress that the TPP is
meant to engage and incorporate China, rather than constrain it.Such steps would help win support in Japan, while costing America little. And in
joining the TPP, Japan would be forced to reform hidebound parts of its economy,
such as services, which would stimulate growth. A revitalized Japan would add to the
dynamism of a more liberalized Asia-Pacific region. That is surely something worth
fighting for.
Which of the following main messages was conveyed in this passage?
A ： n inspiring idea to liberalize transpacific trade hinges on the courage of America
and, especially, Japan.
B ： TPP is meant to engage and incorporate China, rather than constrain it.
C ： The farming and health care industries in Japan would be severely affected by
the TPP.
D ： TPP as a Washington-led sideswipe at China will win support in Japan and add to
a more liberalized Asia-Pacific region.
正确答案： A
解析：
主旨题，从全文来看，本文旨在说明要建立TPP，美国和日本需要作出不懈努力，特别
是日本。文章在简单介绍了在火奴鲁鲁召开的“a summit of Asia-Pacific leaders”
和“TPP”的优势之后，在第三段提到要创建“a wider TPP”还需要很长的路要走，作
为创建者，Mr. Obama和Yoshihiko Noda需要表现出更强的领导力。之后文章分别阐述
了日本和美国需要作出的努力。例如Mr. Noda需要协调党派之间和党内反对派，以及民
众的呼声；还需要争取时间以便使日本神圣的“farming and health care industry”做
调整。美国也需要作出相应改变，比如从文章倒数第二段可以看出，奥巴马必须忍受国
内汽车工业联合会对于和日本贸易不公的抱怨，同时也要强调TPP意图“engage and
incorporate”中国而非“constrain it”。但是相对于日本，“costing America little”。
由此可知，A选项说放宽泛太平洋地区贸易的想法，源自于美国、尤其是日本的勇气是
正确的。
85 、 不定项选择题
I was eight years old the first time I fainted. I was at friend’s house, and a bee stung
me on the back of the neck. I had felt nothing but a slight pinch and the bug was
soon wiped away and flushed down the toilet, but since I looked pale I was urged to
call my mother. As I told her what had happened, I felt myself blacking out, sinking to
the floor, vaguely aware that I was still gripping the receiver.
Perhaps I was allergic to the bee sting—the only one I’ve ever gotten, although
to this day I have a phobia about bees, wasps, and other insects. But the image of an
eight-year-old in Keds crumpling to the ground while he describes his injury to his
Mommy seems to return us to Freudian territory. Note the umbilical image of the
phone cord.
Call me fanciful. Still, I’m afraid these undertones are hardly dissipated by the
second fainting incident I can recall, which practically reeks of the family romance.
This took place one weekend morning while we were gathered in the kitchen to eat
breakfast. My mother stood at the stove making French toast, which she had already
served to the kids; my father, seated at the table, was cutting a bagel with a sharp
bread knife. Contrary to every principle of kitchen safety, he was holding the bagel inhis hand and cutting inward, and eventually he made a neat, shallow incision in his
palm. The blood was profuse.
Being a hematologist, my father didn’t panic: this was just business as usual.
But my mother stopped flipping French toast and collapsed to the floor. I, inspired by
the blood and my mother’s collapse and the powerful odors of syrup and sugar
rising from my plate, slumped forward. My forehead went into the syrup. I heard a
roar—it seemed to me that I was being clutched beneath the armpits and whirled
around—and then my father shook me back into consciousness. He had already
attended to my mother.
Still think I’m fanciful? Then listen to this. Out of curiosity I asked my mother
when her first fainting episode had occurred.
She paused, thought it over, and came up with the following. At the age of
thirteen, she went to visit her father in the hospital, who only the day before had had
his appendix removed. Aside from her father, still conked out from the anesthesia,
the other person in the room was a nurse, who was busy changing the dressing on
the patient’s incision, which hadn’t quite closed. For some reason, the nurse had
to leave the room. At this point, she asked my mother to hold the soiled dressing in
place until she returned. My mother complied. Standing over her dazed father,
gingerly holding a used bandage over a hole in his lower abdomen, the thirteen-year-
old grew lightheaded. I assumed the nurse returned before she hit the floor.
“At this point” in this article most probably means _____.
A ： at this moment
B ： At this part
C ： at this house
D ： at this corner
正确答案： A
解析：
结合上下文语境可以看出at this point表示“在这个时候”。
86 、 不定项选择题
I live in the land of Disney, Hollywood and year-round sun. You may think people in
such a glamorous, fun-filled p lace are happier than others. If so, you have some
mistaken ideas about the nature of happiness.
Many intelligent people still equate happiness with fun. The truth is that fun and
happiness have little or nothing in common. Fun is what we experience during an act.
Happiness is what we experience after an act. It is a deeper more abiding emotion.
Going to an amusement park or ball game, watching a movie or television, are
fun activities that help us relax, temporarily forget our problems and maybe even
laugh. But they do not bring happiness, because their positive effects end when the
fun ends.
I have often thought that if Hollywood stars have a role to play, it is to teach us
that happiness has nothing to do with fan. These rich, beautiful individuals have
constant access to glamorous parties, fancy cars, expensive homes, everything that
spells “happiness”. But in memoir after memoir, celebrities reveal the unhappinesshidden beneath all their fun: depression, alcoholism, drug addiction, broken
marriages, troubled children and profound loneliness.
Ask a bachelor why he resists marriage even though he finds dating to be less
and less satisfying. If he’s honest, he will tell you that he is afraid of making a
commitment. For commitment is in tact quite painful. The single life is filled with fun,
adventure and excitement. Marriage has such moments, but they are not its most
distinguishing features.
Similarly, couples that choose not to have children are deciding in favor of
painless fun over painful happiness. They can dine out ever they want and sleep as
late as they want. Couples with infant children are lucky to get a whole night’s sleep
or a three-day vacation. I don’t know any parent who would choose the word fun to
describe raising children.
Understanding and accepting that true happiness has nothing to do with fun is
one of the most liberating realizations we can ever come to. It liberates time: now we
can devote more hours to activities that can genuinely increase our happiness. It
liberates money: buying that new car or those fancy clothes that will do nothing to
increase our happiness now seems pointless. And it liberates us from envy: we now
understand that all those rich and glamorous people we were so sure are happy
because they are always having so much fun actually may not be happy at all.
To the author, Hollywood stars all have an important role to play that is to _____.
A ： write memoir after memoir about their happiness
B ： tell the public that happiness has nothing to do with fun
C ： teach people how to enjoy their lives
D ： bring happiness to the public instead of going to glamorous parties
正确答案： B
解析：
根据文章第四段第一句：I have often thought that if Hollywood stars have a role to
play, it is to teach us that happiness has nothing to do with fan，即好莱坞明星们的例
子可以告诉我们乐趣和幸福几乎没有任何关系，答案为B。
87 、 不定项选择题
Nobody ever went into academic circles to make a fast fortune. Professors, especially
those in medical-and technology-related fields, typically earn a fraction of what their
colleagues in industry do. But suddenly, big money is starting to flow into the ivory
tower, as university administrators make up to the commercial potential of academic
research. And the institutions are wrestling with a whole new set of issues.
The profits are impressive: the Association of University Technology Managers
surveyed 132 universities and found that they earned a combined $576 million from
patent royalties in 1998, a number that promises to keep rising dramatically. Schools
like Columbia University in New York have aggressively marketed their inventions to
corporations, particularly pharmaceutical and high-tech companies.
Now Columbia is going retail—on the Web. It plans to go beyond the typical
“dot. edu” model, free sites listing courses and professors’ research interests.Instead, it will offer the expertise of its faculty on a new for-profit site which will be
spun off as an independent company. The site will provide free access to educational
and research content, say administrators, as well as advanced features that are
already available to Columbia students, such as a simulation of the construction and
architecture of a French cathedral and interactive 3-D models of organic chemicals.
Free pages will feed into profit-generating areas, such as online courses and
seminars, and related books and tapes. Columbia executive vice president Michael
Crow imagines “millions of visitors” to the new site, including retirees and students
willing to pay to tap into this educational resource. “We can offer the best of
what’s thought and written and researched,” says Ann Kirschner, who heads the
project. Columbia also is anxious not be beaten by some of the other for-profit
“knowledge sites,” such as About.com and Hungry Minds. “If they capture this
space,” says Crow, “they’ll begin to cherry-pick our best faculty.”
Profits from the sale of patents typically have been divided between the
researcher, the department and the university, and Web profits would work the same
way, so many faculty members are delighted. But others find the trend worrisome: is
a professor who stands to profit from his or her research as credible as one who
doesn’t? Will universities provide more support to researchers working in profitable
fields than to scholars toiling in more musty areas?
“If there’s the perception that we might be making money from our efforts,
the authority of the university could be diminished,” worries Herve Varenne, a
cultural anthropology professor at Columbia’s education school. Says Kirschner:
“we would never compromise the integrity of the university.” Whether the new site
can add to the growing profits from patents remains to be seen, but one thing is
clear. It’s going to take the best minds on camps to find a new balance between
profit and purity.
Which of the following is the main idea of the passage?
A ： The impressive profits tend to undermine the integrity of the university.
B ： Some universities are struggling with new ways to turn ideas into cash.
C ： It’s important to make use of bright ideas to make more profits.
D ： Columbia’s new site is to create profits.
正确答案： B
解析：
主旨题。本文主要介绍了美国的一些大学意识到了学术研究的商业价值，通过出卖专利
权和建立收费网站的方法获利。可见，B项符合题意。
88 、 不定项选择题
She was glad of the lake. It’s soft; dark water helped to soothe and quiet her mind.
It took her away from the noisy, squawkish world of the cat-walk and let her lie
untroubled at its side, listening only to the gentle lapping of its waves.
She felt at peace. Alone. Unhindered and free. Free to do nothing but watch and
listen and dream.
London, Paris, New York - names, only names. Names that had once meant
excitement, then boredom, then frustration then slavery. Names that had broughther to the edge of a breakdown and left her doubting her own sanity.
But here everything was at peace. The lake, the trees, the cottage. Here she could
stay for the rest of her life. Here she would be happy to die.
Across the sun hurried a darkening filter of cloud. The ripples on the water,
chased by a freshening wind, pushed their way anxiously from the far side of the lake
until they almost bounced at her feet. And in the East there was thunder.
Quickly she gathered her things together and made for the cottage. But already
the rain flecked the water behind her and pattered the leaves as she raced beneath
the trees. Sodden and breathless, she ran for the cottage door, and, as she opened it,
the storm burst.
And there on the hearth, haggard and unwelcome, stood a man.
“Hello!”
I was an odd way to greet a complete stranger who had invaded her home, but it
was all she could think of to say. A casual greeting to someone who seemed to be
expecting her, waiting for her. Maybe it was the way they did things down here?
“I suppose you had to shelter from the storm too?” she asked.
The man said nothing.
She ought to have been angry at this rude intrusion on her privacy, but anger
somehow seemed pointless. It was as if the cottage was his, the hearth was his, and
she had come out of the storm to seek refuge at his door. She watched him,
cautiously; waiting for an explanation. He said nothing. Not a word
“Did you get wet?” she asked
He stood, huddled by the open fire, gazing at the dying embers.
She walked over, brushing against him as she bent to stir the logs into life, but
still he did not move. The flames burst forth, lighting up the sadness in his dark eyes.
“And kneeled and made the cheerless grate blaze up and all the cottage
warm...”
The words, spoken by him in a quiet, toneless voice, took her by surprise.
“Pardon?” she said
But he seemed not to hear.
She tried once more. “Ii look as if it’s set in for the evening. Would you like to
sit down for a while?”
His eyes followed her as she moved to take off her coat and brush out her hair.
“...and from her form withdrew the dripping cloak and shawl, and laid her
soiled gloves by, untied her hat and let the damp hair fall...”
Poetry. He was quoting poetry
He looked vaguely like a poet; lean, distressed, with a certain bitterness in his
eyes and hopelessness in his form. And his voice was deep and languid, like the
middle of the lake where the water ran darkest.
Yet those ware not his lines. The words were not created by him. They were
somehow familiar. Half remembered. Surely she had heard them before?
What does she think of the lake?
A ： Dark.
B ： Alone.
C ： Free.
D ： Soft
正确答案： D解析：
dark是湖的客观特征，不是女主人公对它的感觉。alone和free是女主人公自身的感
受。D项“柔软的”，是女主人公对湖水的感觉。
89 、 不定项选择题
“Popular art” has a number of meanings, impossible to define with any precision,
which range from folklore to junk. The poles are clear enough, but the middle tends
to blur. The Hollywood Western of the 1930’s, for example, has elements of
folklore, but is closer to junk than to high art or folk art. There can be great trash, just
as there is bad high art. The musicals of George Gershwin are great popular art,
never aspiring to high art. Schubert and Brahms, however, used elements of popular
music—folk themes—in works clearly intended as high art. The case of Verdi is a
different one: he took a popular genre—bourgeois melodrama set to music (an
accurate definition of nineteenth-century opera)—and, without altering its
fundamental nature, transmuted it into high art. This remains one of the greatest
achievements in music, and one that cannot be fully appreciated without recognizing
the essential trashiness of the genre.
As an example of such a transmutation, consider what Verdi made of the typical
political elements of nineteenth-century opera. Generally in the plots of these operas,
a hero or heroine—usually portrayed only as an individual, unfettered by class—is
caught between the immoral corruption of the aristocracy and the doctrinaire rigidity
or secret greed of the leaders of the proletariat. Verdi transforms this naive and
unlikely formulation with music of extraordinary energy and rhythmic vitality, music
more subtle than it seems at first hearing. There are scenes and arias that still sound
like calls to arms and were clearly understood as such when they were first
performed. Such pieces lend an immediacy to the otherwise veiled political message
of these operas and call up feelings beyond those of the opera itself.
Or consider Verdi’s treatment of character. Before Verdi, there were rarely any
characters at all in musical drama, only a series of situations which allowed the
singers to express a series of emotional states. Any attempt to find coherent
psychological portrayal in these operas is misplaced ingenuity. The only coherence
was the singer’s vocal technique: when the cast changed, new arias were almost
always substituted, generally adapted from other operas. Verdi’s characters, on the
other hand, have genuine consistency and integrity, even if, in many cases, the
consistency is that of pasteboard melodrama. The integrity of the character is
achieved through the music: once he had become established, Verdi did not rewrite
his music for different singers or countenance alterations or substitutions of
somebody else’s arias in one of his operas, as every eighteenth-century composer
had done. When he revised an opera, it was only for dramatic economy and
effectiveness.
The author refers to Schubert and Brahms in order to suggest _____.
A ： that their achievements are no less substantial than those of Verdi
B ： that their works are examples of great trash
C ： the extent to which Schubert and Brahms influenced the later compositions of
Verdi
D ： that popular music could be employed in compositions intended as high art正确答案： D
解析：
作者在提及Schubert and Brahms之前先提到了George Gershwin，指出Gershwin的音
乐是“great popular art, never aspiring to high art”，接着笔锋一转，提及Schubert
and Brahms，指出他们运用流行音乐的元素创作出了“high art”，通过两个例子的对
比，突出强调流行音乐也能用来创作高雅艺术，因此D项最符合题目要求。
90 、 不定项选择题
She was glad of the lake. It’s soft; dark water helped to soothe and quiet her mind.
It took her away from the noisy, squawkish world of the cat-walk and let her lie
untroubled at its side, listening only to the gentle lapping of its waves.
She felt at peace. Alone. Unhindered and free. Free to do nothing but watch and
listen and dream.
London, Paris, New York - names, only names. Names that had once meant
excitement, then boredom, then frustration then slavery. Names that had brought
her to the edge of a breakdown and left her doubting her own sanity.
But here everything was at peace. The lake, the trees, the cottage. Here she could
stay for the rest of her life. Here she would be happy to die.
Across the sun hurried a darkening filter of cloud. The ripples on the water,
chased by a freshening wind, pushed their way anxiously from the far side of the lake
until they almost bounced at her feet. And in the East there was thunder.
Quickly she gathered her things together and made for the cottage. But already
the rain flecked the water behind her and pattered the leaves as she raced beneath
the trees. Sodden and breathless, she ran for the cottage door, and, as she opened it,
the storm burst.
And there on the hearth, haggard and unwelcome, stood a man.
“Hello!”
I was an odd way to greet a complete stranger who had invaded her home, but it
was all she could think of to say. A casual greeting to someone who seemed to be
expecting her, waiting for her. Maybe it was the way they did things down here?
“I suppose you had to shelter from the storm too?” she asked.
The man said nothing.
She ought to have been angry at this rude intrusion on her privacy, but anger
somehow seemed pointless. It was as if the cottage was his, the hearth was his, and
she had come out of the storm to seek refuge at his door. She watched him,
cautiously; waiting for an explanation. He said nothing. Not a word
“Did you get wet?” she asked
He stood, huddled by the open fire, gazing at the dying embers.
She walked over, brushing against him as she bent to stir the logs into life, but
still he did not move. The flames burst forth, lighting up the sadness in his dark eyes.
“And kneeled and made the cheerless grate blaze up and all the cottage
warm...”
The words, spoken by him in a quiet, toneless voice, took her by surprise.
“Pardon?” she said
But he seemed not to hear.
She tried once more. “Ii look as if it’s set in for the evening. Would you like to
sit down for a while?”His eyes followed her as she moved to take off her coat and brush out her hair.
“...and from her form withdrew the dripping cloak and shawl, and laid her
soiled gloves by, untied her hat and let the damp hair fall...”
Poetry. He was quoting poetry
He looked vaguely like a poet; lean, distressed, with a certain bitterness in his
eyes and hopelessness in his form. And his voice was deep and languid, like the
middle of the lake where the water ran darkest.
Yet those ware not his lines. The words were not created by him. They were
somehow familiar. Half remembered. Surely she had heard them before?
We can conclude that the main character “She” is a _____.
A ： model
B ： teacher
C ： singer
D ： banker
正确答案： A
解析：
从第一段“It took her away from the noisy, squawkish world of the cat-walk”
中“catwalk”猫步，模特步可知女主人公是个模特。
91 、 不定项选择题
The age at which young children begin to make moral discriminations about harmful
actions committed against themselves or others has been the focus of recent
research into the moral development of children. Until recently, child psychologists
supported pioneer developmentalist Jean Piaget in his hypothesis that because of
their immaturity, children under age seven do not take into account the intentions of
a person committing accidental or deliberate harm, but rather simply assign
punishment for transgressions on the basis of the magnitude of the negative
consequences caused. According to Piaget, children under age seven occupy the first
stage of moral development, which is characterized by moral absolutism (rules made
by authorities must be obeyed) and imminent justice (if rules are broken, punishment
will be meted out). Until young children mature, their moral judgments are based
entirely on the effect rather than the cause of a transgression. However, in recent
research, Keasey found that six-year-old children not only distinguish between
accidental and intentional harm, but also judge intentional harm as naughtier,
regardless of the amount of damage produced. Both of these findings seem to
indicate that children, at an earlier age than Piaget claimed, advance into the second
stage of moral development, moral autonomy, in which they accept social rules but
view them as more arbitrary than do children in the first stage.
Keasey’s research raises two key questions for developmental psychologists
about children under age seven: do they recognize justifications for harmful actions,
and do they make distinctions between harmful acts that are preventable and those
acts that have unforeseen harmful consequences? Studies indicate that justifications
excusing harmful actions might include?public?duty, self-defense, and provocation.
For example, Nesdale and Rule concluded that children were capable of considering
whether or not an aggressor’s action was justified by public duty: five year oldsreacted very differently to “Bonnie wrecks Arm’s pretend house” depending on
whether Bonnie did it “so somebody won’t fall over it” or because Bonnie wanted
“to make Ann feel bad”. Thus, a child of five begins to understand that certain
harmful actions, though intentional, can be justified; the constraints of moral
absolutism no longer solely guide their judgments.
Psychologists have determined that during kindergarten children learn to make
subtle distinctions involving harm. Darley observed that among-acts involving
unintentional harm, six-year-old children just entering kindergarten could not
differentiate between foreseeable, and thus preventable, harm and unforeseeable
harm for which the perpetrator cannot be blamed. Seven months later, however,
Darley found that these same children could make both distinctions, thus
demonstrating that they had become morally autonomous.
According to the passage, Keasey’s findings support which of the following
conclusions about six-year-old children?
A ： They have the ability to make autonomous moral judgments.
B ： They regard moral absolutism as a threat to their moral autonomy.
C ： They do not understand the concept of public duty.
D ： They accept moral judgments made by their peers more easily than do older
children.
正确答案： A
解析：
由第一段结尾children…advance into the second stage of…moral autonomy可知，
在Keasey所说的年龄，即6岁时，儿童就有了自己做出道德判断的能力。
92 、 不定项选择题
Children as young as four will study Shakespeare in a project being launched today
by the Royal Shakespeare Company.
The RSC is holding its first national conference for primary school teachers to
encourage them to use the Bard’s plays imaginatively in the classroom from
reception classes onwards. The conference will be told that they should learn how
Shakespearian characters like Puck in?A Midsummer Night’s Dream?are “jolly
characters” and how to write about them.
At present, the national curriculum does not require pupils to approach
Shakespeare until secondary school. All it says is that pupils should study “texts
drawn from a variety of cultures and traditions” and “myths, legends and
traditional stories”.
However, educationists at the RSC believe children will gain a better appreciation
of Shakespeare if they are introduced to him at a much younger age. “Even very
young children can enjoy Shakespeare’s plays,” said Mary Johnson, head of the
learning department. “It is just a question of pitching it for the age group. Even
reception classes and key stage one pupils (five-to-seven-year-olds) can enjoy his
stories. For instance, if you build up Puck as a character who skips, children of that
age can enjoy the character. They can be inspired by Puck and they could even start
writing about him at that age.”It is the RSC’s belief that building the Bard up as a fun playwright in primary
school could counter some of the negative images conjured up about teaching
Shakespeare in secondary schools. Then, pupils have to concentrate on scenes from
the plays to answer questions for compulsory English national-curriculum tests for
14-year-olds. Critics of the tests have complained that pupils no longer have the time
to study or read the whole play—and therefore lose interest in Shakespeare.
However, Ms. Johnson is encouraging teachers to present 20-minute versions of
the plays—a classroom version of the?Reduced Shakespeare Company’s Complete
Works of Shakespeare (Abridged)?which told his 37 plays in 97 minutes—to give
pupils a flavour of the whole drama.
The RSC’s venture coincides with a call for schools to allow pupils to be more
creative in writing about Shakespeare. Professor Kate McLuskie, the new director of
the University of Birmingham’s Shakespeare Institute - also based in
Stratford—said it was time to get away from the idea that there was “a right
answer” to any question about Shakespeare. Her first foray into the world of
Shakespeare was to berate him as a misogynist in a 1985 essay but she now insists
this should not be interpreted as a criticism of his works—although she admits: “I
probably wouldn’t have written it quite the same way if I had been writing it now.
What we should be doing is making sure that someone is getting something out of
Shakespeare,” she said. “People are very scared about getting the right answer. I
know it’s difficult but I don’t care if they come up with a right answer that I can
agree with about Shakespeare.”
Which of the following is NOT true according to the last paragraph?
A ： Professor Kate McLuskie once scolded Shakespeare in her essay.
B ： Professor Kate McLuskie insisted on her view on Shakespeare till now.
C ： Professor Kate McLuskie has changed her idea now.
D ： Ms. Kate thinks it was time to get away from the idea that there was “a right
answer” to any question about Shakespeare.
正确答案： B
解析：
此题可用排除法。从最后一段第三句“Her first foray into the world of Shakespeare
was to berate him as a misogynist…but she now insists this should not be
interpreted as a criticism of his works”可看出，她曾痛斥莎士比亚，但她现在认为那
并不是对其作品的批评，所以A，C正确，B项错误。第二句提到“it was time to get
away from the idea that there was ‘a right answer’ to any question about
Shakespeare”可见，D也正确。
93 、 不定项选择题
When the television is good, nothing—not the theater, not the magazines, or
newspapers—nothing is better. But when television is bad, nothing is worse. I invite
you to sit down in front of your television set when your station goes on the air and
stay there without a book, magazine, newspaper, or anything else to distract you and
keep your eyes glued to that set until the station signs off. I can assure you that you
will observe a vast wasteland. You will see a procession of game shows, violence,audience-participation shows, formula comedies about totally unbelievable families,
blood and thunder, Mayhem, more violence, sadism, murder, Western badmen,
Western goodmen, private eyes, Gangsters, still more violence, and cartoons. And
endlessly, commercials that stream and cajole and offend. And most of all, boredom.
True, you will see a few things you will enjoy. But they will be very, very few. And if
you think I exaggerate, try it.
Is there no room on television to teach, to inform, to uplift, to stretch, to enlarge
the capacities of our children? Is there no room for programs to deepen the
children’s understanding of children in other lands? Is there no room for a
children’s news show explaining something about the world for them at their level
of understanding? Is there no room for reading the great literature of the past,
teaching them the great traditions of freedom? There are some fine children’s
shows, but they are drowned out in the massive doses of cartoons, violence, and
more violence. Must these be your trademarks? Search your conscience and see
whether you cannot offer more to your young beneficiaries whose future you guard
so many hours each and every day.
There are many people in this great country, and you must serve all of us. You
will get no argument from me if you say that, given a choice between a Western and a
symphony, more people will watch the Western. I like Westerns and private eyes,
too—but a steady diet for the whole country is obviously not in the public interest.
We all know that people would more often prefer to be entertained than stimulated
or informed. But your obligations are not satisfied if you look only to popularity as a
test of what to broadcast. Yon are not only in show business: you are free to
communicate ideas as well as to give relaxation. You must provide a wide range of
choices, more diversity, more alternatives. It is not enough to cater to the nation’s
whims—you must also serve the nation’s needs. The people own the air. They own
it as much in prime evening time as they do at six o’clock in the morning. For every
hour that the people give you--you own them something. I intend to see that your
debt is paid with service.
The author believes that his tastes are _____.
A ： better than most people’s
B ： better than those of the television industry
C ： the same as most people
D ： better than the average children
正确答案： C
解析：
第三段，作者谈到在Western和symphony两者间选择时，作者相信大多数人会选择前者，
而作者自己也青睐Westerns and private eyes，随后又谈到虽然绝大部分人都喜欢娱乐，
而不是被告知消息或接受激励，但电视节目也不应只迎合大众口味，而忽视整个国家的
需要。从中可得出，作者的品味和大众一样，只是自己能从更高层次认识到某些问题，
选项C正确。
94 、 不定项选择题
Since the late 1970’s in the face of a severe loss of market share in dozens ofindustries, manufacturers in the United States have been trying to improve
productivity—and therefore enhance their international competitiveness—through
cost-cutting programs. (Cost-cutting here is defined as raising labor output while
holding the amount of labor constant.) However, from 1978 through 1982,
productivity—the value of goods manufactured divided by the amount of labor
input—did not improve; and while the results were better in the business upturn of
the three years following, they ran 25percent lower than productivity improvements
during earlier, post-1945 upturns. At the same time, it became clear that the harder
manufactures worked to implement cost-cutting, the more they lost their competitive
edge.
With this paradox in mind, I recently visited 25 companies; it became clear to me
that the cost-cutting approach to increasing productivity is fundamentally flawed.
Manufacturing regularly observes a “40, 40, 20” rule. Roughly 40 percent of any
manufacturing-based competitive advantage derives from long-term changes in
manufacturing structure (decisions about the number, size, location, and capacity of
facilities) and in approaches to materials. Another 40 percent comes from major
changes in equipment and process technology. The final 20 percent rests on
implementing conventional cost-cutting. This rule does not imply that cost-cutting
should not be tried. The well-known tools of this approach—including simplifying
jobs and retraining employees to work smarter, not harder—do produce results. But
the tools quickly reach the limits of what they can contribute.
Another problem is that the cost-cutting approach hinders innovation and
discourages creative people. As Abernathy’s study of automobile manufacturers
has shown, an industry can easily become prisoner of its own investments in cost-
cutting techniques, reducing its ability to develop new products. And managers under
pressure to maximize cost-cutting will resist innovation because they know that more
fundamental changes in processes or systems will wreak havoc with the results on
which they are measured. Production managers have always seen their job as one of
minimizing costs and maximizing output. This dimension of performance has until
recently sufficed as a basis of evaluation, but it has created a penny-pinching,
mechanistic culture in most factories that has kept away creative managers.
Every company I know that has freed itself from the paradox has done so, in
part, by developing and implementing a manufacturing strategy. Such a strategy
focuses on the manufacturing structure and on equipment and process technology.
In one company a manufacturing strategy that allowed different areas of the factory
to specialize in different markets replaced the conventional cost-cutting approach;
within three years the company regained its competitive advantage. Together with
such strategies, successful companies are also encouraging managers to focus on a
wider set of objectives besides cutting costs. There is hope for manufacturing, but it
dearly rests oil a different way of managing.
The primary function of the first paragraph of the passage is to _____.
A ： present a historical context for the author’s observations
B ： anticipate challenges to the prescriptions that follow
C ： clarify some disputed definitions of economic terms
D ： summarize a number of long—accepted explanations
正确答案： A解析：
第一段是通过提供历史数据说明cost-cutting并不能improve productivity，所以A为正确
选项。
95 、 不定项选择题
Hormones in the Body Up to the beginning of the twentieth century, the nervous
system was thought to control all communication within the body and the resulting
integration of behavior. Scientists had determined that nerves ran, essentially, on
electrical impulses. These impulses were thought to be the engine for thought,
emotion, movement, and internal processes such as digestion. However, experiments
by William Bayliss and Ernest Starling on the chemical secretin, which is produced in
the small intestine when food enters the stomach, eventually challenged that view.
From the small intestine, secretin travels through the bloodstream to the pancreas.
There, it stimulates the release of digestive chemicals. In this fashion, the intestinal
cells that produce secretin ultimately regulate the production of different chemicals
in a different organ, the pancreas.
Such a coordination of processes had been thought to require control by the
nervous system; Bayliss and Starling showed that it could occur through chemicals
alone. This discovery spurred Starting to coin the term hormone to refer to secretin,
taking it from the Greek word hormon, meaning “to excite” or “to set in
motion.” A hormone is a chemical produced by one tissue to make things happen
elsewhere.
As more hormones were discovered, they were categorized, primarily according
to the process by which they operated on the body. Some glands (which make up the
endocrine system) secrete hormones directly into the bloodstream. Such glands
include the thyroid and the pituitary. The exocrine system consists of organs and
glands that produce substances that are used outside the bloodstream, primarily for
digestion. The pancreas is one such organ, although it secretes some chemicals into
the blood and thus is also part of the endocrine system.
Much has been learned about hormones since their discovery. Some play such
key roles in regulating bodily processes or behavior that their absence would cause
immediate death. The most abundant hormones have effects that are less obviously
urgent but can be more far-reaching and difficult to track: They modify moods and
affect human behavior, even some behavior we normally think of as voluntary.
Hormonal systems are very intricate. Even minute amounts of the right chemicals can
suppress appetite, calm aggression, and change the attitude of a parent toward a
child. Certain hormones accelerate the development of the body, regulating growth
and form; others may even define an individual’s personality characteristics. The
quantities and proportions of hormones produce change with age, so scientists have
given a great deal of study to shifts in the endocrine system over time in the hopes of
alleviating ailments associated with aging.
In fact, some hormone therapies are already very common. A combination of
estrogen and progesterone has been prescribed for decades to women who want to
reduce mood swings, sudden changes in body temperature, and other discomforts
caused by lower natural levels of those hormones as they enter middle age. Known
as hormone replacement therapy (HRT), the treatment was also believed to prevent
weakening of the bones. At least one study has linked HRT with a heightened risk of
heart disease and certain types of cancer. HRT may also increase the likelihood thatblood clots—dangerous because they could travel through the bloodstream and
block major blood vessels—will form. Some proponents of HRT have tempered their
enthusiasm in the face of this new evidence, recommending it only to patients whose
symptoms interfere with their abilities to live normal lives.
Human growth hormone may also be given to patients who are secreting
abnormally low amounts on their own. Because of the complicated effects growth
hormone has on the body, such treatments are generally restricted to children who
would be pathologically small in stature without it. Growth hormone affects not just
physical size but also the digestion of food and the aging process. Researchers and
family physicians tend to agree that it is foolhardy to dispense it in cases in which the
risks are not clearly outweighed by the benefits.
To be considered a hormone, a chemical produced in the body must _____.
A ： be part of the digestive process
B ： influence the operations of the nervous system
C ： affect processes in a different part of the body
D ： regulate attitudes and behavior
正确答案： C
解析：
由文章第二段最后一句话，“A hormone …things happen elsewhere.”，可知，荷尔
蒙是由一处组织产生而作用于另一处组织的化学组织。因此，C选项正是此意，它会对
身体的另一个部分产生影响。A，B，D选项文中均未提及。
96 、 不定项选择题
Got milk? If you do, take a moment to ponder the true oddness of being able to drink
milk after you’re a baby.
No other species but humans can. And most humans can’t either.
The long lists of food allergies some people claim to have can make it seem as if
they’re just finicky eaters trying to rationalize likes and dislikes. Not so. Eggs,
peanuts, tree nuts, fish, shellfish soy and gluten all can wreak havoc on the immune
system of allergic individuals, even causing a deadly reaction called anaphylaxis.
But those allergic reactions are relatively rare, affecting an estimated 4% of
adults.
Milk’s different.
There are people who have true milk allergies that can cause deadly reactions.
But most people who have bad reactions to milk aren’t actually allergic to it, in that
it’s not their immune system that’s responding to the milk. Instead, people who
are lactose intolerant can’t digest the main sugar—lactose—found in milk. In
normal humans, the enzyme that does so—lactase—stops being produced when the
person is between two and five years old. The undigested sugars end up in the colon,
where they begin to ferment, producing gas that can cause cramping, bloating,
nausea, flatulence and diarrhea.
If you’re American or European it’s hard to realize this, but being able to
digest milk as an adult is one weird genetic adaptation.
It’s not normal. Somewhat less than 40% of people in the world retain theability to digest lactose after childhood. The numbers are often given as close to 0%
of Native Americans, 5% of Asians, 25% of African and Caribbean peoples, 50% of
Mediterranean peoples and 90% of northern Europeans. Sweden has one of the
world’s highest percentages of lactase tolerant people.
Being able to digest milk is so strange that scientists say we shouldn’t really call
lactose intolerance a disease, because that presumes it’s abnormal, instead, they
call it lactase persistence, indicating what’s really weird is the ability to continue to
drink milk.
There’s been a lot of research over the past decade looking at the genetic
mutation that allows this subset of humanity to stay milk drinkers into adulthood.
A long-held theory was that the mutation showed up first in Northern Europe,
where people got less vitamin D from the sun and therefore did better if they could
also get the crucial hormone (it’s not really a vitamin at all) from milk.
But now a group at University College London has shown that the mutation
actually appeared about 7,500 years ago in dairy farmers who lived in a region
between the central Balkans and central Europe, in what was known as the Funnel
Beaker culture.
The paper was published this week in PLOS Computational Biology.
The researchers used a computer to model the spread of lactase persistence,
dairy farming, other food gathering practices and genes in Europe.
Today, the highest proportion of people with lactase persistence live in
Northwest Europe, especially the Netherlands, Ireland and Scandinavia. But the
computer model suggests that dairy farmers carrying this gene variant probably
originated in central Europe and then spread more widely and rapidly than non-
dairying groups.
Author Mark Thomas of University College London’s dept of Genetics, Evolution
and Environment says, “In Europe, a single genetic change...is strongly associated
with lactase persistence and appears to have people with it a big survival
advantage.”
The European mutation is different from several lactase persistence genes
associated with small populations of African peoples who historically have been
cattle herders.
Researchers at the University of Mary land identified one such mutation among
Nilo-Saharan-speaking peoples in Kenya and Tanzania. That mutation seems to have
arisen between 2,700 to 6,800 years ago. Two other mutations have been found
among the Beja people of northeastern Sudan and tribes of the same language family
in northern Kenya.
According to Mark Thomas, we can infer that _____.
A ： in Europe, people with longevity must not be lactase persistence.
B ： a genetic mutation on lactase persistence changed people’s life.
C ： the European people benefit from genetic change.
D ： the Europeans have superior survival advantage to other human races.
正确答案： C
解析：
“In Europe, a single genetic change... with it a big survival advantage.”意思是“在欧
洲，单一的基因改变与乳糖耐受性联系密切，而且使人们拥有更大的生存优势。”A项
太绝对，B项不符合原文意思。D项以偏概全，文中并没有说欧洲人比其他所有人种都具有生存优势。
97 、 不定项选择题
Some believe that in the age of identikit computer games, mass entertainment and
conformity on the supermarket shelves, truly inspired thinking has gone out of the
window. But, there are others who hold the view that there is still plenty of scope for
innovation, lateral thought and creative solutions. Despite the standardization of
modern life, there is an unabated appetite for great ideas, visionary thinking and
inspired debate. In the first of a series of monthly debates on contemporary issues,
we ask two original thinkers to discuss the nature of creativity. Here is the first one.
Yes. Absolutely. Since I started working as an inventor 10 or 12 years ago, I’ve
seen a big change in attitudes to creativity and invention. Back then, there was hardly
any support for inventors, apart from the national organization the Institute of
Patentees and Inventors. Today, there are lots of little inventors’ clubs popping up
all over the place, my last count was 19 nationally and growing. These non-profit
clubs, run by inventors for inventors, are an indication that people are once again
interested in invention.
I’ve been a project leader, a croupier, an IT consultant and I’ve written a
motor mandrel. I spent my teens under a 1950s two-tone Riley RME ear, learning to
put it together. Back in the Sixties, kids like me were always out doing things, making
go-karts, riding bicycles or exploring. We learned to overcome challenges and solve
problems. We weren’t just sitting at a PlayStation, like many kids do today.
But I think, and hope, things are shifting back. There’s a lot more internl in
design and creativity and such talents are getting a much higher profile in the media.
It’s evident with TV programmes such as Channe14’s?Scrapheap Challenge?or
BBC2’s?The Apprentice and Dragon’s Den, where people are given a task to solve
or face the challenge of selling their idea to a panel.
And. thankfully, the image of the mad scientist with electrified hair working in
the garden shed is long gone—although, there are still a few exceptions!
That’s not to say there aren’t problems. With the decline in manufacturing we
are losing the ability to know how to make things. There’s a real skills gap
developing. In my opinion, the Government does little or nothing to help innovation
at the lone-inventor or small or medium enterprise level. I would love to see more
money spent on teaching our school kids how to be inventive. But, despite
everything, if you have a good idea and real determination, you can still do very well.
My own specialist area is packaging closures—almost every product needs it. I
got the idea for Squeezeopen after looking at an old tin of boot polish when my
mother complained she couldn’t get the lid off. If you can do something cheaper,
better, and you are 100 percent committed, there is a chance it will be a success.
I see a fantastic amount of innovation and opportunities out there. People
don’t realise how much is going on. New materials are coming out all the time and
the space programme and scientific research are producing a variety of spin-offs.
Innovation doesn’t have to be high-tech: creativity and inventing is about finding
the right solution to a problem, whatever it is. There’s a lot of talent out there and,
thankfully, some of the more progressive companies are suddenly realizing they
don’t want to miss out—it’s an exciting time.
What’s the central idea of the last paragraph?A ： We should miss out the exciting time.
B ： A variety of spin-offs ate produced by the scientific research.
C ： The nature of innovation.
D ： The nature of talent.
正确答案： C
解析：
段落大意题。文中讲到创新不一定非得是高科技的，只要是针对问题找到的解决办法都
可称作发明创新，这就是发明创新的本质所在。所以选C。
98 、 不定项选择题
It can be argued that much consumer dissatisfaction with marketing strategies arises
from an inability to aim advertising at only the likely buyers of a given product. There
are three groups of consumers who are affected by the marketing process. First,
there is the market segment—people who need the commodity in question. Second,
there is the program target—people in the market segment with the “best fit”
characteristics for a specific product. Lots of people may need trousers, but only a
few qualify as likely buyers of very expensive designer trousers. Finally, there is the
program audience—all people who are actually exposed to the marketing program
without regard to whether they need or want the product
These three groups are rarely identical. An exception occurs in cases where
customers for a particular industrial product may be few and easily identifiable. Such
customers, all sharing a particular need, are likely to form a meaningful target, for
example, all companies with a particular application of the product in question, such
as high-speed fillers of bottles at breweries. In such circumstances, direct selling
(marketing that reaches only the program target) is likely to be economically justified,
and highly specialized trade media exist to expose members of the program
target—and only members of the program target—to the marketing program.
Most consumer-goods markets are significantly different. Typically, there are
many rather than few potential customers. Each represents a relatively small
percentage of potential sales. Rarely do members of a particular market segment
group themselves neatly into a meaningful program target. There are substantial
differences among consumers with similar demographic characteristics. Even with all
the past decade’s advances in information technology, direct selling of consumer
goods is rare, and mass marketing—a marketing approach that aims at a wide
audience—remains the only economically feasible mode. Unfortunately, there are
few media that allow the marketer to direct a marketing program exclusively to the
program target. Inevitably, people get exposed to a great deal of marketing for
products in which they have no interest and so they become annoyed.
The passage suggests which of the following about highly specialized trade media?
A ： They should be used only when direct selling is not economically feasible.
B ： They can be used to exclude from the program audience people who are not
part of the program target.
C ： They are used only for very expensive products.D ： They are rarely used in the implementation of marketing programs for industrial
products.
正确答案： B
解析：
由文章第二段，…highly specialized trade media exist to expose members of the
program target…可知，高度特定化的媒体是针对有购买意向的特定人群的。故选B。
99 、 不定项选择题
Since the late 1970’s in the face of a severe loss of market share in dozens of
industries, manufacturers in the United States have been trying to improve
productivity—and therefore enhance their international competitiveness—through
cost-cutting programs. (Cost-cutting here is defined as raising labor output while
holding the amount of labor constant.) However, from 1978 through 1982,
productivity—the value of goods manufactured divided by the amount of labor
input—did not improve; and while the results were better in the business upturn of
the three years following, they ran 25percent lower than productivity improvements
during earlier, post-1945 upturns. At the same time, it became clear that the harder
manufactures worked to implement cost-cutting, the more they lost their competitive
edge.
With this paradox in mind, I recently visited 25 companies; it became clear to me
that the cost-cutting approach to increasing productivity is fundamentally flawed.
Manufacturing regularly observes a “40, 40, 20” rule. Roughly 40 percent of any
manufacturing-based competitive advantage derives from long-term changes in
manufacturing structure (decisions about the number, size, location, and capacity of
facilities) and in approaches to materials. Another 40 percent comes from major
changes in equipment and process technology. The final 20 percent rests on
implementing conventional cost-cutting. This rule does not imply that cost-cutting
should not be tried. The well-known tools of this approach—including simplifying
jobs and retraining employees to work smarter, not harder—do produce results. But
the tools quickly reach the limits of what they can contribute.
Another problem is that the cost-cutting approach hinders innovation and
discourages creative people. As Abernathy’s study of automobile manufacturers
has shown, an industry can easily become prisoner of its own investments in cost-
cutting techniques, reducing its ability to develop new products. And managers under
pressure to maximize cost-cutting will resist innovation because they know that more
fundamental changes in processes or systems will wreak havoc with the results on
which they are measured. Production managers have always seen their job as one of
minimizing costs and maximizing output. This dimension of performance has until
recently sufficed as a basis of evaluation, but it has created a penny-pinching,
mechanistic culture in most factories that has kept away creative managers.
Every company I know that has freed itself from the paradox has done so, in
part, by developing and implementing a manufacturing strategy. Such a strategy
focuses on the manufacturing structure and on equipment and process technology.
In one company a manufacturing strategy that allowed different areas of the factory
to specialize in different markets replaced the conventional cost-cutting approach;
within three years the company regained its competitive advantage. Together withsuch strategies, successful companies are also encouraging managers to focus on a
wider set of objectives besides cutting costs. There is hope for manufacturing, but it
dearly rests oil a different way of managing.
The author refers to Abernathy’s study most probably in order to _____.
A ： qualify an observation about one rule governing manufacturing
B ： address possible objections to a recommendation about improving
manufacturing competitiveness
C ： support an earlier assertion about method of increasing productivity
D ： suggest the centrality in the Unit States economy of a particular manufacturing
industry
正确答案： C
解析：
“As Abernathy’s study of automobile manufacturers has shown, an industry can
easily become prisoner of its own investments in cost-cutting techniques, reducing its
ability to develop new products.”提到Abernathy的研究主要是否定cost-cutting，从而
肯定新方法对于提高生产力的帮助。
100 、 不定项选择题
With thunderclouds looming over the trans-Atlantic economy, it was easy to miss a
bright piece of news last weekend from the other crucible of world trade, the Pacific
Rim. In Honolulu, where Barack Obama hosted a summit of Asia-Pacific leaders,
Canada, Japan and Mexico expressed interest in joining nine countries (America,
Australia, Brunei, Chile, Malaysia, New Zealand, Peru, Singapore and Vietnam) in
discussing a free-trade pact. Altogether, the possible members of the Trans-Pacific
Partnership(TPP) produce 40％ of world GDP—far more than the European Union.
Regional trade deals are not always a good idea. If they distract policymakers
from global trade liberalization, they are to be discouraged. But with the Doha round
of global trade talks showing no flicker of life, there is little danger that the TPP will
derail a broader agreement; and by cutting barriers, strengthening intellectual-
property protections and going beyond a web of existing trade deals, it should boost
world trade.
The creation of a wider TPP is still some way off. For it to come into being its
architects—Mr. Obama, who faces a tough election battle next year, and Japan’s
Yoshihiko Noda, who faces crony politics laced with passionate protectionism-need to
show more leadership.
Mr. Noda’s announcement on November 11th that Japan was interested in
joining the TPP negotiations was an exceedingly bold move. Signing up would mean
dramatic changes in Japan, a country which has 800％tariffs on rice and exports 65
vehicles to America for every one that is sent to Japan. Mr. Noda’s move could also
transform the prospects of the TPP, most obviously by uniting two of the world’s
leading three economies but also by galvanizing others. Until he expressed an
interest, Canada and Mexico had also remained on the sidelines. Unwittingly or not,
Mr. Noda has thrust mercantilist Japan into a central position on a trade treaty in
which free movement of everything except labor is on the table.Immense obstacles loom for Mr. Noda. He came into office in September casting
himself as a conciliator of Japan’s warring political factions. Many of those groups
are opposed to the TPP. Farm co-operatives, which feather many a politician’s nest,
argue that it would rob Japan of its rice heritage. Doctors warn of the risks to
Japan’s cherished health system. Socialists see the TPP as a Washington-led
sideswipe at China, which had hoped to build an East Asian trade orbit including
Japan. Mr. Nora will have to contend not just with opposition from rival parties but
also with a split on the issue inside his Democratic Party of Japan.
Since Honolulu, Mr. Noda has already pandered to protectionists by watering
down his message. Having beamed next to Mr. Obama in a summit photo, he then
protested that the White House had overstated his intention to put all goods and
services up for negotiation. Polls, however, suggest the Japanese are crying out for
Leadership on the issue, not pusillanimity. More support the idea of entering TPP
negotiations than oppose it. On their behalf Mr. Noda should lead Japan forthrightly
into the discussions, confident that the country can bargain well enough to give its
sacred industries such as farming and health care time to adjust.
It is also a test for Mr. Obama’s new strategy of coping with China’s rise by
“pivoting” American foreign policy more towards Asia. He must stand up to the
unions in the car industry which have long bellyached about the imbalance of trade
with Japan. He should energetically promote the potential gains for jobs of his pro-
Asia strategy-both at home and abroad. America should also stress that the TPP is
meant to engage and incorporate China, rather than constrain it.
Such steps would help win support in Japan, while costing America little. And in
joining the TPP, Japan would be forced to reform hidebound parts of its economy,
such as services, which would stimulate growth. A revitalized Japan would add to the
dynamism of a more liberalized Asia-Pacific region. That is surely something worth
fighting for.
According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
A ： The members of the TPP produce 40％of world GDP-far more than the EU.
B ： The farming and health care industries in Japan could be affected by the TPP.
C ： The car industry in America has complained a lot about the trade with Japan.
D ： Before Mr. Noda announced Japan’s interest in joining the TPP, Canada and
Mexico were not actually involved in it.
正确答案： A
解析：
从文中第一段最后一句话“the possible members…”中可以看出，是潜在成员国而非
已有成员国。
101 、 不定项选择题
In its modern form the concept of “literature” did not emerge earlier than the
eighteenth century and was not fully developed until the nineteenth century. Yet the
conditions for its emergence had been developing since the Renaissance. The word
itself came into English use in the fourteenth century, following French and Latin
precedents; its root was Latin?littera, a letter of the alphabet.?Litterature, in thecommon early spelling, was then in effect a condition of reading: of being able to
read and of having read. It was often close to the sense of modern?literacy, which
was not in the language until the late nineteenth century, its introduction in part
made necessary by the movement of?literature?to a different sense. The normal
adjective associated with literature was?literate. Literary appeared in the sense of
reading ability and experience in the seventeenth century, and did not acquire its
specialized modern meaning until the eighteenth century.
Literature?as a new category was then a specialization of the area formerly
categorized as?rhetoric?and?grammar: a specialization to reading and, in the material
context of the development of printing, to the printed word and especially the book.
It was eventually to become a more general category than?poetry?or the
earlier?poesy, which had been general terms for imaginative composition, but which
in relation to the development of?literaturebecame predominantly specialized, from
the seventeenth century, to metrical composition and especially written and printed
metrical composition. But literature was never primarily the active composition─the
“making”─which poetry had described. As reading rather than writing, it was a
category of a different kind. The characteristic use can be seen in Bacon “learned in
all literature and erudition, divine and humane”─and as late as Johnson “he had
probably more than common literature, as his son addresses him in one of his most
elaborate Latin poems.”?Literature, that is to say, was a category of use and
condition rather than of production. It was a particular specialization of what had
hitherto been seen as an activity or practice, and a specialization, in the
circumstances, which was inevitably made in terms of social class. In its first
extended sense, beyond the bare sense of “literacy,” it was a definition of
“polite” or “humane” learning, and thus specified a particular social distinction.
New political concepts of the “nation” and new valuations of the “vernacular”
interacted with a persistent emphasis on “literature” as reading in the “classical”
languages. But still, in this first stage, into the eighteenth century,?literature?was
primarily a generalized social concept, expressing a certain (minority) level of
educational achievement. This carded with it a potential and eventually realized
alternative definition of?literature?as “printed books:” the objects in and through
which this achievement was demonstrated.
It is important that, within the terms of this development, literature normally
included all printed books. There was not necessary specialization to “imaginative”
works. Literature was still primarily reading ability and experience, and this included
philosophy, history, and essays as well as poems. Were the new eighteenth century
novels literature? That question was first approached, not by definition of their mode
or content, but by reference to the standards of “polite” or “humane” learning.
Was drama literature? This question was to exercise successive generations, not
because of any substantial difficulty but because of the practical limits of the
category. If literature was reading, could a mode written for spoken performance be
said to be literature, and if not, where was Shakespeare?
At one level the definition indicated by this development has persisted.
Literature lost its earliest sense of reading ability and reading experience, and
became an apparently objective category of printed works of a certain quality. The
concerns of a “literary editor” or a “literary supplement” would still be defined
in this way. But three complicating tendencies can then be distinguished: first, a shift
from “learning” to “taste” or “sensibility” as a criterion defining literary
quality; second, an increasing specialization of literature to “creative” or
“imaginative” works; third, a development of the concept of “tradition” within
national terms, resulting in the more effective definition of “a national literature.”The source of each of these tendencies can be discerned from the Renaissance, but it
was in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries that they came through most
powerfully, until they became, in the twentieth century, in effect received
assumptions.
When did the modern concept of “literature” emerge?
A ： In the seventeenth century.
B ： In the eighteenth century.
C ： In the nineteenth century.
D ： In the twentieth century.
正确答案： B
解析：
根据第一句话did not emerge earlier than the eighteenth century可知，“literature”
从十八世纪起才具有了现在的内涵。
102 、 不定项选择题
Traffic statistics paint a gloomy picture. To help solve their traffic woes, some rapidly
growing U.S. cities have simply built more roads. But traffic experts say building more
roads is a quick-fix solution that will not alleviate the traffic problem in the long run.
Soaring land costs, increasing concern over social and environmental disruptions
caused by road-building, and the likelihood that more roads can only lead to more
cars and traffic are powerful factors bearing down on a 1950s-style construction
program.
The goal of smart-highway technology is to make traffic systems work at
optimum efficiency by treating the road and the vehicles traveling on them as an
integral transportation system. Proponents of the advanced technology say electronic
detection systems, closed-circuit television, radio communication, ramp metering,
variable message signing, and other smart-highway technology can now be used at a
reasonable cost to improve communication between drivers and the people who
monitor traffic.
Pathfinder, a Santa Monica, California-based smart-highway project in which a
14-mile stretch of the Santa Monica Freeway, making up what is called a “smart
corridor”, is being instrumented with buried loops in the pavement. Closed-circuit
television cameras survey the flow of traffic, while communication linked to property
equipped automobiles advise motorists of the least congested routes or detours.
Not all traffic experts, however, look to smart-highway technology as the
ultimate solution to traffic gridlock. Some say the high-tech approach is limited and
can only offer temporary solutions to a serious problem.
“Electronics on the highway addresses just one aspect of the problem: how to
regulate traffic more efficiently,” explains Michael Renner, senior researcher at the
world-watch Institute. “It doesn’t deal with the central problem of too many cars
for roads that can’t be built fast enough. It sends people the wrong message”.
They start thinking “Yes, there used to be a traffic congestion problem, but that’s
been solved now because we have advanced high-tech system in place.” Larson
agrees and adds, “Smart highway is just one of the tools that we use to deal withour traffic problems. It’s not the solution itself, just pan of the package. There are
different strategies.”
Other traffic problem-solving options being studied and experimented with
include car pooling, rapid mass-transit systems, staggered or flexible work hours, and
road pricing, a system whereby motorists pay a certain amount for the time they use
a highway.
It seems that we need a new, major thrust to deal with the traffic problems of
the next 20 years. There has to be a big change.
According to the passage, the smart-highway technology is aimed to _____.
A ： develop sophisticated facilities on the interstate highways
B ： provide passenger vehicle with a variety of services
C ： optimize the highway capabilities
D ： improve communication between driver and the traffic monitors
正确答案： D
解析：
细节题。第二段首先指出smart-highway的目标是使交通系统有效运作，随后又指出现
代化设备可用于该系统，to improve communication between drivers and the people
who monitor traffic，据此可判断选项D正确。
103 、 不定项选择题
“When more and more people are thrown out of work, unemployment results,”
Calvin Coolidge once observed. As the U. S. economy crumbles, Coolidge’s silly
maxim might appear to be as apt as ever: the number of unemployment insurance
claims is rising, and overall joblessness is creeping upward. But in today’s vast and
complex labor market, things aren’t always what they seem. More and more people
are indeed losing their jobs but not necessarily because the economy appears to be
in recession. And old-fashioned unemployment isn’t the inevitable result of job loss.
New work, at less pay, often is.
Call it new-wave unemployment: structural changes in the economy are
overlapping the business downturn, giving joblessness a grim new twist. Small
wonder that the U. S. unemployment rate is rising. Now at 5.7 percent, it is widely
expected to edge toward 7 percent by the end of next year. But statistics alone can’t
fully capture a complex reality. The unemployment rate has been held down by slow
growth in the labor force—the number of people working or looking for work—since
few people sense attractive job opportunities in a weak economy. In addition, many
more people are losing their jobs than are actually ending up unemployed. Faced
with hungry mouths to feed, thousands of women, for example, are taking two or
more part-time positions or agreeing to shave the hours they work in service-sector
jobs. For better and for worse, work in America clearly isn’t what it used to be. Now
unemployment isn’t, either.
Like sour old wine in new bottles, this downturn blends a little of the old and the
new reflecting a decade’s worth of change in the dynamic U. S. economy. Yet, in
many respects the decline is following the classic pattern, with new layoffs
concentrated among blue-collar workers in the most “cyclical” industries, whoseups and downs track the economy most closely.
As the downturn attracts attention on workers’ ill fortunes, some analysts
predict that political upheaval may lie ahead. Real wages for the average U. S. worker
peaked in 1973 and have been falling almost ever since. As a result, a growing group
of downwardly mobile Americans could soon begin pressing policymakers to help
produce better-paying jobs. Just how loud the outcry becomes will depend partly on
the course of the recession. But in the long run, there’s little doubt that the bleak
outlook for jobs and joblessness is “politically, socially and psychologically
dynamite”.
According to the passage, under the great pressure of life, many women _____.
A ： will do a part-time job along with the full-time job
B ： would rather stay at home than apply for a part-time position
C ： would be fired if they can not finish the job quickly
D ： will agree to have their working hours shortened if required
正确答案： A
解析：
由文章第二段倒数第二句，“thousands of women…work in service-sector jobs”，可
知现在的女性会做两份或两份以上的兼职来生存下去。所以，在正常工作之余她们还要
去做更多的工作。A选项正是此意。B，C，D选项无关。
104 、 不定项选择题
Traffic statistics paint a gloomy picture. To help solve their traffic woes, some rapidly
growing U.S. cities have simply built more roads. But traffic experts say building more
roads is a quick-fix solution that will not alleviate the traffic problem in the long run.
Soaring land costs, increasing concern over social and environmental disruptions
caused by road-building, and the likelihood that more roads can only lead to more
cars and traffic are powerful factors bearing down on a 1950s-style construction
program.
The goal of smart-highway technology is to make traffic systems work at
optimum efficiency by treating the road and the vehicles traveling on them as an
integral transportation system. Proponents of the advanced technology say electronic
detection systems, closed-circuit television, radio communication, ramp metering,
variable message signing, and other smart-highway technology can now be used at a
reasonable cost to improve communication between drivers and the people who
monitor traffic.
Pathfinder, a Santa Monica, California-based smart-highway project in which a
14-mile stretch of the Santa Monica Freeway, making up what is called a “smart
corridor”, is being instrumented with buried loops in the pavement. Closed-circuit
television cameras survey the flow of traffic, while communication linked to property
equipped automobiles advise motorists of the least congested routes or detours.
Not all traffic experts, however, look to smart-highway technology as the
ultimate solution to traffic gridlock. Some say the high-tech approach is limited and
can only offer temporary solutions to a serious problem.
“Electronics on the highway addresses just one aspect of the problem: how toregulate traffic more efficiently,” explains Michael Renner, senior researcher at the
world-watch Institute. “It doesn’t deal with the central problem of too many cars
for roads that can’t be built fast enough. It sends people the wrong message”.
They start thinking “Yes, there used to be a traffic congestion problem, but that’s
been solved now because we have advanced high-tech system in place.” Larson
agrees and adds, “Smart highway is just one of the tools that we use to deal with
our traffic problems. It’s not the solution itself, just pan of the package. There are
different strategies.”
Other traffic problem-solving options being studied and experimented with
include car pooling, rapid mass-transit systems, staggered or flexible work hours, and
road pricing, a system whereby motorists pay a certain amount for the time they use
a highway.
It seems that we need a new, major thrust to deal with the traffic problems of
the next 20 years. There has to be a big change.
The compound word “quick-fix” in Paragraph 1, sentence 3 is closest in meaning to
_____.
A ： an optional solution
B ： an expedient solution
C ： a ready solution
D ： an efficient solution
正确答案： B
解析：
语义题。“quick-fix”是快速确定的，没经过深思熟虑而快速做出的临时解决方
案。expedient“有用，可取（但不一定合理的）”，选项B接近文意。
105 、 不定项选择题
What is the charm of necklaces? Why would anyone put something extra around her
neck and then invest it with special significance? A necklace doesn’t afford warmth
in cold weather, like a scarf, or protection in combat, like chain mail; it only
decorates. We might say it borrows meaning from what it surrounds and sets off: the
head with its supremely important material contents, and the face, that register of
the soul. When photograph reduces the reality it represents, they mention not only
the passage from three dimensions to two, but also the selection of a?point du
vue?favors the top of the body rather than the bottom and the front rather than the
back. The face is the jewel in the crown of the body, and so we give it a setting.
When people are intensely concerned with something that is obviously
impractical, anthropologists take note, for lovely useless things often express archaic
to exist in contemporary American houses already heated by gas and electricity, yet
most people want one and it is still the focus of the living room. This desire testifies, I
think, to the hundreds of thousands of years during which we Homo sapiens huddled
around a cave fire. We watch ourselves, rather anxiously, vanish backward down
those lone temporary corridors, as my daughter gazes at her infinitely multiplied
small self in the mutually opposed mirrors of the beauty salon, and wonders, is it
me? Our fireplaces and necklaces and tombstones say it is, they are.In American culture, an interest in necklaces seems to be rather gender specific.
Many men to whom I mention the enterprise feign polite interest and then change
the subject, though I know some who admire, construct, and wear necklaces,
including the distinguished scientist and poet to whom this essay is dedicated. Most
women, by contrast, become mildly or wildly enthusiastic. A doctor in Blois brought
out her entire collection of costume jewelry for me, exhibited the most splendid
pieces with an account of where and when they were purchased, and then explain
them all with the help of a large glossy book on the history of costume jewelry, with
dozens of pictures. A former student of mine who had moved to California mailed me
six plastic boxes full of beads gleaned from a warehouse managed by an eccentric
friend who just their settings; a feature bead painted with a naked lady; crystal
roundels of truly exceptional shine; and tiny silver hematite seed beads. Beads lend
themselves to exchange, Beads travel. And clearly these two facts are related.
The function of the necklace is to _____.
A ： keep people warm
B ： provide people with protection
C ： make people beautiful
D ： build up people’s confidence
正确答案： C
解析：
文章第一段第三句话写到“A necklace doesn’t afford warmth in cold weather…it
only decorates.”由此可见，项链的功能是用来装饰，让佩戴它的人们看起来更好看，C
正确。
106 、 不定项选择题
For the executive producer of a network nightly news programme, the workday often
begins at midnight as mine did during seven years with ABC’s evening newscast.
The first order of business was a call to the assignment desk for a pre-
bedtime?rundownof latest developments.
The assignment desk operates 24 hours a day, staffed by editors who move
crews, correspondents and equipment to the scene of events. Assignment-desk
editors ate logistics experts; they have to know plane schedules, satellite availability,
and whom to get in touch with at local stations and overseas broadcasting systems.
They are required to assess stories as they break on the wire services—sometimes
even before they do - and to decide how much effort to make to cover those stories.
When the United States was going to appeal to arms against Iraq, the number of
correspondents and crews was constantly evaluated. Based on reports from the field
and also upon the skilled judgments of desk editors in New York City, the right
number of personnel was kept on the alert. The rest were allowed to continue
working throughout the world, in America and Iraq ready to move but not tied down
by false alarms.
The studio staff of ABC’s “World News Tonight” assembles at 9 a.m. to
prepare for the 6:30 “air” p.m. deadline. Overnight dispatches from outlying
bureaus and press services are read. There are phone conversations with thebroadcast’s staff producers in domestic bureaus and with the London bureau
senior producer, who coordinates overseas coverage. A pattern emerges for the
day’s news, a pattern outlined in the executive producer’s first lineup. The lineup
tells the staff what stories are scheduled; what the priorities are for processing film of
editing tape; what scripts need to be written; what commercials ate scheduled; how
long stories should run and in what order. Without a lineup, there would be chaos.
Each story’s relative value in dollars and cents must be continually assessed by
the executive producer. Cutting back satellite booking to save money might mean
that an explanation delivered by an anchor person will replace actual photos of an
event. A decline in live coverage could send viewers away and drive ratings down, but
there is not enough money to do everything. So decisions must be made and made
rapidly—because delay can mean a missed connection for shipping tape or access to
a satellite blocked by a competitor.
The broadcasts themselves require pacing and style. The audience has to be
allowed to breathe between periods of intense excitement. A vivid pictorial report
followed by less exacting materials allows the viewer to reflect on information that
has just flashed by. Frequent switches from one anchor to another or from one film
or tape report to another create a sense of forward movement. Ideally, leading and
lags to stories are worked out with field correspondents, enabling them to fit their
reports into the programme’s narrative flow so the audience’s attention does not
wander and more substance is absorbed.
Scripts are constantly rewritten to blend well with incoming pictures. Good copy
is crisp, informative. Our rule: the fewer words the better. If a picture can do the
work, let it.
What will the executive producer mostly be concerned with?
A ： The cost and the effect.
B ： The truth of the coverage.
C ： The audience’s interest.
D ： The form of the coverage.
正确答案： D
解析：
细节题。第四段的倒数第三句提到“A pattern emerges for the day’s news, a pattern
outlined in the executive producer’s first lineup.”新闻的形式是监制人最在乎的
事。“pattern”与“form”同义。所以选D。
107 、 不定项选择题
She was glad of the lake. It’s soft; dark water helped to soothe and quiet her mind.
It took her away from the noisy, squawkish world of the cat-walk and let her lie
untroubled at its side, listening only to the gentle lapping of its waves.
She felt at peace. Alone. Unhindered and free. Free to do nothing but watch and
listen and dream.
London, Paris, New York - names, only names. Names that had once meant
excitement, then boredom, then frustration then slavery. Names that had brought
her to the edge of a breakdown and left her doubting her own sanity.But here everything was at peace. The lake, the trees, the cottage. Here she could
stay for the rest of her life. Here she would be happy to die.
Across the sun hurried a darkening filter of cloud. The ripples on the water,
chased by a freshening wind, pushed their way anxiously from the far side of the lake
until they almost bounced at her feet. And in the East there was thunder.
Quickly she gathered her things together and made for the cottage. But already
the rain flecked the water behind her and pattered the leaves as she raced beneath
the trees. Sodden and breathless, she ran for the cottage door, and, as she opened it,
the storm burst.
And there on the hearth, haggard and unwelcome, stood a man.
“Hello!”
I was an odd way to greet a complete stranger who had invaded her home, but it
was all she could think of to say. A casual greeting to someone who seemed to be
expecting her, waiting for her. Maybe it was the way they did things down here?
“I suppose you had to shelter from the storm too?” she asked.
The man said nothing.
She ought to have been angry at this rude intrusion on her privacy, but anger
somehow seemed pointless. It was as if the cottage was his, the hearth was his, and
she had come out of the storm to seek refuge at his door. She watched him,
cautiously; waiting for an explanation. He said nothing. Not a word
“Did you get wet?” she asked
He stood, huddled by the open fire, gazing at the dying embers.
She walked over, brushing against him as she bent to stir the logs into life, but
still he did not move. The flames burst forth, lighting up the sadness in his dark eyes.
“And kneeled and made the cheerless grate blaze up and all the cottage
warm...”
The words, spoken by him in a quiet, toneless voice, took her by surprise.
“Pardon?” she said
But he seemed not to hear.
She tried once more. “Ii look as if it’s set in for the evening. Would you like to
sit down for a while?”
His eyes followed her as she moved to take off her coat and brush out her hair.
“...and from her form withdrew the dripping cloak and shawl, and laid her
soiled gloves by, untied her hat and let the damp hair fall...”
Poetry. He was quoting poetry
He looked vaguely like a poet; lean, distressed, with a certain bitterness in his
eyes and hopelessness in his form. And his voice was deep and languid, like the
middle of the lake where the water ran darkest.
Yet those ware not his lines. The words were not created by him. They were
somehow familiar. Half remembered. Surely she had heard them before?
Which of the following can NOT describe the man?
A ： Desperate
B ： Thin
C ： Miserable
D ： Conspicuous
正确答案： D
解析：由文中描写男子的词语“haggard”、“the sadness in his dark eyes”、“with a
certain bitterness in his eyes hopelessness in his form”分别标明这个男人憔悴，痛苦，
绝望。D项“显眼的”在原文没有体现。
108 、 不定项选择题
Some believe that in the age of identikit computer games, mass entertainment and
conformity on the supermarket shelves, truly inspired thinking has gone out of the
window. But, there are others who hold the view that there is still plenty of scope for
innovation, lateral thought and creative solutions. Despite the standardization of
modern life, there is an unabated appetite for great ideas, visionary thinking and
inspired debate. In the first of a series of monthly debates on contemporary issues,
we ask two original thinkers to discuss the nature of creativity. Here is the first one.
Yes. Absolutely. Since I started working as an inventor 10 or 12 years ago, I’ve
seen a big change in attitudes to creativity and invention. Back then, there was hardly
any support for inventors, apart from the national organization the Institute of
Patentees and Inventors. Today, there are lots of little inventors’ clubs popping up
all over the place, my last count was 19 nationally and growing. These non-profit
clubs, run by inventors for inventors, are an indication that people are once again
interested in invention.
I’ve been a project leader, a croupier, an IT consultant and I’ve written a
motor mandrel. I spent my teens under a 1950s two-tone Riley RME ear, learning to
put it together. Back in the Sixties, kids like me were always out doing things, making
go-karts, riding bicycles or exploring. We learned to overcome challenges and solve
problems. We weren’t just sitting at a PlayStation, like many kids do today.
But I think, and hope, things are shifting back. There’s a lot more internl in
design and creativity and such talents are getting a much higher profile in the media.
It’s evident with TV programmes such as Channe14’s?Scrapheap Challenge?or
BBC2’s?The Apprentice and Dragon’s Den, where people are given a task to solve
or face the challenge of selling their idea to a panel.
And. thankfully, the image of the mad scientist with electrified hair working in
the garden shed is long gone—although, there are still a few exceptions!
That’s not to say there aren’t problems. With the decline in manufacturing we
are losing the ability to know how to make things. There’s a real skills gap
developing. In my opinion, the Government does little or nothing to help innovation
at the lone-inventor or small or medium enterprise level. I would love to see more
money spent on teaching our school kids how to be inventive. But, despite
everything, if you have a good idea and real determination, you can still do very well.
My own specialist area is packaging closures—almost every product needs it. I
got the idea for Squeezeopen after looking at an old tin of boot polish when my
mother complained she couldn’t get the lid off. If you can do something cheaper,
better, and you are 100 percent committed, there is a chance it will be a success.
I see a fantastic amount of innovation and opportunities out there. People
don’t realise how much is going on. New materials are coming out all the time and
the space programme and scientific research are producing a variety of spin-offs.
Innovation doesn’t have to be high-tech: creativity and inventing is about finding
the right solution to a problem, whatever it is. There’s a lot of talent out there and,
thankfully, some of the more progressive companies are suddenly realizing they
don’t want to miss out—it’s an exciting time.According to the opinion of the interviewer _____.
A ： the future for invention depends
B ： there is still a future for invention and inspiration
C ： there is no future for invention and inspiration in modern society
D ： the future for invention and inspiration is unclear
正确答案： B
解析：
第二段最后一句提到“These non-profit clubs, run by inventors for inventors, are an
indication that people are once again interested in invention.”，这个人认为那些小型
非盈利性质的俱乐部正暗示出人们又一次地对创新发明燃起兴趣。可见，其认为发明创
新还是仍有发展空间的。所以选B。
109 、 不定项选择题
Students of United States history, seeking to identify the circumstances that
encouraged the emergence of feminist movements, have thoroughly investigated the
mid-nineteenth-century American economic and social conditions that affected the
status of women. These historians, however, have analyzed less fully the
development of specifically feminist ideas and activities during the same period.
Furthermore, the ideological origins of feminism in the United States have been
obscured because, even when historians did take into account those feminist ideas
and activities occurring within the United States, they failed to recognize that
feminism was then a truly international movement actually centered in Europe.
American feminist activists who have been described as “solitary” and “individual
theorists” were in reality connected to a movement —utopian socialism—which was
already popularizing feminist ideas in Europe during the two decades that
cachinnated in the first women’s rights conference held at Seneca Falls, New York,
in 1848. Thus, a complete understanding of the origins and development of
nineteenth-century feminism in the United States requires that the geographical
focus be widened to include Europe and that the detailed study already made of
social conditions be expanded to include the ideological development of feminism.
The earliest and most popular of the utopian socialists were the Saint-Simonians.
The specifically feminist part of Saint-Simonianism has, however, been less studied
than the group’s contribution to early socialism. This is regrettable on two accounts.
By 1832 feminism was the central concern of Saint-Simonianism and entirely
absorbed its adherents’ energy; hence, by ignoring its feminism, European
historians have misunderstood Saint-Simonianism. Moreover, since many feminist
ideas can be traced to Saint-Simonianism, European historians’ appreciation of later
feminism in France and the United States remained limited.
Saint-Simon’s followers, many of whom were women, based their feminism on
an interpretation of his project to reorganize the globe by replacing brute force with
the rule of spiritual powers. The new world order would be ruled together by a male,
to represent reflection, and a female, to represent sentiment. This complementarity
reflects the fact that, while the Saint-Simonians did not reject the belief that there
were innate differences between men and women, they nevertheless foresaw an
equally important social and political role for both sexes in their Utopia.Only a few Saint-Simonians opposed a definition of sexual equality based on
gender distinction. This minority believed that individuals of both sexes were born
similar in capacity and character, and they ascribed male-female differences to
socialization and education. The envisioned result of both currents of thought,
however, was that women would enter public life in the new age and that sexual
equality would reward men as well as women with an improved way of life.
According to the passage, which of the following is true of the Seneca Falls
conference on women’s rights?
A ： It was primarily a product of nineteenth-century Saint-Simonian feminist
thought.
B ： It was the work of American activists who were independent of feminists abroad.
C ： It was the culminating achievement of the Utopian socialist movement.
D ： It was a manifestation of an international movement for social change and
feminism
正确答案： D
解析：
由文章第一段倒数第二句可知，在欧洲意识形态，包括乌托邦社会主义思想的影响之下，
美国女权主义开始普及，而1848年召开的Seneca Falls Conference则使这一运动达到了
顶峰。因此这次会议便成为女权运动发展的一个典型体现。D选项正是此意。
110 、 不定项选择题
The world is going through the biggest wave of mergers and acquisitions ever
witnessed. The process sweeps from hyperactive America to Europe and reaches the
emerging countries with unsurpassed might. Many in these countries are looking at
this process and worrying: “Won’t the wave of business concentration turn into an
uncontrollable anti-competitive force?”
There’s no question that the big are getting bigger and more powerful.
Multinational corporations accounted for less than 20% of international trade in
1982. Today the figure is more than 25% and growing rapidly. International affiliates
account for a fast-growing segment of production in economies that open up and
welcome foreign investment. In Argentina, for instance, after the reforms of the early
1990s, multinationals went from 43% to almost 70% of the industrial production of
the 200 largest firms. This phenomenon has created serious concerns over the role of
smaller economic firms, of national businessmen and over the ultimate stability, of
the world economy.
I believe that the most important forces behind the massive M&A wave are the
same that underlie the globalization process: falling transportation, and
communication costs, lower trade and investment barriers and enlarged markets that
require enlarged operations capable of meeting customers’ demands. All these are
beneficial, not detrimental to consumers. As productivity grows, the world’s wealth
increases.
Examples of benefits or costs of the current concentration-wave are scanty. Yet it
is hard to imagine that the merge of a few oil firms today could recreate the same
threats to competition that were feared nearly a century ago in the U.S., when theStandard Oil trust was broken up. The mergers of telecom companies, such as World
Corn, hardly seem to bring higher prices for consumers or a reduction in the pace of
technical progress. On the contrary, the price of communications is coming down
fast. In cars, too, concentration is increasing—witness Daimler and Chrysler, Renault
and Nissan—but it does not appear that consumers am being hurt.
Yet the fact remains that the merger movement must be watched. A few weeks
ago, Alan Greenspan warned against the megamergers in the banking industry. Who
is going to supervise, regulate and operate, as lender of last resort with the gigantic
banks that are being created? won’t multinationals shift production from one place
to another when a nation gets too strict about infringements to fair corn petition?
And should one country take upon itself the role of “defending competition” on
issues that affect many other nations, as in the U.S.
According to the author, one of the driving forces behind M&A wave is _____.
A ： the greater customers’ demands
B ： a surplus supply for the market
C ： growing productivity
D ： the increase of the world’s wealth
正确答案： A
解析：
第三段指出the most important forces behind the massive M&A wave are… and
enlarged markets that require enlarged operations capable of meeting customers’
demands.“合并-并购大浪潮背后的推动力是…以及扩大的市场要求扩大操作以能够满
足消费者的需求。”B项在第三段中并没有体现。C项、D项不是原因而是结果。因此，
选择C答案。
111 、 不定项选择题
The age at which young children begin to make moral discriminations about harmful
actions committed against themselves or others has been the focus of recent
research into the moral development of children. Until recently, child psychologists
supported pioneer developmentalist Jean Piaget in his hypothesis that because of
their immaturity, children under age seven do not take into account the intentions of
a person committing accidental or deliberate harm, but rather simply assign
punishment for transgressions on the basis of the magnitude of the negative
consequences caused. According to Piaget, children under age seven occupy the first
stage of moral development, which is characterized by moral absolutism (rules made
by authorities must be obeyed) and imminent justice (if rules are broken, punishment
will be meted out). Until young children mature, their moral judgments are based
entirely on the effect rather than the cause of a transgression. However, in recent
research, Keasey found that six-year-old children not only distinguish between
accidental and intentional harm, but also judge intentional harm as naughtier,
regardless of the amount of damage produced. Both of these findings seem to
indicate that children, at an earlier age than Piaget claimed, advance into the second
stage of moral development, moral autonomy, in which they accept social rules but
view them as more arbitrary than do children in the first stage.Keasey’s research raises two key questions for developmental psychologists
about children under age seven: do they recognize justifications for harmful actions,
and do they make distinctions between harmful acts that are preventable and those
acts that have unforeseen harmful consequences? Studies indicate that justifications
excusing harmful actions might include?public?duty, self-defense, and provocation.
For example, Nesdale and Rule concluded that children were capable of considering
whether or not an aggressor’s action was justified by public duty: five year olds
reacted very differently to “Bonnie wrecks Arm’s pretend house” depending on
whether Bonnie did it “so somebody won’t fall over it” or because Bonnie wanted
“to make Ann feel bad”. Thus, a child of five begins to understand that certain
harmful actions, though intentional, can be justified; the constraints of moral
absolutism no longer solely guide their judgments.
Psychologists have determined that during kindergarten children learn to make
subtle distinctions involving harm. Darley observed that among-acts involving
unintentional harm, six-year-old children just entering kindergarten could not
differentiate between foreseeable, and thus preventable, harm and unforeseeable
harm for which the perpetrator cannot be blamed. Seven months later, however,
Darley found that these same children could make both distinctions, thus
demonstrating that they had become morally autonomous.
According to the passage, Darley found that after seven months of kindergarten six
year olds acquired which of the following abilities?
A ： Differentiating between foreseeable and unforeseeable harm
B ： Identifying with the perpetrator of a harmful action
C ： Justifying harmful actions that result from provocation
D ： Evaluating the magnitude of negative consequences resulting from the-breaking
of rules
正确答案： A
解析：
由上文could not differentiate between foreseeable…and unforeseeable harm可知，7
个月后，儿童会有辨别可预知和不可预知伤害行为的能力。
112 、 不定项选择题
Some believe that in the age of identikit computer games, mass entertainment and
conformity on the supermarket shelves, truly inspired thinking has gone out of the
window. But, there are others who hold the view that there is still plenty of scope for
innovation, lateral thought and creative solutions. Despite the standardization of
modern life, there is an unabated appetite for great ideas, visionary thinking and
inspired debate. In the first of a series of monthly debates on contemporary issues,
we ask two original thinkers to discuss the nature of creativity. Here is the first one.
Yes. Absolutely. Since I started working as an inventor 10 or 12 years ago, I’ve
seen a big change in attitudes to creativity and invention. Back then, there was hardly
any support for inventors, apart from the national organization the Institute of
Patentees and Inventors. Today, there are lots of little inventors’ clubs popping up
all over the place, my last count was 19 nationally and growing. These non-profitclubs, run by inventors for inventors, are an indication that people are once again
interested in invention.
I’ve been a project leader, a croupier, an IT consultant and I’ve written a
motor mandrel. I spent my teens under a 1950s two-tone Riley RME ear, learning to
put it together. Back in the Sixties, kids like me were always out doing things, making
go-karts, riding bicycles or exploring. We learned to overcome challenges and solve
problems. We weren’t just sitting at a PlayStation, like many kids do today.
But I think, and hope, things are shifting back. There’s a lot more internl in
design and creativity and such talents are getting a much higher profile in the media.
It’s evident with TV programmes such as Channe14’s?Scrapheap Challenge?or
BBC2’s?The Apprentice and Dragon’s Den, where people are given a task to solve
or face the challenge of selling their idea to a panel.
And. thankfully, the image of the mad scientist with electrified hair working in
the garden shed is long gone—although, there are still a few exceptions!
That’s not to say there aren’t problems. With the decline in manufacturing we
are losing the ability to know how to make things. There’s a real skills gap
developing. In my opinion, the Government does little or nothing to help innovation
at the lone-inventor or small or medium enterprise level. I would love to see more
money spent on teaching our school kids how to be inventive. But, despite
everything, if you have a good idea and real determination, you can still do very well.
My own specialist area is packaging closures—almost every product needs it. I
got the idea for Squeezeopen after looking at an old tin of boot polish when my
mother complained she couldn’t get the lid off. If you can do something cheaper,
better, and you are 100 percent committed, there is a chance it will be a success.
I see a fantastic amount of innovation and opportunities out there. People
don’t realise how much is going on. New materials are coming out all the time and
the space programme and scientific research are producing a variety of spin-offs.
Innovation doesn’t have to be high-tech: creativity and inventing is about finding
the right solution to a problem, whatever it is. There’s a lot of talent out there and,
thankfully, some of the more progressive companies are suddenly realizing they
don’t want to miss out—it’s an exciting time.
Which of the following is NOT true about the kids in the sixties?
A ： Out doing things, making go-karts.
B ： Riding bicycle and exploring.
C ： Sitting before computers to play games.
D ： Like to overcome challenges and solve problems.
正确答案： C
解析：
第三段第三句提到“Back in the Sixties, kids like me were always out doing
things,?making go-karts,?riding bicycles or exploring. We learned to
overcome?challenges and solve problems.”可见，A，B，D都有说到，所以选C项。
113 、 不定项选择题
Many United States companies have, unfortunately, made the search for legalprotection from import competition into a major line of work. Since 1980 the United
States international Trade Commission (ITC) has received about 280 complaints
alleging damage from imports that benefit from subsidies by foreign governments.
Another 340 charge that foreign companies “dumped” their products in thee
United States at “less than fair value.” Even when no unfair practices are alleged,
the simple claim that an industry has been injured by imports is sufficient grounds to
seek relief.
Contrary to the general impression, this quest for import relief has hurt more
companies than it has helped. As corporations begin to function globally, they
develop an intricate web of marketing, production, and research relationships. The
complexity of these relationships makes it unlikely that a system of import relief laws
will meet the strategic needs of all the units under the same parent company, №.
Suppose a United States-owned company establishes an overseas plant to
manufacture a product while its competitor makes the same product in the United
States. If the competitor can prove injury from the imports-and that the United States
company received a subsidy from a foreign government to build its plant abroad-the
United States company’s products will be uncompetitive in the United States, since
they would be subject to duties.
Perhaps the most brazen ease occurred when the ITC investigated allegations
that Canadian companies were injuring the United States salt industry by dumping
rock salt, used to de-ice roads. The bizarre aspect of the complaint was that a foreign
conglomerate with United States operations was crying for help against a United
States company with foreign operations. The “United States” company claiming
injury was a subsidiary of a Dutch conglomerate, while the “Canadian” companies
included a subsidiary of a Chicago firm that was the second-largest domestic
producer of rock salt.
According to the passage, the International Trade Commission is involved in which of
the following?
A ： Investigating allegations of unfair import competition
B ： Granting subsidies to companies in the United States that have been injured by
import competition
C ： Recommending legislation to ensure fair trade
D ： Identifying international corporations that wish to build plants in the United
States
正确答案： A
解析：
文章最后一段提到investigated allegations。B项Granting subsidies市政府的工
作。C、D项在文章中没有提到。
114 、 不定项选择题
The age at which young children begin to make moral discriminations about harmful
actions committed against themselves or others has been the focus of recent
research into the moral development of children. Until recently, child psychologists
supported pioneer developmentalist Jean Piaget in his hypothesis that because oftheir immaturity, children under age seven do not take into account the intentions of
a person committing accidental or deliberate harm, but rather simply assign
punishment for transgressions on the basis of the magnitude of the negative
consequences caused. According to Piaget, children under age seven occupy the first
stage of moral development, which is characterized by moral absolutism (rules made
by authorities must be obeyed) and imminent justice (if rules are broken, punishment
will be meted out). Until young children mature, their moral judgments are based
entirely on the effect rather than the cause of a transgression. However, in recent
research, Keasey found that six-year-old children not only distinguish between
accidental and intentional harm, but also judge intentional harm as naughtier,
regardless of the amount of damage produced. Both of these findings seem to
indicate that children, at an earlier age than Piaget claimed, advance into the second
stage of moral development, moral autonomy, in which they accept social rules but
view them as more arbitrary than do children in the first stage.
Keasey’s research raises two key questions for developmental psychologists
about children under age seven: do they recognize justifications for harmful actions,
and do they make distinctions between harmful acts that are preventable and those
acts that have unforeseen harmful consequences? Studies indicate that justifications
excusing harmful actions might include?public?duty, self-defense, and provocation.
For example, Nesdale and Rule concluded that children were capable of considering
whether or not an aggressor’s action was justified by public duty: five year olds
reacted very differently to “Bonnie wrecks Arm’s pretend house” depending on
whether Bonnie did it “so somebody won’t fall over it” or because Bonnie wanted
“to make Ann feel bad”. Thus, a child of five begins to understand that certain
harmful actions, though intentional, can be justified; the constraints of moral
absolutism no longer solely guide their judgments.
Psychologists have determined that during kindergarten children learn to make
subtle distinctions involving harm. Darley observed that among-acts involving
unintentional harm, six-year-old children just entering kindergarten could not
differentiate between foreseeable, and thus preventable, harm and unforeseeable
harm for which the perpetrator cannot be blamed. Seven months later, however,
Darley found that these same children could make both distinctions, thus
demonstrating that they had become morally autonomous.
Which of the following best describes the passage as a whole?
A ： n outline for future research
B ： An expanded definition of commonly misunderstood terms
C ： An analysis of a dispute between two theories
D ： A discussion of research findings in an ongoing inquiry
正确答案： D
解析：
文章列举Piaget，Keasey，Nesdale，Rule，Darley等人的研究结果，对儿童的是非判别
能力这一议题进行讨论。
115 、 不定项选择题The newspaper must provide for the reader the facts, pure, unprejudiced, objectively
selected facts. But in these days of complex news it must provide more; it must
supply interpretation, the meaning of the facts. This is the most important
assignment confronting American journalism—to make clear to the reader the
problems of the day, to make international news understandable as community
news, to recognize that there is no longer any such thing (with the possible exception
of society news) as “local” news, because any event in the international area has
local reaction in the financial market, political circles, in terms, indeed, of our very
way of life.
There is in journalism a widespread view that when you consider giving an
interpretation, you are entering dangerous waters, the swirling tides of opinion. This
is nonsense.
The opponents of interpretation insist that the writer and the editor shall confine
himself to the “facts”. This insistence raises two questions. What are the facts?
And: Are the bare facts enough?
As for the first question, consider how a so-called “factual” story comes about.
The reporter collects, say, fifty facts; out these fifty, his space being necessarily
restricted, he selects the ten which he considers most important. This is judgment
Number One. Then he or his editor decides which of these ten facts shall constitute
the beginning of the article. (This is an important decision because many readers do
not proceed beyond the first paragraph.) This is Judgment Number Two. Then the
night editor determines whether the article shall be presented on page one, where it
has a large influence, or on page twenty-four, where it has little. Judgment Number
Three.
Thus in the presentation of a so-called “factual” or “objective” story, at least
three judgments are involved. And they are judgments not at all unlike those involved
in interpretation, in which. reporter and editor, calling upon their research resources,
their general background, and their “news neutralism”, arrive at a conclusion as to
line significance of the news.
The two areas of judgment, presentation of the news and its interpretation, are
both objective rather than subjective processes—as objective, that is, as any human
being can be. (Note in passing: even though complete objectivity can never be
achieved, nevertheless the ideal must always be the light in the murky news
channels.) If an editor is intent on giving a prejudiced view of the news, he can do it
in other ways and more effectively than by interpretation. He can do it by the
selection of those facts that support his particular viewpoint. Or he can do it by line
play he gives a story—promoting it to page one or putting it on page thirty.
The author implies that _____.
A ： in writing a factual story, the writer must use judgment
B ： fine writer should limit himself to the facts
C ： reporters give s prejudiced view of the facts
D ： editors control what the reporters write
正确答案： A
解析：
第四段作者介绍如何呈现一个真实、客观的新闻故事，他介绍了三种judgement。可据
此推断，要写出真实的新闻，写作者必须进行判断。116 、 不定项选择题
A closer observer of the small screen once called it a “vast wasteland of violence,
sadism and murder, private eyes, gangsters and more violence - and cartoons.” That
is how Newton Minow, a US television regulator, described it in 1961.
Since than television language has become more colourful, violence more
explicit and sex more prevalent.?Lady Chatterley’s Lover has moved from the
banned book shelf to a classic BBC serial.
Concern over such changing standards has shaped our view of television—and
masked its broader influence in developing countries.
To illustrate its effects, Kenny cites the case of Brazil. When television there
began to show a steady diet of local soaps in the 1970s, Brazilian women typically
had five or more children and were trapped in poverty. As the popularity of the soaps
grew, birth rates fell
According to researchers, 72% of the leading female characters in the main
soaps had no children and only 7% had more than one. One study calculated that
such soaps had the same effect on fertility rates as keeping girls in school for five
years more than normal.
It is not just birth rates that are affected. Kenny notes: “Kids who watch TV out
of school, according to a World Bank survey of young people in the shanty towns of
Fortaleza in Brazil, are considerably less likely to consume drugs.”
Television appears to have more power to reduce youth drug use than the
strictures of an educated mother and Brazilian soaps presenting educated urban
woman running their own businesses are thought to be compelling role models.
Television can also improve health, In Ghana a soap opera line that warned
mothers they were feeding their children “more than just rice” if they did not wash
their hands after defecating was followed by a seemingly permanent improvement in
personal hygiene.
Why do such changes happen? Simple, says Kenny: soap operas, whether local
versions of Ugly Betty or vintage imports of Baywatch, open up new horizons.
“Some hours could he better spout planting trees, helping old ladies across the road
or playing cricket,” he said. “But watching TV exposes people to new ideas and
different people. With that will come greater opportunity, growing equality and a
better understanding of the world. Not bad.”
What does “it” refer to in the first paragraph?
A ： The small screen.
B ： A vast wasteland.
C ： Television language.
D ： Lady Chatterley’s Lover.
正确答案： A
解析：
定位至第一段句首“A closer observer of the small screen once called it a ‘vast
wasteland of violence,”“一个对电视进行过仔细观察的人曾称它为…”得知“它”指
的是电视。A项正确。第二段第一句中提到“television language…, violence...and
sex...”其中，television language与后面的violence, sex一起构成对电视的描述，所以C项
“television language”不符合。117 、 不定项选择题
The world is going through the biggest wave of mergers and acquisitions ever
witnessed. The process sweeps from hyperactive America to Europe and reaches the
emerging countries with unsurpassed might. Many in these countries are looking at
this process and worrying: “Won’t the wave of business concentration turn into an
uncontrollable anti-competitive force?”
There’s no question that the big are getting bigger and more powerful.
Multinational corporations accounted for less than 20% of international trade in
1982. Today the figure is more than 25% and growing rapidly. International affiliates
account for a fast-growing segment of production in economies that open up and
welcome foreign investment. In Argentina, for instance, after the reforms of the early
1990s, multinationals went from 43% to almost 70% of the industrial production of
the 200 largest firms. This phenomenon has created serious concerns over the role of
smaller economic firms, of national businessmen and over the ultimate stability, of
the world economy.
I believe that the most important forces behind the massive M&A wave are the
same that underlie the globalization process: falling transportation, and
communication costs, lower trade and investment barriers and enlarged markets that
require enlarged operations capable of meeting customers’ demands. All these are
beneficial, not detrimental to consumers. As productivity grows, the world’s wealth
increases.
Examples of benefits or costs of the current concentration-wave are scanty. Yet it
is hard to imagine that the merge of a few oil firms today could recreate the same
threats to competition that were feared nearly a century ago in the U.S., when the
Standard Oil trust was broken up. The mergers of telecom companies, such as World
Corn, hardly seem to bring higher prices for consumers or a reduction in the pace of
technical progress. On the contrary, the price of communications is coming down
fast. In cars, too, concentration is increasing—witness Daimler and Chrysler, Renault
and Nissan—but it does not appear that consumers am being hurt.
Yet the fact remains that the merger movement must be watched. A few weeks
ago, Alan Greenspan warned against the megamergers in the banking industry. Who
is going to supervise, regulate and operate, as lender of last resort with the gigantic
banks that are being created? won’t multinationals shift production from one place
to another when a nation gets too strict about infringements to fair corn petition?
And should one country take upon itself the role of “defending competition” on
issues that affect many other nations, as in the U.S.
What is the best title of this passage?
A ： M&A Wave in Argentina.
B ： Disadvantages of the Merger Movement.
C ： M&A Wave around the World.
D ： Benefits of M&A Wave.
正确答案： C
解析：
选项C概括较全面，整篇文章着重分析的就是全世界范围内的合并—并购浪潮。118 、 不定项选择题
This is not a good time to be foreign. Anti-immigrant parties are gaining ground in
Europe. Britain has been fretting this week over lapses in its border controls. In
America Barack Obama has failed to deliver the immigration reform he promised,
and Republican presidential candidates would rather electrify the border fence with
Mexico than educate the children of illegal aliens. America educates foreign scientists
in its universities and then expels them, a policy the mayor of New York calls
“national suicide”.
This illiberal turn in attitudes to migration is no surprise. It is the result of cyclical
economic gloom combined with a secular rise in pressure on rich countries’
borders. But governments now weighing up whether or not to try to slam the door
should consider another factor: the growing economic importance of Diasporas, and
the contribution they can make to a country’s economic growth.
Diaspora networks-of Huguenots, Scots, Jews and many others-have always been
a potent economic force, but the cheapness and ease of modern travel has made
them larger and more numerous than ever before. There are now 215m first-
generation migrants around the world: that’s 3％of the world’s population. If they
were a nation, it would be a little larger than Brazil. There are more Chinese people
living outside China than there are French people in France. Some 22m Indians are
scattered all over the globe. Small concentrations of ethnic and linguistic groups have
always been found in surprising places-Lebanese in West Africa, Japanese in Brazil
and Welsh in Patagonia, for instance-but they have been joined by newer ones, such
as west Africans in southern China.
These networks of kinship and language make it easier to do business across
borders. They speed the flow of information. Trust matters, especially in emerging
markets where the rule of law is weak. So does a knowledge of the local culture. And
modern communications make these networks an even more powerful tool of
business.
Diasporas also help spread ideas. Many of the emerging world’s brightest
minds are educated at Western universities. An increasing number go home, taking
with them both knowledge and contacts. Indian computer scientists in Bangalore
bounce ideas constantly off their Indian friends in Silicon Valley. China’s technology
industry is dominated by “sea turtles” (Chinese who have lived abroad and
returned.
Diasporas spread money, too. Migrants into rich countries not only send cash to
their families; they also help companies in their host country operate in their home
country. A Harvard Business School study shows that, American companies that
employ lots of ethnic Chinese people find it much easier to set up in China without a
joint venture with a local firm.
Such arguments are unlikely to make much headway against hostility towards
immigrants in rich countries. Fury against foreigners is usually based on two
(mutually incompatible) notions: that because so many migrants claim welfare they
are a drain on the public purse; and that because they are prepared to work harder
for less pay they will depress the wages of those at the bottom of the pile. The first is
usually not true (in Britain, for instance, immigrants claim benefits less than
indigenous people do), and the second is hard to establish either way. Some studies
do indeed suggest that competition from unskilled immigrants depresses the wages
of unskilled locals. But others find this effect to be small or non-existent.
Nor is it possible to establish the impact of migration on overall growth. Thesums are simply too difficult. Yet there are good reasons for believing that it is likely
to be positive. Migrants tend to be hard-working and innovative. That spurs
productivity and company formation. A recent study carried out by Duke University
showed that, while immigrants make up an eighth of America’s population, they
founded a quarter of the country’s technology and engineering firms. And, by
linking the West with emerging markets, Diasporas help rich countries to plug into
fast-growing economies.
Rich countries are thus likely to benefit from looser immigration policy; and fears
that poor countries will suffer as a result of a “brain drain” are overblown. The
prospect of working abroad spurs more people to acquire valuable skills, and not all
subsequently emigrate. Skilled migrants send money home, and they often return to
set up new businesses. One study found that unless they lose more than 20％of their
university graduates, the brain drain makes poor countries richer.
Which of the following is true?
A ： Many immigrants claim much more benefits than the locals.
B ： All research findings show that the competition from unskilled immigrants
depresses the wages of unskilled locals.
C ： Migrants into rich countries tend to send cash back to their families and have
become a drain on the public purse.
D ： iasporas help rich countries establish business ties with emerging markets in
their home countries.
正确答案： D
解析：
文章第八段提到通过连接西方和“emerging markets”，“Diasporas”加速富裕国家
经济发展。第六段提到移民帮助“companies in their host country operate in their
home country”，而D项移民帮助富国在本国新兴市场发展业务正是结合了以上两句话，
因此D为正确选项。虽然文章第七段提到“so many migrants claim welfare they are a
drain on the public purse”。但是随后作者又提到这个观点“is usually not true”。
而A项说许多移民要求比当地人获得更多福利是不正确的。C项后半句说移民已经成
为“a drain on the public purse”也是错误的。文章第七段最后提到虽然一些研究表明
来自“unskilled immigrants”的竞争压低了“unskilled locals”的工资，但是这种影
响“to be small”或者“non-existent”因此B项不正确。
119 、 不定项选择题
Children as young as four will study Shakespeare in a project being launched today
by the Royal Shakespeare Company.
The RSC is holding its first national conference for primary school teachers to
encourage them to use the Bard’s plays imaginatively in the classroom from
reception classes onwards. The conference will be told that they should learn how
Shakespearian characters like Puck in?A Midsummer Night’s Dream?are “jolly
characters” and how to write about them.
At present, the national curriculum does not require pupils to approach
Shakespeare until secondary school. All it says is that pupils should study “texts
drawn from a variety of cultures and traditions” and “myths, legends andtraditional stories”.
However, educationists at the RSC believe children will gain a better appreciation
of Shakespeare if they are introduced to him at a much younger age. “Even very
young children can enjoy Shakespeare’s plays,” said Mary Johnson, head of the
learning department. “It is just a question of pitching it for the age group. Even
reception classes and key stage one pupils (five-to-seven-year-olds) can enjoy his
stories. For instance, if you build up Puck as a character who skips, children of that
age can enjoy the character. They can be inspired by Puck and they could even start
writing about him at that age.”
It is the RSC’s belief that building the Bard up as a fun playwright in primary
school could counter some of the negative images conjured up about teaching
Shakespeare in secondary schools. Then, pupils have to concentrate on scenes from
the plays to answer questions for compulsory English national-curriculum tests for
14-year-olds. Critics of the tests have complained that pupils no longer have the time
to study or read the whole play—and therefore lose interest in Shakespeare.
However, Ms. Johnson is encouraging teachers to present 20-minute versions of
the plays—a classroom version of the?Reduced Shakespeare Company’s Complete
Works of Shakespeare (Abridged)?which told his 37 plays in 97 minutes—to give
pupils a flavour of the whole drama.
The RSC’s venture coincides with a call for schools to allow pupils to be more
creative in writing about Shakespeare. Professor Kate McLuskie, the new director of
the University of Birmingham’s Shakespeare Institute - also based in
Stratford—said it was time to get away from the idea that there was “a right
answer” to any question about Shakespeare. Her first foray into the world of
Shakespeare was to berate him as a misogynist in a 1985 essay but she now insists
this should not be interpreted as a criticism of his works—although she admits: “I
probably wouldn’t have written it quite the same way if I had been writing it now.
What we should be doing is making sure that someone is getting something out of
Shakespeare,” she said. “People are very scared about getting the right answer. I
know it’s difficult but I don’t care if they come up with a right answer that I can
agree with about Shakespeare.”
Ms. Johnson encourages teachers to present 20-minute versions of the plays in order
to _____.
A ： introduce them into the world of Shakespeare
B ： deal with the final examination on Shakespeare
C ： give pupils a flavour of the whole drama
D ： strengthen the students with the knowledge of Shakespeare
正确答案： C
解析：
第六段最后一句说到，“to give pupils a flavour of the whole drama.”，可见，是为
了让孩子们完整全面地了解戏剧，所以选项C正确。
120 、 不定项选择题
She was glad of the lake. It’s soft; dark water helped to soothe and quiet her mind.It took her away from the noisy, squawkish world of the cat-walk and let her lie
untroubled at its side, listening only to the gentle lapping of its waves.
She felt at peace. Alone. Unhindered and free. Free to do nothing but watch and
listen and dream.
London, Paris, New York - names, only names. Names that had once meant
excitement, then boredom, then frustration then slavery. Names that had brought
her to the edge of a breakdown and left her doubting her own sanity.
But here everything was at peace. The lake, the trees, the cottage. Here she could
stay for the rest of her life. Here she would be happy to die.
Across the sun hurried a darkening filter of cloud. The ripples on the water,
chased by a freshening wind, pushed their way anxiously from the far side of the lake
until they almost bounced at her feet. And in the East there was thunder.
Quickly she gathered her things together and made for the cottage. But already
the rain flecked the water behind her and pattered the leaves as she raced beneath
the trees. Sodden and breathless, she ran for the cottage door, and, as she opened it,
the storm burst.
And there on the hearth, haggard and unwelcome, stood a man.
“Hello!”
I was an odd way to greet a complete stranger who had invaded her home, but it
was all she could think of to say. A casual greeting to someone who seemed to be
expecting her, waiting for her. Maybe it was the way they did things down here?
“I suppose you had to shelter from the storm too?” she asked.
The man said nothing.
She ought to have been angry at this rude intrusion on her privacy, but anger
somehow seemed pointless. It was as if the cottage was his, the hearth was his, and
she had come out of the storm to seek refuge at his door. She watched him,
cautiously; waiting for an explanation. He said nothing. Not a word
“Did you get wet?” she asked
He stood, huddled by the open fire, gazing at the dying embers.
She walked over, brushing against him as she bent to stir the logs into life, but
still he did not move. The flames burst forth, lighting up the sadness in his dark eyes.
“And kneeled and made the cheerless grate blaze up and all the cottage
warm...”
The words, spoken by him in a quiet, toneless voice, took her by surprise.
“Pardon?” she said
But he seemed not to hear.
She tried once more. “Ii look as if it’s set in for the evening. Would you like to
sit down for a while?”
His eyes followed her as she moved to take off her coat and brush out her hair.
“...and from her form withdrew the dripping cloak and shawl, and laid her
soiled gloves by, untied her hat and let the damp hair fall...”
Poetry. He was quoting poetry
He looked vaguely like a poet; lean, distressed, with a certain bitterness in his
eyes and hopelessness in his form. And his voice was deep and languid, like the
middle of the lake where the water ran darkest.
Yet those ware not his lines. The words were not created by him. They were
somehow familiar. Half remembered. Surely she had heard them before?
As to names her profession brought her, she felt all the following EXCEPT _____.
A ： confined
B ： fed upC ： agitated
D ： stirred
正确答案： D
解析：
第三段中，由boredom, frustration, slavery, breakdown, doubting her own sanity一系
列词语得出女主人公对过去的名誉声望感到厌倦、沮丧、奴役、绝望，甚至怀疑自己是
否神智清醒。confined受限制的，与slavery对应。fed up“厌倦的”与boredom对
应。agitated“焦虑的；表现不安的”与doubting her own sanity对应。D项“受到鼓励
的”，不符合题意。
121 、 不定项选择题
Australia’s frogs are having trouble finding love. Traffic noise and other sounds of
city life, such as air conditioners and construction noise, are drowning out the mating
calls of male frogs in urban areas, 1eading to a sharp drop in frog populations. But, in
the first study of its kind, Parris, a scientist at the University of Melbourne has found
that some frogs have figured out a way to compensate for human interference in
their love lives.
A male southern brown tree frog sends out a mating call when he’s looking for
a date. It is music to the ears of a female southern brown tree frog. But, add the
sounds of nearby traffic and the message just is not going out. Parris spent seven
years studying frogs around Melbourne. She says some frogs have come up with an
interesting strategy for making themselves heard.
“We found that it’s changing the pitch of its call, so going higher up, up the
frequency spectrum, being higher and squeakier, further away from the traffic noise
and this increases the distance over which it can be for heard,” Parris said.
The old call is lower in pitch. The new one is higher in pitch.
Now, that may sound like a pretty simple solution. But, changing their calls to
cope with a noisy environment is actually quite extraordinary for frogs. And while the
males have figured out how to make themselves heard above the noise, Parris says it
may not be what the females are looking for.
“When females have a choice between two males calling, they tend to select the
one that calls at a lower frequency because, in frogs, the frequency of a call is related
to body size. So, the bigger frogs tend to call lower,” she explained. “And so they
also tend to be the older frogs, the guys perhaps with more experience, they know
what they’re doing and the women are attracted to those.”
Frog populations in Melbourne have dropped considerably since Parris began
her research, but it is not just because of noise. Much of Australia has been locked in
a 10-year drought, leaving frogs fewer and fewer ponds to go looking for that special
someone.
Why do some frogs change the pitch of its calls?
A ： To be different from others.
B ： To attract a female frog.
C ： To tend out messages.
D ： To go against traffic noises.正确答案： D
解析：
由第三段“…further away from the traffic noise and this increases the distance over
which it can be for heard,”得知青蛙改变音高是为了避免噪音干扰。
122 、 不定项选择题
The molecules of carbon dioxide in the Earth’s atmosphere affect the heat balance
of the Earth by acting as a one-way screen. Although these molecules allow radiation
at visible wavelengths, where most of the energy of sunlight is concentrated, to pass
through, they absorb some of the longer-wavelength, infrared emissions radiated
from the Earth’s surface, radiation that would otherwise be transmitted back into
space. For the Earth to maintain a constant average temperature, such emissions
from the planet must balance incoming solar radiation. If there were no carbon
dioxide in the atmosphere, heat would escape from the Earth much more easily. The
surface temperature would be so much lower that the oceans might be a solid mass
of ice.
Today, however, the potential problem is too much carbon dioxide. The burning
of fossil fuels and the clearing of forests have increased atmospheric carbon dioxide
by about 15 percent in the last hundred years, and we continue to add carbon
dioxide to the atmosphere. Could the increase in carbon dioxide cause a global rise
in average temperature, and could such a rise have serious consequences for human
society? Mathematical models that allow us to calculate the rise in temperature as a
function of the increase indicate that the answer is probably yes.
Under present conditions a temperature of -18℃ can be observed at an altitude
of 5 to 6 kilometers above the Earth. Below this altitude (called the radiating level),
the temperature increases by about 6℃ per kilometer approaching the Earth’s
surface, where the average temperature is about 15℃. An increase in the amount of
carbon dioxide means that there are more molecules of carbon dioxide to absorb
infrared radiation. As the capacity of the atmosphere to absorb infrared radiation
increases, the radiating level and the temperature of the surface must rise. One
mathematical model predicts that doubling the atmospheric carbon dioxide would
raise the global mean surface temperature by 2.5℃: This model assumes that the
atmosphere’s relative humidity remains constant and the temperature decreases
with altitude at a rate of 6.5℃ per kilometer. The assumption of constant relative
humidity is important, because water vapor in the atmosphere is another efficient
absorber of radiation at infrared wavelengths. Because warm air can hold more
moisture than cool air, the relative humidity will be constant only if the amount of
water vapor in the atmosphere increases as the temperature rises. Therefore, more
infrared radiation would be absorbed and reradiated back to the Earth’s surface.
The resultant warming at the surface could be expected to melt snow and ice,
reducing the Earth’s reflectivity. More solar radiation would then be absorbed,
leading to a further increase in temperature.
The primary purpose of the passage is to _____.
A ： warn of the dangers of continued burning of fossil fuels
B ： discuss the significance of the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphereC ： demonstrate the usefulness of mathematical models in predicting long-range
climatic change
D ： describe the ways in which various atmospheric and climatic conditions
contribute to the Earth’s weather
正确答案： B
解析：
文章第一段讲述了大气中二氧化碳的存在对于保持地表温度平衡的重要作用，接着讲述
了如今由于化石燃料的燃烧，使大气中的二氧化碳增多，从而对全球气温以及人类社会
的影响，主要是为了强调二氧化碳在大气中的重要作用，因此B项最符合题
意。A、C、D三项在文中都有所体现，但都不是文章主旨，因此不选。
123 、 不定项选择题
The newspaper must provide for the reader the facts, pure, unprejudiced, objectively
selected facts. But in these days of complex news it must provide more; it must
supply interpretation, the meaning of the facts. This is the most important
assignment confronting American journalism—to make clear to the reader the
problems of the day, to make international news understandable as community
news, to recognize that there is no longer any such thing (with the possible exception
of society news) as “local” news, because any event in the international area has
local reaction in the financial market, political circles, in terms, indeed, of our very
way of life.
There is in journalism a widespread view that when you consider giving an
interpretation, you are entering dangerous waters, the swirling tides of opinion. This
is nonsense.
The opponents of interpretation insist that the writer and the editor shall confine
himself to the “facts”. This insistence raises two questions. What are the facts?
And: Are the bare facts enough?
As for the first question, consider how a so-called “factual” story comes about.
The reporter collects, say, fifty facts; out these fifty, his space being necessarily
restricted, he selects the ten which he considers most important. This is judgment
Number One. Then he or his editor decides which of these ten facts shall constitute
the beginning of the article. (This is an important decision because many readers do
not proceed beyond the first paragraph.) This is Judgment Number Two. Then the
night editor determines whether the article shall be presented on page one, where it
has a large influence, or on page twenty-four, where it has little. Judgment Number
Three.
Thus in the presentation of a so-called “factual” or “objective” story, at least
three judgments are involved. And they are judgments not at all unlike those involved
in interpretation, in which. reporter and editor, calling upon their research resources,
their general background, and their “news neutralism”, arrive at a conclusion as to
line significance of the news.
The two areas of judgment, presentation of the news and its interpretation, are
both objective rather than subjective processes—as objective, that is, as any human
being can be. (Note in passing: even though complete objectivity can never be
achieved, nevertheless the ideal must always be the light in the murky news
channels.) If an editor is intent on giving a prejudiced view of the news, he can do itin other ways and more effectively than by interpretation. He can do it by the
selection of those facts that support his particular viewpoint. Or he can do it by line
play he gives a story—promoting it to page one or putting it on page thirty.
Readers are justified in thinking that the most important aspect of the news reported
in the newspaper is that it should be _____.
A ： interpreted in detail
B ： edited properly
C ： objectively reported
D ： impartial
正确答案： C
解析：
文章通篇都在讲述在编辑新闻的过程中，虽然不能完全避免主观因素的介入，但应该尽
量保持客观。故选项C正确，客观性是新闻报道最重要的方面。
124 、 不定项选择题
The world is going through the biggest wave of mergers and acquisitions ever
witnessed. The process sweeps from hyperactive America to Europe and reaches the
emerging countries with unsurpassed might. Many in these countries are looking at
this process and worrying: “Won’t the wave of business concentration turn into an
uncontrollable anti-competitive force?”
There’s no question that the big are getting bigger and more powerful.
Multinational corporations accounted for less than 20% of international trade in
1982. Today the figure is more than 25% and growing rapidly. International affiliates
account for a fast-growing segment of production in economies that open up and
welcome foreign investment. In Argentina, for instance, after the reforms of the early
1990s, multinationals went from 43% to almost 70% of the industrial production of
the 200 largest firms. This phenomenon has created serious concerns over the role of
smaller economic firms, of national businessmen and over the ultimate stability, of
the world economy.
I believe that the most important forces behind the massive M&A wave are the
same that underlie the globalization process: falling transportation, and
communication costs, lower trade and investment barriers and enlarged markets that
require enlarged operations capable of meeting customers’ demands. All these are
beneficial, not detrimental to consumers. As productivity grows, the world’s wealth
increases.
Examples of benefits or costs of the current concentration-wave are scanty. Yet it
is hard to imagine that the merge of a few oil firms today could recreate the same
threats to competition that were feared nearly a century ago in the U.S., when the
Standard Oil trust was broken up. The mergers of telecom companies, such as World
Corn, hardly seem to bring higher prices for consumers or a reduction in the pace of
technical progress. On the contrary, the price of communications is coming down
fast. In cars, too, concentration is increasing—witness Daimler and Chrysler, Renault
and Nissan—but it does not appear that consumers am being hurt.
Yet the fact remains that the merger movement must be watched. A few weeks
ago, Alan Greenspan warned against the megamergers in the banking industry. Whois going to supervise, regulate and operate, as lender of last resort with the gigantic
banks that are being created? won’t multinationals shift production from one place
to another when a nation gets too strict about infringements to fair corn petition?
And should one country take upon itself the role of “defending competition” on
issues that affect many other nations, as in the U.S.
What is the typical trend, of businesses today?
A ： To take in more foreign funds.
B ： To invest-more abroad.
C ： To combine and become bigger.
D ： To trade with more, countries.
正确答案： C
解析：
第一段第1句话指出，“世界正在经历一波前所未有的合并-并购大浪潮”，因此，当今
商业的典型趋势为C选项“合并壮大”。
125 、 不定项选择题
Australia’s frogs are having trouble finding love. Traffic noise and other sounds of
city life, such as air conditioners and construction noise, are drowning out the mating
calls of male frogs in urban areas, 1eading to a sharp drop in frog populations. But, in
the first study of its kind, Parris, a scientist at the University of Melbourne has found
that some frogs have figured out a way to compensate for human interference in
their love lives.
A male southern brown tree frog sends out a mating call when he’s looking for
a date. It is music to the ears of a female southern brown tree frog. But, add the
sounds of nearby traffic and the message just is not going out. Parris spent seven
years studying frogs around Melbourne. She says some frogs have come up with an
interesting strategy for making themselves heard.
“We found that it’s changing the pitch of its call, so going higher up, up the
frequency spectrum, being higher and squeakier, further away from the traffic noise
and this increases the distance over which it can be for heard,” Parris said.
The old call is lower in pitch. The new one is higher in pitch.
Now, that may sound like a pretty simple solution. But, changing their calls to
cope with a noisy environment is actually quite extraordinary for frogs. And while the
males have figured out how to make themselves heard above the noise, Parris says it
may not be what the females are looking for.
“When females have a choice between two males calling, they tend to select the
one that calls at a lower frequency because, in frogs, the frequency of a call is related
to body size. So, the bigger frogs tend to call lower,” she explained. “And so they
also tend to be the older frogs, the guys perhaps with more experience, they know
what they’re doing and the women are attracted to those.”
Frog populations in Melbourne have dropped considerably since Parris began
her research, but it is not just because of noise. Much of Australia has been locked in
a 10-year drought, leaving frogs fewer and fewer ponds to go looking for that special
someone.What does the word “considerably” in the last paragraph mean?
A ： immediately
B ： directly
C ： carefully
D ： much
正确答案： D
解析：
considerably位于最后一段句首，作为副词修饰drop。该句意思是自从Parris开始她的
研究后，墨尔本的青蛙数量下降…。B项“直接地”，C项“认真地”明显不符合题意。
由最后一段最后一句知十年干旱期间，池塘的数量越来越少，可知青蛙数量下降有一个
过程，不是突然的，因此A项错误。
126 、 不定项选择题
Traffic statistics paint a gloomy picture. To help solve their traffic woes, some rapidly
growing U.S. cities have simply built more roads. But traffic experts say building more
roads is a quick-fix solution that will not alleviate the traffic problem in the long run.
Soaring land costs, increasing concern over social and environmental disruptions
caused by road-building, and the likelihood that more roads can only lead to more
cars and traffic are powerful factors bearing down on a 1950s-style construction
program.
The goal of smart-highway technology is to make traffic systems work at
optimum efficiency by treating the road and the vehicles traveling on them as an
integral transportation system. Proponents of the advanced technology say electronic
detection systems, closed-circuit television, radio communication, ramp metering,
variable message signing, and other smart-highway technology can now be used at a
reasonable cost to improve communication between drivers and the people who
monitor traffic.
Pathfinder, a Santa Monica, California-based smart-highway project in which a
14-mile stretch of the Santa Monica Freeway, making up what is called a “smart
corridor”, is being instrumented with buried loops in the pavement. Closed-circuit
television cameras survey the flow of traffic, while communication linked to property
equipped automobiles advise motorists of the least congested routes or detours.
Not all traffic experts, however, look to smart-highway technology as the
ultimate solution to traffic gridlock. Some say the high-tech approach is limited and
can only offer temporary solutions to a serious problem.
“Electronics on the highway addresses just one aspect of the problem: how to
regulate traffic more efficiently,” explains Michael Renner, senior researcher at the
world-watch Institute. “It doesn’t deal with the central problem of too many cars
for roads that can’t be built fast enough. It sends people the wrong message”.
They start thinking “Yes, there used to be a traffic congestion problem, but that’s
been solved now because we have advanced high-tech system in place.” Larson
agrees and adds, “Smart highway is just one of the tools that we use to deal with
our traffic problems. It’s not the solution itself, just pan of the package. There are
different strategies.”
Other traffic problem-solving options being studied and experimented withinclude car pooling, rapid mass-transit systems, staggered or flexible work hours, and
road pricing, a system whereby motorists pay a certain amount for the time they use
a highway.
It seems that we need a new, major thrust to deal with the traffic problems of
the next 20 years. There has to be a big change.
What is the appropriate title for the passage?
A ： Smart Highway Projects—The Ultimate Solution to Traffic Congestion.
B ： A Quick Fix Solution for the Traffic Problems.
C ： A Venture to Remedy Traffic Woes.
D ： Highways Get Smart—Part of the Package to Relieve Traffic Gridlock.
正确答案： D
解析：
主旨题。本文主要围绕交通问题的解决展开论述，并提出建立smart-highway是个不错
的办法，根据第三段提到的“Smart highways is just one of the tools that we use to
deal with our traffic problems”，可知smart-highway只是“part of the package”，
而不是最终解决之道。选项D符合文意。
127 、 不定项选择题
Nobody ever went into academic circles to make a fast fortune. Professors, especially
those in medical-and technology-related fields, typically earn a fraction of what their
colleagues in industry do. But suddenly, big money is starting to flow into the ivory
tower, as university administrators make up to the commercial potential of academic
research. And the institutions are wrestling with a whole new set of issues.
The profits are impressive: the Association of University Technology Managers
surveyed 132 universities and found that they earned a combined $576 million from
patent royalties in 1998, a number that promises to keep rising dramatically. Schools
like Columbia University in New York have aggressively marketed their inventions to
corporations, particularly pharmaceutical and high-tech companies.
Now Columbia is going retail—on the Web. It plans to go beyond the typical
“dot. edu” model, free sites listing courses and professors’ research interests.
Instead, it will offer the expertise of its faculty on a new for-profit site which will be
spun off as an independent company. The site will provide free access to educational
and research content, say administrators, as well as advanced features that are
already available to Columbia students, such as a simulation of the construction and
architecture of a French cathedral and interactive 3-D models of organic chemicals.
Free pages will feed into profit-generating areas, such as online courses and
seminars, and related books and tapes. Columbia executive vice president Michael
Crow imagines “millions of visitors” to the new site, including retirees and students
willing to pay to tap into this educational resource. “We can offer the best of
what’s thought and written and researched,” says Ann Kirschner, who heads the
project. Columbia also is anxious not be beaten by some of the other for-profit
“knowledge sites,” such as About.com and Hungry Minds. “If they capture this
space,” says Crow, “they’ll begin to cherry-pick our best faculty.”
Profits from the sale of patents typically have been divided between theresearcher, the department and the university, and Web profits would work the same
way, so many faculty members are delighted. But others find the trend worrisome: is
a professor who stands to profit from his or her research as credible as one who
doesn’t? Will universities provide more support to researchers working in profitable
fields than to scholars toiling in more musty areas?
“If there’s the perception that we might be making money from our efforts,
the authority of the university could be diminished,” worries Herve Varenne, a
cultural anthropology professor at Columbia’s education school. Says Kirschner:
“we would never compromise the integrity of the university.” Whether the new site
can add to the growing profits from patents remains to be seen, but one thing is
clear. It’s going to take the best minds on camps to find a new balance between
profit and purity.
In the past, professors _____.
A ： could earn as much as doctors
B ： were able to earn more than engineers
C ： were not good at earning money
D ： did not intend to earn money easily
正确答案： D
解析：
细节题。从文中第一段第一句“Nobody ever went into academic circles to make a fast
fortune”可知，进入学术界的人没有想一夜发财的，在一些技术领域，收入要比在企业
界的相同行业少。因此D项符合题意。
128 、 不定项选择题
The newspaper must provide for the reader the facts, pure, unprejudiced, objectively
selected facts. But in these days of complex news it must provide more; it must
supply interpretation, the meaning of the facts. This is the most important
assignment confronting American journalism—to make clear to the reader the
problems of the day, to make international news understandable as community
news, to recognize that there is no longer any such thing (with the possible exception
of society news) as “local” news, because any event in the international area has
local reaction in the financial market, political circles, in terms, indeed, of our very
way of life.
There is in journalism a widespread view that when you consider giving an
interpretation, you are entering dangerous waters, the swirling tides of opinion. This
is nonsense.
The opponents of interpretation insist that the writer and the editor shall confine
himself to the “facts”. This insistence raises two questions. What are the facts?
And: Are the bare facts enough?
As for the first question, consider how a so-called “factual” story comes about.
The reporter collects, say, fifty facts; out these fifty, his space being necessarily
restricted, he selects the ten which he considers most important. This is judgment
Number One. Then he or his editor decides which of these ten facts shall constitute
the beginning of the article. (This is an important decision because many readers donot proceed beyond the first paragraph.) This is Judgment Number Two. Then the
night editor determines whether the article shall be presented on page one, where it
has a large influence, or on page twenty-four, where it has little. Judgment Number
Three.
Thus in the presentation of a so-called “factual” or “objective” story, at least
three judgments are involved. And they are judgments not at all unlike those involved
in interpretation, in which. reporter and editor, calling upon their research resources,
their general background, and their “news neutralism”, arrive at a conclusion as to
line significance of the news.
The two areas of judgment, presentation of the news and its interpretation, are
both objective rather than subjective processes—as objective, that is, as any human
being can be. (Note in passing: even though complete objectivity can never be
achieved, nevertheless the ideal must always be the light in the murky news
channels.) If an editor is intent on giving a prejudiced view of the news, he can do it
in other ways and more effectively than by interpretation. He can do it by the
selection of those facts that support his particular viewpoint. Or he can do it by line
play he gives a story—promoting it to page one or putting it on page thirty.
The beginning sentence should present the most important fact because _____.
A ： it will influence the reader to continue
B ： most readers read only the first paragraph
C ： it is line best way to write according to the schools of journalism
D ： it details the general attitude of the writer
正确答案： B
解析：
细节题。第四段第三句后括号里提到“This is an important decision because many
readers do not proceed beyond the first paragraph.”因为许多读者在读完第一段后便
不再继续读了。故选项B正确。
129 、 不定项选择题
For the executive producer of a network nightly news programme, the workday often
begins at midnight as mine did during seven years with ABC’s evening newscast.
The first order of business was a call to the assignment desk for a pre-
bedtime?rundownof latest developments.
The assignment desk operates 24 hours a day, staffed by editors who move
crews, correspondents and equipment to the scene of events. Assignment-desk
editors ate logistics experts; they have to know plane schedules, satellite availability,
and whom to get in touch with at local stations and overseas broadcasting systems.
They are required to assess stories as they break on the wire services—sometimes
even before they do - and to decide how much effort to make to cover those stories.
When the United States was going to appeal to arms against Iraq, the number of
correspondents and crews was constantly evaluated. Based on reports from the field
and also upon the skilled judgments of desk editors in New York City, the right
number of personnel was kept on the alert. The rest were allowed to continue
working throughout the world, in America and Iraq ready to move but not tied down
by false alarms.The studio staff of ABC’s “World News Tonight” assembles at 9 a.m. to
prepare for the 6:30 “air” p.m. deadline. Overnight dispatches from outlying
bureaus and press services are read. There are phone conversations with the
broadcast’s staff producers in domestic bureaus and with the London bureau
senior producer, who coordinates overseas coverage. A pattern emerges for the
day’s news, a pattern outlined in the executive producer’s first lineup. The lineup
tells the staff what stories are scheduled; what the priorities are for processing film of
editing tape; what scripts need to be written; what commercials ate scheduled; how
long stories should run and in what order. Without a lineup, there would be chaos.
Each story’s relative value in dollars and cents must be continually assessed by
the executive producer. Cutting back satellite booking to save money might mean
that an explanation delivered by an anchor person will replace actual photos of an
event. A decline in live coverage could send viewers away and drive ratings down, but
there is not enough money to do everything. So decisions must be made and made
rapidly—because delay can mean a missed connection for shipping tape or access to
a satellite blocked by a competitor.
The broadcasts themselves require pacing and style. The audience has to be
allowed to breathe between periods of intense excitement. A vivid pictorial report
followed by less exacting materials allows the viewer to reflect on information that
has just flashed by. Frequent switches from one anchor to another or from one film
or tape report to another create a sense of forward movement. Ideally, leading and
lags to stories are worked out with field correspondents, enabling them to fit their
reports into the programme’s narrative flow so the audience’s attention does not
wander and more substance is absorbed.
Scripts are constantly rewritten to blend well with incoming pictures. Good copy
is crisp, informative. Our rule: the fewer words the better. If a picture can do the
work, let it.
What is the text mainly about?
A ： Ways to cut down the cost of the coverage,
B ： How to make the report more attractive.
C ： To describe the work of the executive producer.
D ： To introduce the style and features of the news programme.
正确答案： C
解析：
第一段第一句提到“监制人的工作从半夜就要开始”，然后下文又具体介绍了监制人的
职责，所以文章主要是描述了监制人的工作情况，选C。
130 、 不定项选择题
In general, our society is becoming one of giant enterprises directed by a
bureaucratic management in which man becomes a small, well-oiled cog in the
machinery. The oiling is done with higher wages, well-ventilated factories and piped
music, and by psychologists and “human-relations” experts; yet all this oiling does
not alter the fact that man has become powerless, that he does not whole heartedly
participate in his work and that he is bored with it. In fact, the blue-and white-collarworkers have become economic puppets who dance to the tune of automated
machines and bureaucratic management.
The worker and employee are anxious, not only because they might find
themselves out of a job; they are anxious also because they are unable to acquire any
real satisfaction or interest in life. They live and die without ever having confronted
the fundamental realities of human existence as emotionally and intellectually
independent and productive human beings.
Those higher up on the social ladder are no less anxious. Their lives are no less
empty than those of their subordinates. They are even more insecure in some
respects. They are in a highly competitive race. To be promoted or to fall behind is
not a matter of salary but even more a matter of self-respect. When they apply for
their first job, they are tested for intelligence as well as for the right mixture of
submissiveness and independence. From that moment on they are tested again and
again—by the psychologists, for whom testing is a big business, and by their
superiors who judge their behavior, sociability, capacity to get along, etc. This
constant need to prove that one is as good as or better than one’s fellow-
competitor creates constant anxiety and stress, the very causes of unhappiness and
illness.
Am I suggesting that we should return to the preindustrial mode of production
or to nineteenth-century “free enterprise” capitalism? Certainly not. Problems are
never solved by returning to a stage which one has already outgrown. I suggest
transforming our social system from a bureaucratically managed industrialism in
which maximal production and consumption are ends in themselves into a humanist
industrialism in which man and full development of his potentialities—those of love
and of reason—are the aims of all social arrangements. Production and consumption
should serve only as means to this end, and should be prevented from ruling man.
The real cause of the anxiety of the workers and employees is that _____.
A ： they are likely to lose their jobs
B ： they have no genuine satisfaction or interest in life
C ： they are faced with the fundamental realities of human existence
D ： they are deprived of their individuality and independence
正确答案： B
解析：
细节题。第二段第一句说到，使员工焦虑的原因不单单是因为他们害怕自己会失业，还
因为他们在生活中得不到真正的满足和乐趣。故选B项。
131 、 不定项选择题
Australia’s frogs are having trouble finding love. Traffic noise and other sounds of
city life, such as air conditioners and construction noise, are drowning out the mating
calls of male frogs in urban areas, 1eading to a sharp drop in frog populations. But, in
the first study of its kind, Parris, a scientist at the University of Melbourne has found
that some frogs have figured out a way to compensate for human interference in
their love lives.
A male southern brown tree frog sends out a mating call when he’s looking for
a date. It is music to the ears of a female southern brown tree frog. But, add thesounds of nearby traffic and the message just is not going out. Parris spent seven
years studying frogs around Melbourne. She says some frogs have come up with an
interesting strategy for making themselves heard.
“We found that it’s changing the pitch of its call, so going higher up, up the
frequency spectrum, being higher and squeakier, further away from the traffic noise
and this increases the distance over which it can be for heard,” Parris said.
The old call is lower in pitch. The new one is higher in pitch.
Now, that may sound like a pretty simple solution. But, changing their calls to
cope with a noisy environment is actually quite extraordinary for frogs. And while the
males have figured out how to make themselves heard above the noise, Parris says it
may not be what the females are looking for.
“When females have a choice between two males calling, they tend to select the
one that calls at a lower frequency because, in frogs, the frequency of a call is related
to body size. So, the bigger frogs tend to call lower,” she explained. “And so they
also tend to be the older frogs, the guys perhaps with more experience, they know
what they’re doing and the women are attracted to those.”
Frog populations in Melbourne have dropped considerably since Parris began
her research, but it is not just because of noise. Much of Australia has been locked in
a 10-year drought, leaving frogs fewer and fewer ponds to go looking for that special
someone.
According to Parris, what are the reasons for the dropping of the frog’s population
in Melbourne?
A ： ir conditioners and construction noise.
B ： The urban noises and the lack of rainfall.
C ： The change of the frequency of the mating call.
D ： Fewer ponds.
正确答案： B
解析：
第一段提到“Traffic noise and other sounds of city life, such as air conditioners and
construction noise,”可知A项是各种噪音中的两种，因此A不全面。D项“池塘数量的减
少是由于干旱”不是根本原因。C项“求偶叫声频率的改变是青蛙面对噪音干扰的反
应”，不是其数量减少的原因。B项正确。
132 、 不定项选择题
“Popular art” has a number of meanings, impossible to define with any precision,
which range from folklore to junk. The poles are clear enough, but the middle tends
to blur. The Hollywood Western of the 1930’s, for example, has elements of
folklore, but is closer to junk than to high art or folk art. There can be great trash, just
as there is bad high art. The musicals of George Gershwin are great popular art,
never aspiring to high art. Schubert and Brahms, however, used elements of popular
music—folk themes—in works clearly intended as high art. The case of Verdi is a
different one: he took a popular genre—bourgeois melodrama set to music (an
accurate definition of nineteenth-century opera)—and, without altering its
fundamental nature, transmuted it into high art. This remains one of the greatest
achievements in music, and one that cannot be fully appreciated without recognizingthe essential trashiness of the genre.
As an example of such a transmutation, consider what Verdi made of the typical
political elements of nineteenth-century opera. Generally in the plots of these operas,
a hero or heroine—usually portrayed only as an individual, unfettered by class—is
caught between the immoral corruption of the aristocracy and the doctrinaire rigidity
or secret greed of the leaders of the proletariat. Verdi transforms this naive and
unlikely formulation with music of extraordinary energy and rhythmic vitality, music
more subtle than it seems at first hearing. There are scenes and arias that still sound
like calls to arms and were clearly understood as such when they were first
performed. Such pieces lend an immediacy to the otherwise veiled political message
of these operas and call up feelings beyond those of the opera itself.
Or consider Verdi’s treatment of character. Before Verdi, there were rarely any
characters at all in musical drama, only a series of situations which allowed the
singers to express a series of emotional states. Any attempt to find coherent
psychological portrayal in these operas is misplaced ingenuity. The only coherence
was the singer’s vocal technique: when the cast changed, new arias were almost
always substituted, generally adapted from other operas. Verdi’s characters, on the
other hand, have genuine consistency and integrity, even if, in many cases, the
consistency is that of pasteboard melodrama. The integrity of the character is
achieved through the music: once he had become established, Verdi did not rewrite
his music for different singers or countenance alterations or substitutions of
somebody else’s arias in one of his operas, as every eighteenth-century composer
had done. When he revised an opera, it was only for dramatic economy and
effectiveness.
According to the passage, the immediacy of the political message in Verdi’s operas
stems from the _____.
A ： vitality and subtlety of the music
B ： audience’s familiarity with earlier operas
C ： verisimilitude of the characters
D ： individual talents of the singers
正确答案： A
解析：
可以将答案定位到第二段的后三句，B、D两项在文中均没有提及，C项内容属于文章第
三段的内容，与题干无直接关系，因此只有A项与文中描述贴切，符合题目要求。
133 、 不定项选择题
The molecules of carbon dioxide in the Earth’s atmosphere affect the heat balance
of the Earth by acting as a one-way screen. Although these molecules allow radiation
at visible wavelengths, where most of the energy of sunlight is concentrated, to pass
through, they absorb some of the longer-wavelength, infrared emissions radiated
from the Earth’s surface, radiation that would otherwise be transmitted back into
space. For the Earth to maintain a constant average temperature, such emissions
from the planet must balance incoming solar radiation. If there were no carbon
dioxide in the atmosphere, heat would escape from the Earth much more easily. Thesurface temperature would be so much lower that the oceans might be a solid mass
of ice.
Today, however, the potential problem is too much carbon dioxide. The burning
of fossil fuels and the clearing of forests have increased atmospheric carbon dioxide
by about 15 percent in the last hundred years, and we continue to add carbon
dioxide to the atmosphere. Could the increase in carbon dioxide cause a global rise
in average temperature, and could such a rise have serious consequences for human
society? Mathematical models that allow us to calculate the rise in temperature as a
function of the increase indicate that the answer is probably yes.
Under present conditions a temperature of -18℃ can be observed at an altitude
of 5 to 6 kilometers above the Earth. Below this altitude (called the radiating level),
the temperature increases by about 6℃ per kilometer approaching the Earth’s
surface, where the average temperature is about 15℃. An increase in the amount of
carbon dioxide means that there are more molecules of carbon dioxide to absorb
infrared radiation. As the capacity of the atmosphere to absorb infrared radiation
increases, the radiating level and the temperature of the surface must rise. One
mathematical model predicts that doubling the atmospheric carbon dioxide would
raise the global mean surface temperature by 2.5℃: This model assumes that the
atmosphere’s relative humidity remains constant and the temperature decreases
with altitude at a rate of 6.5℃ per kilometer. The assumption of constant relative
humidity is important, because water vapor in the atmosphere is another efficient
absorber of radiation at infrared wavelengths. Because warm air can hold more
moisture than cool air, the relative humidity will be constant only if the amount of
water vapor in the atmosphere increases as the temperature rises. Therefore, more
infrared radiation would be absorbed and reradiated back to the Earth’s surface.
The resultant warming at the surface could be expected to melt snow and ice,
reducing the Earth’s reflectivity. More solar radiation would then be absorbed,
leading to a further increase in temperature.
According to the passage, atmospheric carbon dioxide performs all of the following
functions EXCEPT: _____.
A ： absorbing radiation at visible wavelengths
B ： absorbing infrared radiation
C ： absorbing outgoing radiation from the Earth
D ： helping to retain heat near the Earth’s surface
正确答案： A
解析：
文章第一段第二句指出，“these molecules allow radiation at visible wavelengths,
where most of the energy of sunlight is concentrated, to pass through”，所以此处二
氧化碳的作用是允许可见光波长的辐射穿过大气层，而不是将其“吸收”，因此A项不
符合文章描述，符合题目要求；选项B、C在第二句的后半句有所体现，选项D在第一段
的倒数第三句可以找到对应。
134 、 不定项选择题
Since the late 1970’s in the face of a severe loss of market share in dozens ofindustries, manufacturers in the United States have been trying to improve
productivity—and therefore enhance their international competitiveness—through
cost-cutting programs. (Cost-cutting here is defined as raising labor output while
holding the amount of labor constant.) However, from 1978 through 1982,
productivity—the value of goods manufactured divided by the amount of labor
input—did not improve; and while the results were better in the business upturn of
the three years following, they ran 25percent lower than productivity improvements
during earlier, post-1945 upturns. At the same time, it became clear that the harder
manufactures worked to implement cost-cutting, the more they lost their competitive
edge.
With this paradox in mind, I recently visited 25 companies; it became clear to me
that the cost-cutting approach to increasing productivity is fundamentally flawed.
Manufacturing regularly observes a “40, 40, 20” rule. Roughly 40 percent of any
manufacturing-based competitive advantage derives from long-term changes in
manufacturing structure (decisions about the number, size, location, and capacity of
facilities) and in approaches to materials. Another 40 percent comes from major
changes in equipment and process technology. The final 20 percent rests on
implementing conventional cost-cutting. This rule does not imply that cost-cutting
should not be tried. The well-known tools of this approach—including simplifying
jobs and retraining employees to work smarter, not harder—do produce results. But
the tools quickly reach the limits of what they can contribute.
Another problem is that the cost-cutting approach hinders innovation and
discourages creative people. As Abernathy’s study of automobile manufacturers
has shown, an industry can easily become prisoner of its own investments in cost-
cutting techniques, reducing its ability to develop new products. And managers under
pressure to maximize cost-cutting will resist innovation because they know that more
fundamental changes in processes or systems will wreak havoc with the results on
which they are measured. Production managers have always seen their job as one of
minimizing costs and maximizing output. This dimension of performance has until
recently sufficed as a basis of evaluation, but it has created a penny-pinching,
mechanistic culture in most factories that has kept away creative managers.
Every company I know that has freed itself from the paradox has done so, in
part, by developing and implementing a manufacturing strategy. Such a strategy
focuses on the manufacturing structure and on equipment and process technology.
In one company a manufacturing strategy that allowed different areas of the factory
to specialize in different markets replaced the conventional cost-cutting approach;
within three years the company regained its competitive advantage. Together with
such strategies, successful companies are also encouraging managers to focus on a
wider set of objectives besides cutting costs. There is hope for manufacturing, but it
dearly rests oil a different way of managing.
The author’s attitude toward the culture in most factories is best described as _____.
A ： cautious
B ： critical
C ： disinterested
D ： respectful
正确答案： B解析：
根据文章倒数第二段最后一句“This dimension of performance has until recently
sufficed as a basis of evaluation, but it has created a penny-pinching, mechanistic
culture in most factories that has kept away creative managers.”这里作者指出迫于降
低成本的压力，大多数工厂文化缺少创新。接着在最后一段中继续说到只有摆脱这种为
了最大程度减少成本的方法才能使得企业成功，因此可知作者对大多数工厂的文化是持
批判态度的。
135 、 不定项选择题
Since the late 1970’s in the face of a severe loss of market share in dozens of
industries, manufacturers in the United States have been trying to improve
productivity—and therefore enhance their international competitiveness—through
cost-cutting programs. (Cost-cutting here is defined as raising labor output while
holding the amount of labor constant.) However, from 1978 through 1982,
productivity—the value of goods manufactured divided by the amount of labor
input—did not improve; and while the results were better in the business upturn of
the three years following, they ran 25percent lower than productivity improvements
during earlier, post-1945 upturns. At the same time, it became clear that the harder
manufactures worked to implement cost-cutting, the more they lost their competitive
edge.
With this paradox in mind, I recently visited 25 companies; it became clear to me
that the cost-cutting approach to increasing productivity is fundamentally flawed.
Manufacturing regularly observes a “40, 40, 20” rule. Roughly 40 percent of any
manufacturing-based competitive advantage derives from long-term changes in
manufacturing structure (decisions about the number, size, location, and capacity of
facilities) and in approaches to materials. Another 40 percent comes from major
changes in equipment and process technology. The final 20 percent rests on
implementing conventional cost-cutting. This rule does not imply that cost-cutting
should not be tried. The well-known tools of this approach—including simplifying
jobs and retraining employees to work smarter, not harder—do produce results. But
the tools quickly reach the limits of what they can contribute.
Another problem is that the cost-cutting approach hinders innovation and
discourages creative people. As Abernathy’s study of automobile manufacturers
has shown, an industry can easily become prisoner of its own investments in cost-
cutting techniques, reducing its ability to develop new products. And managers under
pressure to maximize cost-cutting will resist innovation because they know that more
fundamental changes in processes or systems will wreak havoc with the results on
which they are measured. Production managers have always seen their job as one of
minimizing costs and maximizing output. This dimension of performance has until
recently sufficed as a basis of evaluation, but it has created a penny-pinching,
mechanistic culture in most factories that has kept away creative managers.
Every company I know that has freed itself from the paradox has done so, in
part, by developing and implementing a manufacturing strategy. Such a strategy
focuses on the manufacturing structure and on equipment and process technology.
In one company a manufacturing strategy that allowed different areas of the factory
to specialize in different markets replaced the conventional cost-cutting approach;
within three years the company regained its competitive advantage. Together with
such strategies, successful companies are also encouraging managers to focus on awider set of objectives besides cutting costs. There is hope for manufacturing, but it
dearly rests oil a different way of managing.
The author of the passage is primarily concerned with _____.
A ： summarizing a thesis
B ： recommending a different approach
C ： comparing points of view
D ： making a series of predictions
正确答案： B
解析：
“cost-cutting approach to increasing productivity is fundamentally flawed.
Manufacturing regularly observes a ‘40, 40, 20’ rule.”由此句可知，cost-cutting已
经不是提高生产力的好方法，而是要通过“40, 40, 20” rule来提高生产力，所以作者是
在recommending a different approach。
136 、 不定项选择题
Students of United States history, seeking to identify the circumstances that
encouraged the emergence of feminist movements, have thoroughly investigated the
mid-nineteenth-century American economic and social conditions that affected the
status of women. These historians, however, have analyzed less fully the
development of specifically feminist ideas and activities during the same period.
Furthermore, the ideological origins of feminism in the United States have been
obscured because, even when historians did take into account those feminist ideas
and activities occurring within the United States, they failed to recognize that
feminism was then a truly international movement actually centered in Europe.
American feminist activists who have been described as “solitary” and “individual
theorists” were in reality connected to a movement —utopian socialism—which was
already popularizing feminist ideas in Europe during the two decades that
cachinnated in the first women’s rights conference held at Seneca Falls, New York,
in 1848. Thus, a complete understanding of the origins and development of
nineteenth-century feminism in the United States requires that the geographical
focus be widened to include Europe and that the detailed study already made of
social conditions be expanded to include the ideological development of feminism.
The earliest and most popular of the utopian socialists were the Saint-Simonians.
The specifically feminist part of Saint-Simonianism has, however, been less studied
than the group’s contribution to early socialism. This is regrettable on two accounts.
By 1832 feminism was the central concern of Saint-Simonianism and entirely
absorbed its adherents’ energy; hence, by ignoring its feminism, European
historians have misunderstood Saint-Simonianism. Moreover, since many feminist
ideas can be traced to Saint-Simonianism, European historians’ appreciation of later
feminism in France and the United States remained limited.
Saint-Simon’s followers, many of whom were women, based their feminism on
an interpretation of his project to reorganize the globe by replacing brute force with
the rule of spiritual powers. The new world order would be ruled together by a male,
to represent reflection, and a female, to represent sentiment. This complementarityreflects the fact that, while the Saint-Simonians did not reject the belief that there
were innate differences between men and women, they nevertheless foresaw an
equally important social and political role for both sexes in their Utopia.
Only a few Saint-Simonians opposed a definition of sexual equality based on
gender distinction. This minority believed that individuals of both sexes were born
similar in capacity and character, and they ascribed male-female differences to
socialization and education. The envisioned result of both currents of thought,
however, was that women would enter public life in the new age and that sexual
equality would reward men as well as women with an improved way of life.
The author’s attitude toward most European historians who have studied the Saint-
Simonians is primarily one of _____.
A ： approval of the specific focus of their research
B ： disapproval of their lack of attention to the issue that absorbed most of the
Saint-Simonians’ energy after 1832
C ： approval of their general focus on social conditions
D ： disapproval of their lack of attention to links between the Saint-Simonians and
their American counterparts
正确答案： D
解析：
此题可用排除法。答案应定位在文章第二段。从第二段可以看出，作者对欧洲的历史学
家持否定态度，则A，C错。B选项中after 1832的时间段错误，应为before 1832，所以
也排除，则得到D选项为正确选项。同时，也可由此段最后一句话直接得出D选项。
137 、 不定项选择题
This is not a good time to be foreign. Anti-immigrant parties are gaining ground in
Europe. Britain has been fretting this week over lapses in its border controls. In
America Barack Obama has failed to deliver the immigration reform he promised,
and Republican presidential candidates would rather electrify the border fence with
Mexico than educate the children of illegal aliens. America educates foreign scientists
in its universities and then expels them, a policy the mayor of New York calls
“national suicide”.
This illiberal turn in attitudes to migration is no surprise. It is the result of cyclical
economic gloom combined with a secular rise in pressure on rich countries’
borders. But governments now weighing up whether or not to try to slam the door
should consider another factor: the growing economic importance of Diasporas, and
the contribution they can make to a country’s economic growth.
Diaspora networks-of Huguenots, Scots, Jews and many others-have always been
a potent economic force, but the cheapness and ease of modern travel has made
them larger and more numerous than ever before. There are now 215m first-
generation migrants around the world: that’s 3％of the world’s population. If they
were a nation, it would be a little larger than Brazil. There are more Chinese people
living outside China than there are French people in France. Some 22m Indians are
scattered all over the globe. Small concentrations of ethnic and linguistic groups have
always been found in surprising places-Lebanese in West Africa, Japanese in Braziland Welsh in Patagonia, for instance-but they have been joined by newer ones, such
as west Africans in southern China.
These networks of kinship and language make it easier to do business across
borders. They speed the flow of information. Trust matters, especially in emerging
markets where the rule of law is weak. So does a knowledge of the local culture. And
modern communications make these networks an even more powerful tool of
business.
Diasporas also help spread ideas. Many of the emerging world’s brightest
minds are educated at Western universities. An increasing number go home, taking
with them both knowledge and contacts. Indian computer scientists in Bangalore
bounce ideas constantly off their Indian friends in Silicon Valley. China’s technology
industry is dominated by “sea turtles” (Chinese who have lived abroad and
returned.
Diasporas spread money, too. Migrants into rich countries not only send cash to
their families; they also help companies in their host country operate in their home
country. A Harvard Business School study shows that, American companies that
employ lots of ethnic Chinese people find it much easier to set up in China without a
joint venture with a local firm.
Such arguments are unlikely to make much headway against hostility towards
immigrants in rich countries. Fury against foreigners is usually based on two
(mutually incompatible) notions: that because so many migrants claim welfare they
are a drain on the public purse; and that because they are prepared to work harder
for less pay they will depress the wages of those at the bottom of the pile. The first is
usually not true (in Britain, for instance, immigrants claim benefits less than
indigenous people do), and the second is hard to establish either way. Some studies
do indeed suggest that competition from unskilled immigrants depresses the wages
of unskilled locals. But others find this effect to be small or non-existent.
Nor is it possible to establish the impact of migration on overall growth. The
sums are simply too difficult. Yet there are good reasons for believing that it is likely
to be positive. Migrants tend to be hard-working and innovative. That spurs
productivity and company formation. A recent study carried out by Duke University
showed that, while immigrants make up an eighth of America’s population, they
founded a quarter of the country’s technology and engineering firms. And, by
linking the West with emerging markets, Diasporas help rich countries to plug into
fast-growing economies.
Rich countries are thus likely to benefit from looser immigration policy; and fears
that poor countries will suffer as a result of a “brain drain” are overblown. The
prospect of working abroad spurs more people to acquire valuable skills, and not all
subsequently emigrate. Skilled migrants send money home, and they often return to
set up new businesses. One study found that unless they lose more than 20％of their
university graduates, the brain drain makes poor countries richer.
The author’s attitude towards “Diasporas” is that _____.
A ： There is increasing hostility towards immigrants in rich countries.
B ： Immigrant networks are a rare bright spark in the world economy and rich
countries should welcome them.
C ： The Diasporas should return to their homelands so that poor countries will not
suffer as a result of “brain drain”.
D ： Hard-working immigrants will depress the wages of the locals although they may
greatly increase productivity.正确答案： B
解析：
文章多处提到移民为世界经济发展做出贡献。例如第六段提到在富裕国家
的“Migrants”不仅“send cash to their families”；他们还会帮助公司“operate in
their home country.”不仅如此，倒数第二段提到了移民为富裕国家也做出的贡献。最
后一段也提到“Rich countries”将会从宽松的移民政策中获益。因此B项指出移民是世
界经济中难得一见的亮点，富裕国家应该欢迎他们是符合作者对“diasporas”的态度的。
A选项是一个事实，不是作者态度。因此不选A。文章最后一段“The prospect of
working abroad spurs more people to acquire valuable skills, and not all
subsequently emigrate”说明有些人只是到国外学习，并不移民；另外一些人才会回国
开公司，因此担心不发达国家会“brain drain”是过分夸张的，故C选项错误。从文章
第七段可以看出的确有一些研究表明来自“unskilled immigration”的竞争会压
低“unskilled locals”的工资，但是其他研究发现，这种影响“to be small”或
者“non-existent”，因此D项错误。
138 、 不定项选择题
It can be argued that much consumer dissatisfaction with marketing strategies arises
from an inability to aim advertising at only the likely buyers of a given product. There
are three groups of consumers who are affected by the marketing process. First,
there is the market segment—people who need the commodity in question. Second,
there is the program target—people in the market segment with the “best fit”
characteristics for a specific product. Lots of people may need trousers, but only a
few qualify as likely buyers of very expensive designer trousers. Finally, there is the
program audience—all people who are actually exposed to the marketing program
without regard to whether they need or want the product
These three groups are rarely identical. An exception occurs in cases where
customers for a particular industrial product may be few and easily identifiable. Such
customers, all sharing a particular need, are likely to form a meaningful target, for
example, all companies with a particular application of the product in question, such
as high-speed fillers of bottles at breweries. In such circumstances, direct selling
(marketing that reaches only the program target) is likely to be economically justified,
and highly specialized trade media exist to expose members of the program
target—and only members of the program target—to the marketing program.
Most consumer-goods markets are significantly different. Typically, there are
many rather than few potential customers. Each represents a relatively small
percentage of potential sales. Rarely do members of a particular market segment
group themselves neatly into a meaningful program target. There are substantial
differences among consumers with similar demographic characteristics. Even with all
the past decade’s advances in information technology, direct selling of consumer
goods is rare, and mass marketing—a marketing approach that aims at a wide
audience—remains the only economically feasible mode. Unfortunately, there are
few media that allow the marketer to direct a marketing program exclusively to the
program target. Inevitably, people get exposed to a great deal of marketing for
products in which they have no interest and so they become annoyed.
“the product in question” in Line 5 Paragraph 2 means _____ .
A ： “the product in the previous question”B ： “the product under discussion”
C ： “the product on sale”
D ： “the product in doubt”
正确答案： B
解析：
“in question”意思是“考虑之中的；被谈论着的”。
139 、 不定项选择题
With thunderclouds looming over the trans-Atlantic economy, it was easy to miss a
bright piece of news last weekend from the other crucible of world trade, the Pacific
Rim. In Honolulu, where Barack Obama hosted a summit of Asia-Pacific leaders,
Canada, Japan and Mexico expressed interest in joining nine countries (America,
Australia, Brunei, Chile, Malaysia, New Zealand, Peru, Singapore and Vietnam) in
discussing a free-trade pact. Altogether, the possible members of the Trans-Pacific
Partnership(TPP) produce 40％ of world GDP—far more than the European Union.
Regional trade deals are not always a good idea. If they distract policymakers
from global trade liberalization, they are to be discouraged. But with the Doha round
of global trade talks showing no flicker of life, there is little danger that the TPP will
derail a broader agreement; and by cutting barriers, strengthening intellectual-
property protections and going beyond a web of existing trade deals, it should boost
world trade.
The creation of a wider TPP is still some way off. For it to come into being its
architects—Mr. Obama, who faces a tough election battle next year, and Japan’s
Yoshihiko Noda, who faces crony politics laced with passionate protectionism-need to
show more leadership.
Mr. Noda’s announcement on November 11th that Japan was interested in
joining the TPP negotiations was an exceedingly bold move. Signing up would mean
dramatic changes in Japan, a country which has 800％tariffs on rice and exports 65
vehicles to America for every one that is sent to Japan. Mr. Noda’s move could also
transform the prospects of the TPP, most obviously by uniting two of the world’s
leading three economies but also by galvanizing others. Until he expressed an
interest, Canada and Mexico had also remained on the sidelines. Unwittingly or not,
Mr. Noda has thrust mercantilist Japan into a central position on a trade treaty in
which free movement of everything except labor is on the table.
Immense obstacles loom for Mr. Noda. He came into office in September casting
himself as a conciliator of Japan’s warring political factions. Many of those groups
are opposed to the TPP. Farm co-operatives, which feather many a politician’s nest,
argue that it would rob Japan of its rice heritage. Doctors warn of the risks to
Japan’s cherished health system. Socialists see the TPP as a Washington-led
sideswipe at China, which had hoped to build an East Asian trade orbit including
Japan. Mr. Nora will have to contend not just with opposition from rival parties but
also with a split on the issue inside his Democratic Party of Japan.
Since Honolulu, Mr. Noda has already pandered to protectionists by watering
down his message. Having beamed next to Mr. Obama in a summit photo, he then
protested that the White House had overstated his intention to put all goods and
services up for negotiation. Polls, however, suggest the Japanese are crying out forLeadership on the issue, not pusillanimity. More support the idea of entering TPP
negotiations than oppose it. On their behalf Mr. Noda should lead Japan forthrightly
into the discussions, confident that the country can bargain well enough to give its
sacred industries such as farming and health care time to adjust.
It is also a test for Mr. Obama’s new strategy of coping with China’s rise by
“pivoting” American foreign policy more towards Asia. He must stand up to the
unions in the car industry which have long bellyached about the imbalance of trade
with Japan. He should energetically promote the potential gains for jobs of his pro-
Asia strategy-both at home and abroad. America should also stress that the TPP is
meant to engage and incorporate China, rather than constrain it.
Such steps would help win support in Japan, while costing America little. And in
joining the TPP, Japan would be forced to reform hidebound parts of its economy,
such as services, which would stimulate growth. A revitalized Japan would add to the
dynamism of a more liberalized Asia-Pacific region. That is surely something worth
fighting for.
Which of the following could NOT be true as the possible consequences of Japan’s
joining the TPP?
A ： It would increase the GDP of the TPP members.
B ： It could transform the prospects of the TPP.
C ： It would become conciliation between Japan’s warring political factions.
D ： It would lead to a more liberalized transpacific trade relation.
正确答案： C
解析：
从文章中第五段“Many of those groups are opposed to the TPP”可以看出不仅竞争
党派存在反对加入TPP的声音，Mr. Noda自己的民主党派中也有反对者。因此可以推断
如果日本加入TPP，政治派系之间达成党派之间或党派内部调解是不会发生的。选项C最
符合题意。
140 、 不定项选择题
“When more and more people are thrown out of work, unemployment results,”
Calvin Coolidge once observed. As the U. S. economy crumbles, Coolidge’s silly
maxim might appear to be as apt as ever: the number of unemployment insurance
claims is rising, and overall joblessness is creeping upward. But in today’s vast and
complex labor market, things aren’t always what they seem. More and more people
are indeed losing their jobs but not necessarily because the economy appears to be
in recession. And old-fashioned unemployment isn’t the inevitable result of job loss.
New work, at less pay, often is.
Call it new-wave unemployment: structural changes in the economy are
overlapping the business downturn, giving joblessness a grim new twist. Small
wonder that the U. S. unemployment rate is rising. Now at 5.7 percent, it is widely
expected to edge toward 7 percent by the end of next year. But statistics alone can’t
fully capture a complex reality. The unemployment rate has been held down by slow
growth in the labor force—the number of people working or looking for work—since
few people sense attractive job opportunities in a weak economy. In addition, manymore people are losing their jobs than are actually ending up unemployed. Faced
with hungry mouths to feed, thousands of women, for example, are taking two or
more part-time positions or agreeing to shave the hours they work in service-sector
jobs. For better and for worse, work in America clearly isn’t what it used to be. Now
unemployment isn’t, either.
Like sour old wine in new bottles, this downturn blends a little of the old and the
new reflecting a decade’s worth of change in the dynamic U. S. economy. Yet, in
many respects the decline is following the classic pattern, with new layoffs
concentrated among blue-collar workers in the most “cyclical” industries, whose
ups and downs track the economy most closely.
As the downturn attracts attention on workers’ ill fortunes, some analysts
predict that political upheaval may lie ahead. Real wages for the average U. S. worker
peaked in 1973 and have been falling almost ever since. As a result, a growing group
of downwardly mobile Americans could soon begin pressing policymakers to help
produce better-paying jobs. Just how loud the outcry becomes will depend partly on
the course of the recession. But in the long run, there’s little doubt that the bleak
outlook for jobs and joblessness is “politically, socially and psychologically
dynamite”.
Why does the author refer to Coolidge’s maxim as silly?
A ： More and more people are applying for unemployment insurance.
B ： Unemployment rate is not likely to rise quickly nowadays.
C ： Losing jobs doesn’t necessarily lead to unemployment.
D ： Today’s labor market is much too complicated than Coolidge’s time.
正确答案： D
解析：
由文章第一段第三句，“But in today’s vast…what they seem.”可知，在当今社会造
成失业人口增加的原因是复杂的。由此段最后一句话可知，旧形式的失业已经不再是没
有工作的原因，而是新的工作工资太少而造成的。Coolidge的理论是越来越多的人下岗
是由于失业导致的。这种理论已经不再适用于当今社会，因此是可笑的。D选项正是此
意。A，B，C选项无关。
141 、 不定项选择题
A closer observer of the small screen once called it a “vast wasteland of violence,
sadism and murder, private eyes, gangsters and more violence - and cartoons.” That
is how Newton Minow, a US television regulator, described it in 1961.
Since than television language has become more colourful, violence more
explicit and sex more prevalent.?Lady Chatterley’s Lover has moved from the
banned book shelf to a classic BBC serial.
Concern over such changing standards has shaped our view of television—and
masked its broader influence in developing countries.
To illustrate its effects, Kenny cites the case of Brazil. When television there
began to show a steady diet of local soaps in the 1970s, Brazilian women typically
had five or more children and were trapped in poverty. As the popularity of the soaps
grew, birth rates fellAccording to researchers, 72% of the leading female characters in the main
soaps had no children and only 7% had more than one. One study calculated that
such soaps had the same effect on fertility rates as keeping girls in school for five
years more than normal.
It is not just birth rates that are affected. Kenny notes: “Kids who watch TV out
of school, according to a World Bank survey of young people in the shanty towns of
Fortaleza in Brazil, are considerably less likely to consume drugs.”
Television appears to have more power to reduce youth drug use than the
strictures of an educated mother and Brazilian soaps presenting educated urban
woman running their own businesses are thought to be compelling role models.
Television can also improve health, In Ghana a soap opera line that warned
mothers they were feeding their children “more than just rice” if they did not wash
their hands after defecating was followed by a seemingly permanent improvement in
personal hygiene.
Why do such changes happen? Simple, says Kenny: soap operas, whether local
versions of Ugly Betty or vintage imports of Baywatch, open up new horizons.
“Some hours could he better spout planting trees, helping old ladies across the road
or playing cricket,” he said. “But watching TV exposes people to new ideas and
different people. With that will come greater opportunity, growing equality and a
better understanding of the world. Not bad.”
The main idea of this passage is _____.
A ： the effects of TV in developing countries
B ： people begin to receive more information
C ： TV has opened up new horizons
D ： the changes of TV language
正确答案： A
解析：
由第四段“To illustrate its effects, Kenny cites the case of Brazil”可知作者借用巴西为
例解释电视对于发展中国家的影响。接下来作者从电视对于巴西出生率、青少年吸毒现
象、健康水平的影响进行分述，可知全文主旨就是电视对于发展中国家的影响。A项正
确。B项“人们开始接收更多信息”，和C项“电视打开了人们的视野”，都属于电视对
人们的影响，不全面。D项没有提及。
142 、 不定项选择题
Many United States companies have, unfortunately, made the search for legal
protection from import competition into a major line of work. Since 1980 the United
States international Trade Commission (ITC) has received about 280 complaints
alleging damage from imports that benefit from subsidies by foreign governments.
Another 340 charge that foreign companies “dumped” their products in thee
United States at “less than fair value.” Even when no unfair practices are alleged,
the simple claim that an industry has been injured by imports is sufficient grounds to
seek relief.
Contrary to the general impression, this quest for import relief has hurt more
companies than it has helped. As corporations begin to function globally, they
develop an intricate web of marketing, production, and research relationships. Thecomplexity of these relationships makes it unlikely that a system of import relief laws
will meet the strategic needs of all the units under the same parent company, №.
Suppose a United States-owned company establishes an overseas plant to
manufacture a product while its competitor makes the same product in the United
States. If the competitor can prove injury from the imports-and that the United States
company received a subsidy from a foreign government to build its plant abroad-the
United States company’s products will be uncompetitive in the United States, since
they would be subject to duties.
Perhaps the most brazen ease occurred when the ITC investigated allegations
that Canadian companies were injuring the United States salt industry by dumping
rock salt, used to de-ice roads. The bizarre aspect of the complaint was that a foreign
conglomerate with United States operations was crying for help against a United
States company with foreign operations. The “United States” company claiming
injury was a subsidiary of a Dutch conglomerate, while the “Canadian” companies
included a subsidiary of a Chicago firm that was the second-largest domestic
producer of rock salt.
The passage is chiefly concerned with _____.
A ： arguing against the increased internationalization of United States corporations
B ： warning that the application of laws affecting trade frequently has unintended
consequences
C ： demonstrating that foreign-based firms receive more subsidies from their
governments than United States firms receive from the United States government
D ： advocating the use of trade restrictions for “dumped” products but not for
other imports
正确答案： B
解析：
文章首先说到许多美国公司正在对于进口竞争寻求法律保护，然后讲到由于受到全球化
的影响，这种法律其实更多的保护了国外的进口企业，而非国内企业。由此可见，the
application of laws has unintended consequences。
143 、 不定项选择题
When the television is good, nothing—not the theater, not the magazines, or
newspapers—nothing is better. But when television is bad, nothing is worse. I invite
you to sit down in front of your television set when your station goes on the air and
stay there without a book, magazine, newspaper, or anything else to distract you and
keep your eyes glued to that set until the station signs off. I can assure you that you
will observe a vast wasteland. You will see a procession of game shows, violence,
audience-participation shows, formula comedies about totally unbelievable families,
blood and thunder, Mayhem, more violence, sadism, murder, Western badmen,
Western goodmen, private eyes, Gangsters, still more violence, and cartoons. And
endlessly, commercials that stream and cajole and offend. And most of all, boredom.
True, you will see a few things you will enjoy. But they will be very, very few. And if
you think I exaggerate, try it.
Is there no room on television to teach, to inform, to uplift, to stretch, to enlargethe capacities of our children? Is there no room for programs to deepen the
children’s understanding of children in other lands? Is there no room for a
children’s news show explaining something about the world for them at their level
of understanding? Is there no room for reading the great literature of the past,
teaching them the great traditions of freedom? There are some fine children’s
shows, but they are drowned out in the massive doses of cartoons, violence, and
more violence. Must these be your trademarks? Search your conscience and see
whether you cannot offer more to your young beneficiaries whose future you guard
so many hours each and every day.
There are many people in this great country, and you must serve all of us. You
will get no argument from me if you say that, given a choice between a Western and a
symphony, more people will watch the Western. I like Westerns and private eyes,
too—but a steady diet for the whole country is obviously not in the public interest.
We all know that people would more often prefer to be entertained than stimulated
or informed. But your obligations are not satisfied if you look only to popularity as a
test of what to broadcast. Yon are not only in show business: you are free to
communicate ideas as well as to give relaxation. You must provide a wide range of
choices, more diversity, more alternatives. It is not enough to cater to the nation’s
whims—you must also serve the nation’s needs. The people own the air. They own
it as much in prime evening time as they do at six o’clock in the morning. For every
hour that the people give you--you own them something. I intend to see that your
debt is paid with service.
It can be inferred from the passage in regard to television programming that the
author believes _____.
A ： the broadcasters are trying to do the right thing but are failing
B ： foreign countries are going to pattern their programs after ours
C ： the listeners do not necessarily know what is good for them
D ： six o’clock in the morning is too early for a television show
正确答案：
解析：
从第三段作者谈到的“虽然人们more often prefer to be entertained，而不是被告知消
息或接受激励，但电视节目也不应只迎合大众口味，而忽视the nation’s needs”，可
判断，作者认为许多观众可能不明白真正对他们有益的是什么，选项C正确。
